Skip to main content

Full text of "Annals of Wyoming"

See other formats


Annals  of  Wyoming 

Vol.  5  JULY,  1927  No.  1 


CONTENTS 

Seth  E.  Ward Hoyle  Jones 

Pioneering  in  the  70's  Mrs.  George  Gilland 

Camp  Carlin  or  Cheyenne  Depot . J.  F.  Jenkins 

The  Open  Range  Cattle  Business  in  Wyoming W.  E.  Guthrie 


Published  Quarterly 

by  the 

STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  HISTORY 

Mrs.  Cyrus  Beard,  Historian 

CHEYENNE,  WYOMING 


Annals  nf  Ultjnmtng 

Vol.   5  JULY,   1927  No.   1 


CONTENTS 

Seth  E.  Ward Hoyle  Jones 

Pioneering  in  the  70's  Mrs.  George  Gilland 

Camp  Carlin  or  Cheyenne  Depot J.  F.  Jenkins 

The  Open  Range  Cattle  Business  in  Wyoming W.  E.  Guthrie 


Published  Quarterly 

by  the 

STATE   DEPARTMENT   OF   HISTORY 

Mrs.   Cyrus  Beard,   Historian 

CHEYENNE,  WYOMING 


STATE   HISTORICAL   BOARD 

Governor   Frank   C.   Emerson 

Secretary  of  State  ....J A.  M.  Clark 

State  Librarian Mrs.  Clare  E.  Ausherman 

Secretary  of  Board Mrs.   Cyrus  Beard 


Neither  the  State  Historical  Board,  the  State  Historical  Advisory  Board  nor 
the  State  Historian  is  responsible  for  any  statements  made  or  opinions  expressed 
by   contributors   to   the  Annals  of   Wyoming. 


(Copyright,   1927) 


CHAPTER  96 
STATE  HISTORICAL  BOARD 

Session  Laws  1921 

DUTIES  OF  HISTORIAN 

Section  6T.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  State  His- 
torian : 

(a)  To  collect  books,  maps,  charts,  documents,  man- 
uscripts, other  papers  and  any  obtainable  material  illus- 
trative of  the  history  of  the  State. 

(b)  To  procure  from  pioneers  narratives  of  any  ex- 
ploits, perils  and  adventures. 

(c)  To  collect  and  compile  data  of  the  events  which 
mark  the  progress  of  Wyoming  from  its  earliest  day  to 
the  present  time,  including  the  records  of  all  of  the 
Wyoming  men  and  women,  who  served  in  the  World  War 
and  the  history  of  all  war  activities  in  the  State. 

(d)  To  procure  facts  and  statements  relative  to  the 
history,  progress  and  decay  of  the  Indian  tribes  and  other 
early  inhabitants  within  the  State. 

(e)  To  collect  by  solicitation  or  purchase  fossils, 
specimens,  of  ores  and  minerals,  objects  of  curiosity  con- 
nected with  the  history  of  the  State  and  all  such  books, 
maps,  writings,  charts  and  other  material  as  will  tend  to 
facilitate  historical,  scientific  and  antiquarian  research. 

(f)  To  file  and  carefully  preserve  in  his  office  in 
the  Capitol  at  Cheyenne,  all  of  the  historical  data  col- 
lected or  obtained  by  him,  so  arranged  and  classified  as 
to  be  not  only  available  for  the  purpose  of  compiling  and 
publishing  a  History  of  Wyoming,  but  also  that  it  may  be 
readily  accessible  for  the  purpose  of  disseminating  such 
historical  or  biographical  information  as  may  be  reason- 
ably requested  by  the  public.  He  shall  also  bind,  cata- 
logue and  carefully  preserve  all  unbound  books,  manu- 
scripts, pamphlets,  and  especially  newspaper  files  con- 
taining legal  notices  which  may  be  donated  to  the  State 
Historical  Board. 

(g)  To  prepare  for  publication  a  biennial  report  of 
the  collections  and  other  matters  relating  to  the  transac- 
tion of  the  Board  as  may  be  useful  to  the  public. 

(h)  To  travel  from  place  to  place,  as  the  require- 
ments of  the  work  may  dictate,  and  to  take  such  steps, 
not  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  as  may  be 
required  to  obtain  the  data  necessary  to  the  carrying  out 
of  the  purpose  and  objects  herein  set  forth. 


SETH   E.  WARD 


Annals  of  HUxjomfng 

Vol.   5  JULY,   1927  No.   1 


SETH  E.  WARD 

Seth  Edmund  Ward  (1820-1903),  a  pioneer  trader  of 
the  early  days  in  the  Platte  River  region  and  a  freighter 
on  the  old  Santa  Fe  Trail,  subsequently  an  influential  and 
prominent  resident  of  Westport,  a  suburb  of  Kansas  City, 
Missouri,  was  born  March  4,  1820,  in  Campbell  County, 
Virginia.  His  parents  were  Seth  and  Ann  (Hendrick) 
Ward,  both  of  whom  were  descendants  of  prominent  Vir- 
ginia families  of  the  Colonial  period.  Originally  one 
Seth  Ward  is  recorded  as  a  bishop  of  the  Church  of  Eng- 
land, and  following  in  direct  line  the  name  of  Seth  was 
borne  by  five  generations  of  the  family  of  Ward.  On  the 
maternal  side,  Seth  E.  Ward,  of  Westport,  is  the  sixth 
descendant  of  John  Goode,  who.  was  a  soldier  in  the  Virginia 
Colonial  forces.  His  home  was  about  thirty  miles  from 
Richmond,  Virginia,  and  the  first  few  years  of  his  life 
were  spent  in  the  environment  of  a  typical  Virginia  plan- 
tation. Little  is  known  of  either  his  parents  or  his  grand- 
parents, but  the  latter  were  both  dead  at  the  time  of  his 
birth,  and  his  father  died  when  he  was  twelve  years  of 
age. 

In  1834,  when  he  was  fourteen  years  old,  he  made 
his  way  to  Laport,  Indiana,  where  it  is  known  that  he 
lived  for  a  long  time  with  the  family  of  Jacob  Haas.  His 
mother  was  still  living  in  Virginia,  and  in  1836  he  re- 
turned there  for  a  visit  with  her,  making  the  entire  dis- 
tance on  foot  with  a  journey  that  began  in  December  and 
ended  in  May.  Again  he  journeyed  forth  with  his  mother's 
gift  of  $25  as  his  sole  possessions,  and  after  a  brief  stay 
at  Louisville,  Kentucky,  he  went  on  to  St.  Louis,  Missouri, 
where  he  first  found  employment  in  a  tobacco  factory. 
Shortly  thereafter  he  is  known  to  have  travelled  over  the 
state  of  Illinois,  but  eventually  he  returned  to  St.  Louis 
where  it  is  evident  that  he  began  to  make  the  most  of  his 
time  and  his  opportunities.  It  was  in  June  of  1838  that 
young  Ward  left  St.  Louis,  and  after  a  stop  of  a  few  days 
in  Lexington,  proceeded  up  the  Missouri  River  to  Inde- 
pendence, where  he  obtained  temporary  employment  with 
a  wagon-maker.  Here  he  remained  but  a  few  weeks,  and 
having  come  in  contact  with  Captain  L.  P.  Lupton,  of  the 


6  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

Lupton  Fur  Company,  he  accepted  employment  with  them 
and  accompanied  Captain  Lupton  on  a  journey  which  cov- 
ered the  uninhabited  region  lying  between  the  Missouri 
River  and  the  South  Platte. 

This  trip,  when  he  was  at  the  age  of  eighteen,  con- 
sumed about  six  weeks,  and  upon  leaving  the  employ  of 
the  Lupton  Fur  Company,  he  drifted  into  what  is  now  the 
State  of  Wyoming,  and  subsequently  the  center  of  many 
of  his  activities.  He  first  located  at  "The  Narrows,"  on 
the  North  Platte,  about  twenty  miles  east  of  Fort  Laramie, 
and  from  there  he  trapped  largely  for  the  firm  of  Bent  & 
St.  Vrain.  At  that  time  beaver  skins  were  sold  at  about 
SI. 00  per  pound,  large  wolf  skins  at  SI. 50  each,  small  wolf 
skins  at  75  cents  each,  and  fox  skins  at  10  cents  each. 

He  learned  the  country  so  well  and  became  so  skillful 
as  a  trapper,  that  he  left  the  employ  of  Bent  &  St.  Vrain 
and,  through  permission  from  the  government,  established 
himself  as  a  trapper  on  his  own  account,  operating  from 
a  place  called  Sandy  Point,  about  nine  miles  west  of  Fort 
Laramie.  During  all  of  this  time  he  was  constantly  in 
intimate  association  with  various  tribes  of  Indians,  with 
the  result  that  he  became  thoroughly  familiar  with  their 
manners,  customs,  and  language,  this  contact  forming  the 
basis  of  a  later  relationship  with  the  Indians  which  proved 
of  material  value  to  him.  He  was  quick  to  capitalize  any 
situation  of  monetary  value,  and  his  knowledge  of  Indians 
and  their  customs  enabled  him  later  to  "swap"  with  them 
in  an  extensive  trading  business  from  which  he  reaped 
large  returns.  He  knew  intimately  the  chiefs  and  many  of 
the  "braves"  of  the  Sioux,  Arapahoe,  Cheyenne,  Ute,  Kiowa, 
Comanche,  and  other  tribes.  While  his  association  with 
them  was  largely  friendly,  there  were  many  instances  of 
uprisings  when  he  participated  in  Indian  fights,  and  he 
had  many  experiences  that  made  highly  interesting  stories 
in  his  later  days,  when  he  could  be  prevailed  upon  to  relate 
them. 

On  one  occasion  he  crossed  the  Rocky  Mountains  to 
Green  River  with  a  company  of  Thompson  &  Craig  traders 
on  one  of  the  first  expeditions  in  that  direction.  In  this 
particular  company  was  the  famous  plainsman  Kit  Carson, 
whose  name  is  known  to  every  American  reader.  The  two 
became  fast  friends,  particularly  after  the  following  inci- 
dent. Kit  Carson  and  young  Ward  were  discussing  the 
killing  of  buffalo,  the  older  man  having  killed  many  and  the 
younger  man  none.  The  conversation  resulted  in  Carson 
betting  Ward  a  horse  that  he  could  not  bring  down  a  buf- 
falo at  the  first  atempt.     Young  Ward  was  thrown  from 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  7 

his  horse  and  rendered  insensible  in  the  effort,  but  he  killed 
his  buffalo  and  won  not  only  his  horse,  but  what  was 
of  more  value  to  him,  the  everlasting  admiration  of  Kit 
Carson. 

On  another  occasion  he  was  in  a  party  that  was  at- 
tacked by  Navajo  Indians,  when  two  of  his  comrades  were 
killed.  Once,  in  1844,  under  contract  with  one  of  the  fur 
companies,  he  had  accumulated  so  many  furs  that  there 
were  not  enough  ponies  to  move  them  over  to  the  Platte, 
with  the  result  that  he  and  two  Indians  went  to  Fort  Lup- 
ton  to  get  additional  horses.  Southeast  from  the  present 
site  of  Cheyenne,  and  just  as  they  struck  Crow  Creek,  they 
came  upon  some  twenty-five  families  of  Arapahoes  and 
that  night  camped  with  them  near  what  is  now  the  town 
of  Greeley.  The  next  day  they  crossed  the  Platte  and  the 
Big  Timbers,  and  although  it  was  the  first  of  May,  the 
country  experienced,  beginning  that  night,  one  of  the  worst 
snowstorms  of  its  history.  Ward  and  his  two  Indian  com- 
panions were  snowed  in  for  more  than  two  weeks.  On  the 
down  journey  he  had  remarked  that  he  had  never  seen 
so  many  buffalo  and  antelope  in  his  life,  and  on  the  re- 
turn journey  he  was  greatly  surprised  to  find  them  all 
dead  in  the  snow.  In  that  great  expanse  of  country,  com- 
prising several  hundred  miles  in  each  direction,  there  were 
only  about  one  hundred  white  men,  naturally  dependent 
upon  word  brought  in  by  the  Indians,  and  it  was  more  than 
a  year  before  Ward  learned  the  far-reaching  effects  of 
this  enormous  snowstorm.  It  is  the  writer's  opinion  that 
it  was  on  this  trip,  while  they  were  snowed  in,  that  Ward 
and  his  two  companions  ran  out  of  "grub"  and  in  despera- 
tion, as  Mr.  Ward  told  the  writer,  killed  and  ate  their  two 
dogs.  There  are  many  stories  of  this  general  character 
which  made  up  interesting  events  of  his  life,  some  with 
regard  to  killings,  fights  and  massacres  with  gruesome 
details,  about  which  Mr.  Ward  was  not  prone  to  talk.  Dur- 
ing those  days  he  lived  the  hard  and  rugged  life  known 
only  to  the  pioneers  of  that  time,  and  while  he  participated 
in  episodes  that  are  now  matters  of  historical  record,  most 
of  these  are  unknown  even  to  those  who  had  the  privilege 
of  intimacy  with  this  grand  old  man  in  the  days  of  his  de- 
clining years.  While  reticent  to  a  degree,  he  was  so  de- 
void of  the  aloofness  that  is  more  often  the  counterpart  of 
this  characteristic  that  at  once  he  inspired  a  confidence 
and  a  friendship  that  was  cherished  by  all  who  knew  him. 
One  drew  the  impression  that  he  was  taciturn  only  to  the 
extent  of  leaving  unsaid  the  commonplace  things  of  the 
day.    Behind  his  searching  gaze  was  that  look  that  is  found 


8  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

in  the  eyes  of  the  out-of-door  man  who  has  seen  much  and 
says  little.  He  was  a  force  to  the  men  with  whom  he  came 
in  contact,  and  he  had  that  beautiful  religion  that  comes 
from  association  with  Nature  and  with  men  who  deserve 
the  title.  On  the  part  of  his  comrades  he  would  not  coun- 
tenance the  use  of  words  that  blasphemed.  He  told  the 
writer  that  when  he  found  a  man  whose  profanity  reached 
these  limits  it  was  his  practice  to  single  him  out  in  camp 
on  a  night  when  the  heavens  were  bright  with  stars  and 
insist  that  he  look  up  to  heaven  and  repeat  the  word  or 
words  that  had  first  transgressed  his  code  of  ethics.  It 
was  an  effective  plan  that  instilled  into  the  souls  of  his 
men  some  semblance  of  the  pertinency  of  reverence  which 
more  frequently  had  had  no  place  in  their  contemplations. 
In  1844  Mr.  Ward  associated  himself  with  Francis 
P.  Blair,  afterward  a  distinguished  soldier  and  statesman, 
with  whom  he  maintained  a  friendly  relationship  for  many 
years.  He  returned  in  1845  to  St.  Louis,  where  he  came 
in  contact  with  Robert  Campbell,  a  man  of  influence  and 
prominence  in  that  city.  They  became  fast  friends,  and 
the  confidence  which  the  younger  man  inspired  in  the  older 
man  became  the  first  stepping-stone  to  the  remarkable 
business  career  of  Mr.  Ward.  Mr.  Campbell  helped  finance 
him  in  the  purchase  of  two  yoke  of  oxen  and  a  small  wagon, 
when  he  established  himself  as  an  independent  trader.  This 
first  lay-out,  including  the  stock  of  goods  to  be  traded, 
represented  a  cash  outlay  of  about  one  thousand  dollars, 
part  of  which  Mr.  Ward  had  as  capital  from  his  earlier 
trapping,  and  the  balance  of  which  was  furnished  by  Mr. 
Campbell.  Ward  then  made  his  headquarters  at  Bent's 
Fort,  on  the  Arkansas  River,  and  exchanged  his  goods  for 
horses  and  mules.  These  animals  were  either  sold  or  sub- 
sequently used  by  Mr.  Ward  in  a  highly  remunerative 
freighting  business  which  he  established  over  the  old 
Santa  Fe  Trail,  which  began  at  Westport,  now  a  part  of 
Kansas  City,  Missouri,  but  then  a  self-contained  settlement 
five  miles  south  of  Westport  Landing  on  the  Missouri 
River,  at  the  approximate  confluence  of  that  and  the  Kaw 
or  Kansas  River.  All  of  his  supplies  were  purchased  at 
St.  Louis,  where  he  had  established  satisfactory  credit  re- 
lationships with  the  assistance  of  Mr.  Campbell,  and  his 
goods  were  shipped  by  boat  from  there  to  Westport  Land- 
ing. An  early  associate  of  Mr.  Ward's  in  business  wras 
John  Hunton,  post  trader  at  Fort  Laramie,  from  August, 
1888  to  April,  1890,  when  the  post  was  abandoned  by  mili- 
tary authorities.  Mr.  Hunton,  who  is  now  living  at  Tor- 
rington,  Wyoming,  is  a  venerable  pioneer  of  the  early  Wyo- 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  9 

ming  days,  and  is  one  of  the  few  men  now  living  to  whom 
the  historian  may  go  for  accurate  information  concerning 
the  early  events  of  that  portion  of  the  West.  It  is  due  to 
his  kindness  that  the  Wyoming  Historical  Department  is 
in  possession  of  a  large  number  of  Seth  E.  Ward  papers, 
which  he  has  preserved  for  half  a  century.  These  reveal 
the  extensive  nature  of  Mr.  Ward's  business  dealings,  begin- 
ning with  his  early  purchases  of  supplies  in  St.  Louis.  Con- 
tained in  the  papers  are  original  promissory  notes  and  other 
documents  written  in  clear  and  well-preserved  penmanship, 
giving  the  names  of  prominent  St.  Louis  firms  of  that  day. 
These  papers  bear  dates  from  the  early  fifties  to  the  early 
seventies  and  are  vastly  interesting  as  indicative  of  the 
accepted  forms  and  methods  of  business  at  the  time. 

Among  the  St.  Louis  names  appearing  in  the  papers 
are  James  A.  Dobbins,  Riley,  Christy  &  Company,  A. 
Schultz,  Robert  Campbell,  and  Field  and  Beardslee.  A 
number  of  the  notes  show  that  they  were  "Printed  at  the 
St.  Louis  Times  office."  Westport  papers  bear  the  names 
of  Kearney  &  Bernard  and  Albert  G.  Boone.  Philadelphia  is 
represented  with  the  name  Lippincott,  Grambo  &  Company, 
and  New  York  with  Huffy  &  Danforth,  and  George  A. 
Hicks,  stationer,  53  Nassau  Street.  There  are  references 
to  Governor  S.  M.  Black,  at  Omaha,  Nebraska  Territory, 
and  Henry  F.  Mayer,  of  Collinsville,  Illinois,  who,  it  is 
shown,  was  a  partner  of  Mr.  Ward's  in  the  building  of  the 
Laramie  Toll  "Bridge  in  1853,  under  contract  with  the 
United  States  Government.  Lieutenant  R.  B.  Garritt,  com- 
manding. There  are  contracts  calling  for  the  cutting,  cur- 
ing and  stacking  of  hay  at  $5  per  ton;  agreements  for  the 
sale  of  drygoods  at  the  St.  Louis  cost  plus  25  per  cent,  and 
ten  cents  per  pound  for  transportation.  Groceries  were 
sold  at  the  St.  Louis  cost  plus  ten  per  cent,  and  ten  cents 
per  pound  for  transportation.  Sugar  sold  at  12  pounds  for 
$4.00.  Indian  ponies  were  purchasable  from  the  Indians  in 
exchange  for  about  $15  worth  of  goods,  consisting  of  one 
red  and  blue  blanket,  four  yards  of  woolen  goods,  some  cal- 
ico, tobacco,  and  a  little  powder,  lead  and  caps.  Oxen  were 
worth  $70  per  yoke ;  buffalo  cow  robes,  $3.50 ;  beaver  skins, 
$1  per  pound;  flour,  50  pounds  for  $10,  and  soap,  50  cents 
per  bar. 

Among  the  papers  is  also  the  commission  of  Seth  E. 
Ward  from  Sterling  Price,  governor  of  Missouri,  dated 
April  28,  1857,  by  which  Mr.  Ward  was  granted  authority 
to  draw  contracts,  take  acknowledgments,  etc.,  more  or 
less  conforming  to  the  present-day  authority  vested  in  a 
notary  public.    Reference  is  made  to  the  old  Fort  Kearney, 


10  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

South  Pass  and  Honey  Lake  Wagon  Road  (Eastern  Divi- 
sion), and  transactions  in  that  vicinity  record  in  part  such 
names  as  Brevet  Major  General  Augur,  C.  S.  Scovell,  cap- 
tain of  infantry;  E.  W.  Jones,  assistant  surgeon,  U.  S.  A.; 
William  Bullock,  Joseph  Bisenette,  Thomas  S.  Twiss,  Indian 
agent,  Upper  Platte;  Charles  E.  Mix,  acting  commissioner 
of  Indian  affairs;  Captain  G.  A.  DeRussy,  and  John  Heth, 
who  became  a  general  in  the  Confederate  army.  There  are 
contracts  for  hauling  goods,  ("dangers  of  the  plains  only 
excepted")  ;  notes  to  be  paid  in  rations  of  bread  from  the 
government  bakehouse ;  bills  to  be  paid  "in  account  of  sub- 
sistence" ;  copies  of  applications  for  licenses  to  trade  with 
the  Comanche,  Kiowa,  Apache,  Arapahoe,  Cheyenne  and 
Sioux  Indians,  with  the  execution  of  bond  for  a  faithful  ob- 
servance of  the  "intercourse  laws"  and  containing  agree- 
ment that  "no  trade  shall  be  carried  on  with  any  tribe,  part 
of  tribe,  or  individual,  known  or  believed  to  be  hostile  to  the 
United  States,"  trades  exchanging  hides  and  furs  for  food- 
stuffs, horses,  or  oxen,  etc.,  etc. 

In  1857  Mr.  Ward  became  sutler  at  Fort  Laramie,  un- 
der the  appointment  of  Jefferson  Davis,  secretary  of  war, 
and  held  that  position  until  August,  1871.  In  his  papers  in 
a  reappointment  to  this  post,  issued  from  Headquarters  De- 
partment of  the  Platte,  Omaha,  August  2,  1867,  being  Spe- 
cial Orders  No.  140,  Command  of  Brevet  Major  General  Au- 
gur, and  signed  by  H.  G.  Litchfield,  Brevet  Lieutenant 
Colonel,  Acting  Assistant  Adjutant  General.  Mr.  Ward's 
operations  as  sutler  were  highly  remunerative,  and  during 
the  time  that  he  held  that  post,  he  accumulated  a  fair  share 
of  the  fortune  which  permitted  him  in  later  years  to  become 
an  important  factor  in  the  financial  life  of  Kansas  City. 

In  the  exhibit  of  the  Wyoming  State  Historical  De- 
partment are  some  of  the  trading  coins  used  by  Mr.  Ward 
as  sutler.  These  are  round  thin  copper  pieces  of  the  size 
of  half  dollars  and  quarters,  stamped  on  the  face,  "S.  E. 
Ward,  Sutler,  Fort  Laramie,  D.  T.  Good  for  fifty  cents  (or 
twenty-five)   in  sutler's  goods." 

In  1860  Mr.  Ward  was  married  to  Mary  Harris  Mc- 
Carthy of  Westport,  a  daughter  of  John  Harris,  a  native  of 
Kentucky,  who  settled  in  Jackson  County,  Missouri,  in  1832. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ward  spent  one  winter  at  Fort  Laramie,  but 
removed  to  Nebraska  City  in  1863  so  that  Mrs.  Ward  would 
not  be  subjected  to  the  privations  of  life  as  existed  in  the 
Fort  Laramie  district  at  that  time.  Their  final  home  was 
established  in  Westport,  in  1872,  on  a  farm  of  four  hun- 
dred and  eighty-five  acres,  now  in  the  heart  of  the  most 
exclusive  residence  section  of  Kansas  City,  and  including 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  11 

what  until  November,  1926,  was  the  grounds  of  the  Kan- 
sas City  Country  Club.  Good  judgment  and  cautious 
business  habits  enabled  Mr.  Ward  to  increase  his  holdings 
greatly  and  his  estate  still  holds  highly  valuable  parcels  of 
land  in  Kansas  City,  both  in  residence  and  business  prop- 
erty. His  income  from  these  investments  enabled  him  to 
do  much  in  a  charitable  way,  and  he  expended  large  sums 
in  aiding  benevolences  and  contributing  to  the  comfort  of 
a  large  circle  of  relatives  and  friends. 

For  more  than  twenty  years  he  was  a  trustee  of  Will- 
iam Jewel  College,  at  Liberty,  Missouri,  and  at  the  time 
of  his  death,  was  one  of  the  oldest  members  of  the  Board 
of  Regents  of  that  institution,  of-  which  he  was  a  generous 
benefactor.  He  was  also  one  of  the  chief  supporters  of 
the  Baptist  Church  of  Westport,  of  which  he  and  his  fam- 
ily were  members,  and  he  was  also  a  contributor  to  some 
of  the  other  churches  in  his  vicinity. 

He  was  very  active  in  helping  to  promote  the  develop- 
ment of  property  adjacent  to  the  magnificent  farm  region 
in  which  he  lived,  and  he  is  credited  with  doing  a  great 
deal  toward  the  introduction  of  Durham  cattle.  During  the 
time  of  these  developments  he  became  heavily  interested, 
and  subsequently  President  of  the  Mastin  Bank  of  Kansas 
City,  which  at  that  time  had  the  reputation  of  being  the 
largest  banking  house  in  the  Missouri  Valley.  He  was 
president  of  this  institution  for  eight  years.  Politically  Mr. 
Ward  was  a  staunch  Democrat,  and  he  was  a  member  of 
the  Masonic  order  and  also  an  Odd  Fellow. 

Mrs.  Ward  was  a  woman  of  domestic  tastes  and  an 
earnest  worker.  Born  of  this  marriage  were  three  chil- 
dren. The  first  was  John  Edmund,  now  deceased,  who 
married  Mary  Octavia  Jones.  Their  children  are  Seth  E. 
and  Robert  Campbell,  both  residents  of  Lees  Summit,  Mis- 
souri, and  Helen,  who  is  now  the  wife  of  David  T.  Beals, 
vice-president  of  the  Inter-State  National  Bank,  at  Kan- 
sas City.  The  second  was  Hugh  Campbell  (also  deceased), 
who  was  a  well  known  lawyer  at  Kansas  City,  who  mar- 
ried Vassie  James,  of  Kansas  City,  and  from  which  union 
there  was  born  Hugh  C,  James  C,  and  Frances,  all  living. 
A  fourth  child  died  in  infancy. 

Seth  E.  Ward's  life  was  an  inspiration  to  all  who  knew 
him  and  likewise  to  those  to  whom  his  activities  were 
known.  Beginning  as  a  boy,  with  a  limited  education  and 
without  funds,  his  perseverance,  his  ability  and  his  ideals 
carried  him  through  the  early  vicissitudes  of  life  to  a  posi- 
tion of  wealth  and  prominence.  His  philosophy  was  of  that 
humble  type  that  is  most  appealing,  and  while  his  life  was 


12  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

spent  largely  away  from  the  environs  of  business,  his  prac- 
ticability and  his  unusual  insight  permitted  him  in  later 
years  to  become  one  of  the  dominant  figures  in  the  business 
life  of  Kansas  City.  He  was  one  of  those  men  whose  exist- 
ence makes  the  world  better,  and  his  helpful  influence 
manifested  itself  in  all  his  contacts.  During  the  last  days 
of  his  life  he  enjoyed  the  distinction  of  being  almost  the 
only  survivor  of  those  early  interesting  primeval  days  of 
the  West,  and  he  reaped  some  of  the  reward  that  was  his 
due  in  the  privilege  of  being  able  to  witness  the  transforma- 
tion of  his  own  virgin  country  to  a  continuous  succession 
of  highly  cultivated  farms  and  cities,  free  from  the  priva- 
tions and  hardships  which  he  had  endured  and  which  his 
progressive  ideas  had  helped  to  eliminate.  He  died  De- 
cember 9,  1903,  and  is  buried  in  Forest  Hill  Cemetery,  a 
few  miles  south  of  his  home  in  Kansas  City. 

HOYLE  JONES. 

In  letter  of  June  9,  1927,  to  the  State  Historian,  Mr. 
Jones  says : 

"Regarding  my  relationship  with  Mr.  Ward,  I  am 
glad  to  advise  you  that  his  first  son,  John  Edmund  Ward, 
married  my  aunt,  Mary  Octavia  Jones,  with  the  result  that 
in  that  branch  of  the  family  Mr.  Ward's  grandchildren  are 
my  first  cousins. 


I  am  taking  occasion  to  send  you  by  separate  mail  a  re- 
cent photograph  of  the  Seth  E.  Ward  home  in  Kansas  City. 
It  is  remarkable  that  this  house,  built  in  the  70's,  is  in  a  fine 
state  of  preservation  and  an  accepted  portion  of  Kansas 
City's  most  highly  restricted  residence  district.  It  is  sur- 
rounded by  new  and  beautiful  homes  and  stands  as  some- 
thing of  a  tribute  to  Mr.  Ward's  judgment  and  foresight. 
Incidentally,  the  bricks  for  this  building  were  freighted  by 
wagon  from  St.  Louis. 


Note:  For  information  relative  to  the  life  of  Seth  E. 
Ward,  the  writer  is  indebted  to  Mrs.  Cyrus  Beard,  State 
Historian,  Cheyenne,  Wyoming;  Miss  Stella  M.  Drum,  Li- 
brarian, Missouri  Historical  Society,  St.  Louis,  Missouri, 
and  Mrs.  David  T.  Beals  (Helen  Ward,  granddaughter  of 
Seth  E.  Ward),  Kansas  City,  Missouri.  Additional  data 
was  secured  from  Hyde's  Encyclopedia  of  History  of  Mis- 
souri." 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  13 

FROM   HUNTON   COLLECTION 

Fort  Laramie  N.  T.,  May  21st,  1859. 
Messrs.  Grable,  Green  &  Craig: 

Will  give  Mr.  S.  E.  Ward  an  order  on  C.  A.  Perry  &  Co. 
for  the  amt.  of  toll  over  the  Laramie  Bridge,  payable  at 
Salt  Lake.  J.  D.  Harper. 

From  Hunton  collection. 


Camp  Floyd  U.  T.,  Nov.  30th,  1858. 
Messrs.  S.  E.  Ward  &  Co. 
Gentn. : 

Please  pay  to  the  order  of  Private  Steen,  Co.  "A",  4th 
Atry,  the  Sum  of  Seven  dollars  &  fifty  cents  &  call  on  John 
Heth  of  Fort  Kearny  for  the  amount. 
$7  50/100  R.  H.  Dyer. 

Note  in  pencil  on  back:     Heth  became  Gen'l  in  Confd 
Army. 

From  John  Hunton  collection. 


Sandy  Point,  20th  May,  1853. 
On  the  first  day  of  July  next,  we  promise  to  pay 
Messrs.  Bordeau  Richard  &  Co.  or  order,  the  sum  of  Nine 
hundred  and  Thirty  Dollars  and  forty  Three  cents  for  value 
received,  with  interest  after  that  a  (10)  Ten  per  cent  per 
annum.  (Signature  torn  off). 


Saint  Louis,  Mo.,  July  6th,  1859. 
Mr.  Dempsey 

Dear  Sir 
I  send  you  Forty  dollars  what  I  sold  your  robes  for,  I 
could  hardly  sell  them  at  al  for  theer  are  no  sale  for  them 
at  this  time  of  the  year.  I  was  afraid  that  you  would  not 
be  satisfied  but  as  you  said  sell  them  for  what  ever  I  could 
get  I  don  so.  I  sold  8  of  them  to  one  man  for  twenty  dollars 
and  the  balance  I  pedled  out  to  who  ever  I  could  the  whole 
of  them  Brought  $43  and  I  gave  a  man  two  dollars  for 
selling  some  of  them  for  I  had  not  time  to  tend  to  it.  I  hope 
that  you  are  satisfied  for  I  don  the  best  I  could  if  I  had 
kept  them  until  cold  weather  I  could  have  got  five  dollars 
a  piece  for  them.  Write  to  me  and  let  me  Know  if  you  get 
this.    Rember  me  to  Charley  and  all  the  Friends. 

Yours  Truly 
W.  A.  Dempsey  James  A.  Dobbins. 

of 
Fort  Randall 

Nebrasca  Territory. 


14  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

Ward  &  Guerrier  of  the  first  part  further  agree 
to  allow  in  the  payment  of  robes  one  Black  Calf  Skin  to 
each  pack  of  ten  robes. 

Elbridge  Gerry  and  James  Bordeaux  of  the  second 
part  further  agree  to  return  the  45  yoke  of  oxen  and  nine 
wagons  belonging  to  Ward  &  Guerrier  in  good  condi- 
tion and  further  agree  that  in  case  of  lost  oxen  they  are 
to  pay  said  Ward  &  Guerrier  for  each  yoke  of  oxen  lost 
the  sum  of  seventy  dollars,  or  return  good  oxen  in  their 
place. 

Signed  and  Sealed  in 
the  presence  of 
Thomas  S.  Twiss. 

WARD   &   GUERRIER,    (Seal) 
E.  GERRY  (Seal) 
JAME  BORDEAUX  (Seal) 
The  foregoing  Articles  of  Agreement  between  Ward 
&   Guerrier  of  the  first  part  and  Elbridge    Gerry    and 
James  Bordeaux  of  the  second  part,  for  the  year  1857, 
is  still  in  force  for  this  date  and  year,  with  these  excep- 
tions, viz : 

1st — That  the  style  of  Seth  E.  Ward  be  instituted 

for  the  party  of  the  first  part 

2d— That  Large  Wolf  Skins  at  $1.00  (one). 

That  Small  Wolf  Skins  at  50/100  (Fifty). 
3d — That  Elbridge   Gerry  and  James  Bordeaux  of 
the  second  part  are  responsible  for  thirty  yokes 
of  oxen  and  six  wagons. 
4th — That  the  returns  of  the  trade  are  to  be  made 
from  time  to  time  as  they  arrive  from  the  va- 
rious  villages   without   detention    to     Seth    E. 
Ward  of  the  first  part. 
Witness—  S.  E.  Ward  (Seal) 

Witness —  E.  Gerry  (Seal) 

Witness —  J.  Bordeaux  (Seal) 

Dated  at  Fort  Laramie  N.  T.  this  4th  day  of  Decem- 
ber, 1858. 

27  Log  Chains 
12  Sheets 

Endorsed  on  back.  Articles  of  Agreement. 

bet. 
Ward  &  Guerrier 

and 
Gerry  &  Bordeaux 
(From  John  Hunton  collection.  Original  in  State  Depart- 
ment of  Historian.) 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  15 


BE  IT  KNOWN  that  Seth  E.  Ward,  of  the  Upper  Platte 
Agency,  having  filed  his  application  be- 
fore me  for  a  license  to  trade  with  the  Sioux,  Cheyennes, 
Arapahoes  and  other  Indians  visiting  his  trading  Posts  all 
within  the  boundaries  of  the  Upper  Platte  Agency  and 
having  executed  and  filed  with  me  a  bond  in  the  penal 
sum  of  Five  Thousand  Dollars  with  William  Le  Guerrier 
and  John  Richard  as  Sureties,  conditioned  as  required  by 
law  for  the  faithful  observance  of  all  the  laws  and  regu- 
lations provided  for  the  government  of  trade  and  inter- 
course with  the  Indian  Tribes,  and  reposing  especial  trust 
and  confidence  in  the  patriotism,  humanity  and  correct 
business  habits  of  the  Said  applicant  and  being  Satisfied 
that  he  is  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  as  required  by 
law,  he  is  hereby  authorized  to  carry  on  the  business  of 
trading  with  the  said  Sioux,  Cheyenne,  Arapahoes  and 
other  Indians  visiting  his  trading  Posts,  at  any  one  or  all 
of  the  above  places,  provided,  however,  that  no  trade  shall 
be  carried  on  with  any  tribe,  part  of  a  tribe,  or  individ- 
ual known  or  believed  to  be  hostile  to  the  United  States, 
for  one  year  from  the  24th  day  of  November,  One  thou- 
sand eight  hundred  and  fifty  Seven,  and  to  keep  in  their 
employ  thereat  the  following  named  persons  or  any  of 
them  in  the  capacities  affixed  to  their  names.  William 
Guerrier  Antoine  Janis  Joseph  Aymond  B.  B.  Mills  Charles 
Gurue  as  Traders.  All  of  which  persons  enumerated  I  am 
satisfied  from  my  own  knowledge  Sustain  a  fair  character 
and  are  fit  to  be  in  the  Indian  Country.  Given  under  my 
hand  and  Seal  this  24th  day  of  November,  1857. 

Office  Indian  Affairs 

January  13th,  1858. 

Thomas   S.   Twiss      (SEAL) 
Indian  Agent,  Upper  Platte. 
Approved 

Charles  E.  Mix 

Acting  Commissioner. 


16  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 


ARTICLES  OF  AGREEMENT 

Articles  of  agreement  made  and  entered  into  this 
21st  day  of  November,  1857,  between  Ward  &  Guerrier 
of  the  first  part  and  Elbridge  Gerry  and  James  Bordeaux 
of  the  second  part. 

Ward  &  Guerrier  of  the  first  part  agree  to  sell  to 
said  Elbridge  Gerry  and  James  Bordeaux  a  certain  lot 
of  goods  for  the  sole  Indian  trade  on  the  South  Fork  of 
the  Platte  River  and  Arkansas  River  with  the  Arapahoe 
and  Cheyenne  Indians  and  White  River  and  Sand  Hill 
with  a  band  of  Sioux  known  as  the  Brule  and  Osage  In- 
dians at  the  following  rates: 

Dry  goods  at  the  St.  Louis  cost  25  per  cent  advance 
and  10  cents  per  pound  transportation  to  be  added.  Gro- 
ceries at  St.  Louis  cost  10  per  cent  advance,  and  10  cents 
per  pound  transportation. 

Elbridge  Gerry  and  James  Bordeau  of  the  second 
part  agree  to  pay  to  the  said  Ward  &  Guerrier  of  the 
first  part  for  the  full  amount  of  invoices  rendered  in  a 
good  average  lot  of  Buffalo  Cow  Robes  at  $3.00/100 
(Dollars),  Beaver  Skins  at  $1.00  per  pound,  Large  Wolf 
Skins  at  $1.50/100.  Small  Wolf  Skins  at  75c  each  and 
Fox  Skins  at  10c. 

Elbridge  Gerry  and  James  Bordeaux  of  the  second 
part  further  agree  to  make  aforesaid  payment  in  the 
articles  above  specified  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  May, 
1858,  or  if  unable  to  make  full  payment  in  robes  and  pel- 
tries above  mentioned  the  said  parties  of  the  second  part 
are  to  pay  the  said  parties  of  the  first  part  in  cash  on  or 
before  the  first  day  of  August,  1858,  to  the  amount  of 
their  further  indebtedness  at  the  rate  per  robe  which 
they  may  be  worth  where  sold  by  the  parties  of  the  first 
part. 

A  further  condition  mutually  understood  by  the 
aforesaid  both  parties  is  such  that  in  the  case  of  the 
death  or  other  casualty  of  the  said  Elbridge  Gerry  or 
James  Bordeaux  of  the  second  part,  the  goods  as  per  in- 
voices or  the  remainder,  and  the  balance  debtor  in  afore- 
said peltries  to  be  taken  possession  of  by  the  said  Ward 
&  Guerrier  of  the  first  part. 

A  further  mutual  condition  is  that  all  disputes  which 
may  arise  in  reference  to  the  quality  of  robes  shall  be 
settled  by  arbitration,  the  said  parties  of  the  first  part 
choosing  one,  the  parties  of  the  second  part  to  choose 
one,  and  the  two  persons  thus  chosen  to  select  the  third. 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  17 

Fort  Laramie  N.  T.,  March  4th,  1857. 
$3000.  Twelve  months  after  date  I  promise  to  pay  to 
the  order  of  Tutt  &  Dougherty  (a  firm  composed  of  John 
S.  Tutt  and  Lewis  B.  Dougherty)  the  sum  of  Three  Thou- 
sand Dollars  at  the  Bank  of  the  State  of  Missouri  in  the 
City  of  Saint  Louis,  for  value  received  negotiable  and  pay- 
able without  defalcation  or  discount,  bearing  interest  from 
due  until  paid  at  the  rate  of  ten  per  cent  per  annum. 

Seth  E.  Ward. 
Ward  &  Guerrier         Secty. 
Endorsed  on  face  of  note :     Paid. 

Endorsed  on  back  of  note:     Pay  to  Robert  Campbell 
Esq.  of  St.  Louis  or  order. 

Tutt  &  Dougherty. 
Paid  Thos  E.  Tutt  pr. 

Jno.  S.  Tutt  $1500 

pr.  Louis  B.  Dougherty       1500 


R.  Campbell. 


Fort  Laramie,  Nebraska  Territory, 

September  6th,  1859. 

We,  the  undersigned,  in  presence  of  certain  witnesses, 
do  agree  that,  Two  Mules,  which  have  been  claimed  by  Dr. 
Johns,  U.  S.  A.,  shall  be  shaved  on  such  parts  as  are  now 
visibly  Branded ;  and  if  there  shall  be  no  mark  of  a  previous 
brand  (U.  S.)  the  said  mules  shall  be  immediately  restored 
to  Mr.  Beauvais,  until  such  time  as  proof  of  property  shall 
be  satisfactorily  made,  security  being  given  to  Dr.  Johns, 
for  twelve  months,  that  the  mules,  or  their  value,  shall  be 
forthcoming. 

But  if  the  marks  of  a  previous  brand  (U.  S.)  be  visible, 
it  shall  be  taken  and  deemed  as  sufficient  proof  that  such 
mules  are  the  property  of  Dr.  Johns,  and  may  be  legally 
detained  by  him. 

In  witness  whereof  we  have  hereunto  signed  our  hands 
at  the  place  and  date  first  above  written. 

E.  W.  Johns,  Asst.  Surg,  in  U.  S.  A. 
Witnesses:  G.  P.  Beauvais. 

C.  S.  Scovell,  Capt.  Inf. 

Norman  R.  Fitzhugh. 

Written  on  back:  Arbitration  Dr.  Johns  G.  P. 
Beauvais. 


18  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

Omaha,  Neb., 

May  20/71. 
Dear  William: 

Yours  of  the  12th  inst.  at  hand,  informing  me  of  Col. 
E.  Otis  remittance  of  one  Hundred  dollars — better  later 
than  never — I  am  sorry  that  the  goods  I  sent  from  St.  Louis 
did  not  all  arrive  together — glad  to  hear  that  you  have 
traded  so  many  Robes — Messrs.  Stephens  &  Wilcox  in- 
formed me  that  they  had  received  40  Bales  of  Robes,  and 
sent  me  a  list  of  prices.  They  expected  to  sell  it  if  they 
opened  well  and  came  up  to  the  standard — I  came  up  to  look 
at  them  and  I  am  sorry  to  say  they  are  a  very  inferior  lot 
and  I  thought  it  was  best  to  let  them  go  for  the  price 
offered — averaging  4.66  now  take  the  freight  on  them  from 
Cheyenne  to  this  place  at  20c  pr.  Robe  and  they  net  about 
4.46.  The  lot  marked  thus  X  was  the  most  inferior  lot  of 
Robes  I  ever  handled  in  my  life,  and  I  think  them  well  sold 
on  the  whole.  I  am  glad  that  the  next  lot  you  will  send  in 
Will  be  of  so  much  better  quality  a  good  lot  will  bring  a 
good  price.  Jules  Ecoffey  &  Hunton  are  both  here  await- 
ing the  awards  of  the  contracts  for  Laramie  &  Fetterman. 

It  is  currently  reported  here  that  Col.  E.  B.  Tayloy 
has  the  appointment  of  Post  Trader  at  Laramie.  I  under- 
stand he  telegraphed  out  to  this  effect. 

In  regard  to  the  mules  you  have  on  hand  my  advice  is 
to  sell  them.  It  will  not  pay  in  my  opinion  to  buy  wagons 
&  Harness  to  send  up  to  freight  as  I  presume  the  prices 
will  be  low  on  the  Indian  supplies  to  the  agency  wherever 
that  will  be — people  are  going  crazy  about  Govt.  Contracts 
— and  it  appears  to  me  that  they  want  to  work  for  glory 
only. 

I  would  send  in  all  the  skins  you  have  on  hand  of  all 
kinds.  Messrs.  S.  &  W.  thinks  they  can  get  75c  pr.  pound 
for  antelope  &  Deer  and  judging  from  the  dullness  of  Trade 
through  out  the  county  the  prices  will  not  be  better  and 
would  send  them  in  as  fast  as  you  can. 

Will  the  Indians  remain  at  Laramie  until  they  received 
their  anuity  goods  &  supplies  are  there  any  more  to  come  in 
with  Robes. 

My  regards  to  Cousin  E. 

Yours  Truly 

S.  E.  Ward. 
P.  S. 

Enclosed  I  hand  you  a  list  of  the  robes  sold. 

On  back  of  letter:     S.  E.  Ward 

May  20,  1871. 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  19 

PIONEERING  IN  THE  '70S 

(By  MRS.  GEORGE   GILLAND) 

(Address   before   the    Cheyenne    Chapter   of   the   Daughters   of   the 
American  Revolution,  May  14,  1927) 

As  members  of  what  we  are  pleased  to  call  our  "Pioneer 
Club,"  we  feel  honored  today  in  meeting  with  the  daughters 
of  those  true  pioneers  to  whom  we  owe  such  a  rich  heri- 
tage. By  request,  I  am  recalling  a  few  incidents  of  early 
days  in  Wyoming,  but  at  the  risk  of  repeating  much  with 
which  you  are  already  familiar, yet  experiences  vary  with 
circumstances  and  environment. 

I  arrived  here  with  my  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  A.  Mar- 
tin, a  younger  brother,  Hobert,  and  an  aunt,  Miss  Phelps, 
on  January  20th,  1873,  the  journey  over  the  Union  Pa- 
cific taking  three  days  from  Rockf  ord,  Illinois,  as  compared 
with  the  ninety-three  days  spent  by  my  father  on  his  first 
journey  across  the  plains  by  ox  team  from  Wisconsin  to 
Denver  in  1860,  then  as  now  for  the  benefit  of  his  health. 

Mother's  query,  "Will  it  be  safe  for  us  to  stay  over 
night  in  Cheyenne?"  was  prompted  by  the  unsavory  repu- 
tation it  held  in  the  East,  justified  no  doubt  by  the  rough 
element  which  always  flocks  to  a  frontier  town  in  the 
making.  But  it  was  then  nearly  six  years  old  and  its  wild- 
est days  were  passed;  we  were  welcomed  by  former  Rock- 
ford  friends  and,  to  our  surprise,  found  as  fine  a  people  as 
a  class  as  one  could  wish  to  meet,  to  some  of  whom  Chey- 
enne is  still  "home," — Senator  Warren,  Mayor  Riner,  Mrs. 
Durbin,  Mrs.  Hawes,  (then,  as  Elizabeth  Snow,  a  teacher 
in  the  original  part  of  the  present  Central  School),  and 
Mrs.  John  Underwood  who  was  my  first  Sunday  School 
teacher  here.  Miss  Lee,  who  afterward  married  Prof.  N. 
E.  Stark  was  also  a  teacher  in  the  Congregational  Sunday 
School  and  Josiah  Strong  x  was  the  second  pastor  of  the 
church. 

The  I.  C.  Whipple  family  were  among  our  earliest  ac- 
quaintances and  it  was  to  their  hospitable  home  that  we 
were  first  invited  to  tea.  The  occasion  made  an  impres- 
sion upon  my  young  mind  because  we  hadn't  expected  to  be 
treated  to  anything  so  delectable  as  ice  cream  and  angel 
food  cake  away  out  here  on  "the  ragged  edges  of  civiliza- 
tion and  despair."  Then  there  were  the  T.  A.  Douglas, 
E.  P.  Johnson,  (the  latter  the  parents  of  Mrs.  H.  D.  Glea- 

1  Josiah  Strong  rose  to  the  ranks  of  the  foremost  ministers  in 
the  United  States  and  was  the  author  of  several  books. 


20  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

son),  the  A.  H.  Reel,  Frank  Houseman  and  Walter  Brown 
families,  the  Henry  Conways,  W.  D.  Pease,  and  others  who 
were  long  identified  with  the  history  of  the  town.  Per- 
haps the  only  true  resident  pioneers  are  Mrs.  Reed  and 
Mrs.  Farrell,  who,  I  understand,  were  here  when  the  rail- 
road came. 

We  settled  in  a  small  house  on  East  Sixteenth  street, 
which  afterward  became  Mrs.  Glafcke's  first  greenhouse. 
In  a  "lean-to"  beside  the  kitchen  mother  stored  our  staple 
provisions;  the  one  outside  door  was  without  lock  or  bar 
all  winter,  yet  nothing  was  taken  although  of  tramps 
there  were  plenty. 

Sixteenth  was  then  the  principal  street;  there  were 
less  than  a  dozen  trees  in  town,  and  the  brown,  wooden 
houses  of  Fort  Russell,  or  "The  Post,"  as  it  was  referred 
to,  could  be  plainly  seen,  with  Camp  Carlin  located  on  a 
spur  of  railroad  near  the  Talbot  place.  This  was  a  gov- 
ernment supply  depot,  and  the  long  trains  of  army  wagons 
laden  with  various  kinds  of  freight  and  drawn  by  govern- 
ment mules  were  often  watched  until  only  the  dust  was 
visible  in  the  distance  as  they  wended  their  way  through 
Fort  Russell  toward  Horse  Creek  (where,  at  the  old  Good- 
win ranch  twenty-eight  miles  out  the  Yellowstone  Highway 
now  merges  with  the  old  trail),  to  Fort  Fetterman,  Old 
Fort  Laramie  and  other  places.  Usually  several  of  the  out- 
fits traveled  together,  sometimes  with  a  cavalry  escort  from 
the  Fort,  yet  many  a  brave  freighter  and  stage  driver  lost 
his  life  to  the  hostile  Indians. 

Father's  health  not  improving,  we  shipped  our  house- 
hold goods  to  Denver  in  the  beautiful  October  of  1873,  and 
drove  down,  taking  a  week  for  the  trip  and  visiting  some 
of  the  mountain  towns.  We  spent  the  last  night  out  at 
a  ranch  eleven  or  twelve  miles  from  Denver.  In  the  large 
living  room  before  an  open  log  fire  our  hosts  recounted  to 
us  some  of  their  early  experiences,  one  of  which,  as  nearly 
as  I  can  recall,  was  as  follows: 

Mrs.  X — let  us  call  her — came  there  a  bride  at  a  time 
when  white  women  were  a  curiosity  to  the  Indians.  Un- 
familiar with  Indian  customs  and  traditions,  her  young 
husband  was  amused  when  an  Ute  chieftain,  accompanied 
by  several  braves,  rode  up  one  day  and  offered  to  bring 
some  ponies  in  exchange  for  the  "White  Squaw."  Taking 
it  as  a  joke,  Mr.  X  consented.  Laughingly  relating  the  in- 
cident to  a  neighbor,  an  old  frontiersman,  who  chancedto 
call  soon  after,  he  was  advised  by  the  latter  to  lose  no 
time  in  taking  his  wife  and  her  sister  to  the  settlement  of 
Denver,  asserting  that  the  chief  made  the  bargain  in  good 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  21 

faith  and  might  cause  trouble  if  not  bought  off.  His  ad- 
vice was  immediately  acted  upon,  Mr.  X  returning  laden 
with  bright-colored  calico,  beads,  etc.  True  to  their  word 
the  Indians  came  the  next  morning  with  the  stipulated 
number  of  ponies,  but  bribed  by  the  gaudy  merchandise 
aided  by  the  tact  of  the  old  frontiersman  who  was  also 
on  hand,  they  were  pacified  after  a  long  parley  and  rode 
away.  But  the  women  remained  in  Denver  until  their 
fears  subsided. 

In  the  spring  of  1874  father  returned  to  Wyoming, 
took  up  a  ranch  on  Muddy  Creek,  thirty-two  miles  east  of 
here,  and  in  July  moved  his  family  there  from  Denver. 
Then  it  was  that,  for  us,  real  pioneering  began;  not  in 
the  sense  that  we  suffered  hardship — the  house  father  had 
built  was  comfortable,  there  was  a  well  of  sparkling  pure, 
cold  water  at  the  door  and  plenty  of  flimsy  old  railroad 
ties  for  fuel,  making  the  stoking  of  the  cookstove  in  sum- 
mer and  the  heater  in  winter  a  perpetual  performance.  But 
the  softer  water  for  washing  had  to  be  carried  up  an  em- 
bankment from  the  creek  and  of  course  carried  out  again; 
our  nearest  railroad  station,  Egbert,  was  two  and  one- 
half  miles  away;  (incidentally  Mr.  E.  R.  Breisch  2  was,  in 
the  early  80's,  our  agent  there) .  Freight  and  passenger 
rates  were  almost  prohibitive  and  we  were  "thirty  miles 
from  a  lemon." 

However,  mother  soon  learned  to  calculate  to  a  nicety 
the  quantity  of  supplies  needed  between  our  rare  visits  to 
Cheyenne — then  an  all-day  trip  each  way  since  the  wagon 
was  loaded  with  ranch  produce  going  up  and  provisions 
coming  back.  Always  too  she  kept  a  few  jars  of  preserves 
and  pickles  and  cans  of  fish,  so,  with  fresh  butter,  milk 
and  eggs  at  hand  an  appetizing  meal  could  be  placed  be- 
fore the  chance  guest;  for  those  were  the  days  when  the 
coming  of  visitors  meant  much  and  never  was  work  so  im- 
portant that  it  could  not  be  readily  adjusted  to  the  oft-un- 
heralded arrival  of  friends  for  a  day  or  a  week. 

Thus  our  lives  passed  happily  and  uneventfully  until 
the  spring  of  1877 ;  then  came  rumors  of  Indian  uprisings, 
depredations  increased  and  ranchers  armed  for  protection. 
On  our  occasional  drives  at  that  time  father  would  carry 
a  Springfield  rifle,  mother  a  revolver,  while  we  children 
were  instructed  in  case  of  danger  to  crouch  in  the  bottom 
of  the  wagon.  None  of  these  precautions  proved  necessary 
as  no  Indians  crossed  our  path;  yet  such  was  the  appre- 
hension that  when  father  was  away  over  night  mother 

2  Mr.    Breisch    is   the   present   freight   agent   in    Cheyenne   for 
the  Union  Pacific  Railway  Co. 


22  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

would  place  a  gun  at  the  head  of  her  bed  and  a  revolver 
under  her  pillow;  the  anxiety  of  those  times  can  be  appre- 
ciated only  by  those  who  passed  through  them. 

One  evening  in  June,  I  had  mounted  my  pony  for  a 
ride  when  a  horseman  rode  hurriedly  up,  called  to  father 
to  be  on  guard  as  a  raiding  party  of  Indians  had  killed 
three  of  Judge  Tracey's  men  near  Pine  Bluffs  that  after- 
noon, then  dashed  away  to  the  Culver  ranch  west  of  us, 
while,  at  father's  bidding  I  made  haste  to  warn  my  uncle's 
family,  the  Reuben  Martins,  who  had  come  from  Illinois 
and  settled  on  a  ranch  less  than  a  mile  east.  As  I  entered 
a  draw  half  way  between  the  two  places  a  dusky-skinned 
horseman  came  riding  down.  Frightened,  I  turned  my  pony 
and  ran  for  home,  but  learning  that  he  was  only  Mr.  Cul- 
ver's Mexican  sheep  herder  I  again  set  forth  in  fear  and 
trembling  and  accomplished  the  errand.  Everyone  kept 
vigil  that  night  but  the  Indians  did  not  raid  our  valley. 

The  next  day  father  took  his  family  to  Cheyenne  and 
left  us  there  until  the  danger  seemed  to  be  over;  but  we 
were  destined  to  have  one  more  scare.  One  evening  a 
cloud  of  dust  arose  in  the  west  and  a  band  of  horses  came 
running  over  the  bluffs;  no  riders  could  be  seen  and 
knowing  that  the  savages  in  raiding  sometimes  leaned  over 
the  side  of  their  ponies  and  aimed  from  under  their  necks, 
the  cry  of  "Indians"  arose.  Mother  took  us  children  into 
her  arms  and  father,  handing  her  a  revolver,  exclaimed: 
"If  anything  happens  to  me  don't  let  them  take  you  alive!" 
Soon,  however,  several  riders  and  a  covered  wagon  ap- 
peared and  the  mystery  was  explained.  It  was  the  Stone 
outfit  bringing  their  horses  back  from  Cheyenne  where 
they  had  taken  them  for  safety. 

As  everyone  knows,  on  June  25th,  General  Custer  and 
his  command  were  annihilated  in  the  battle  of  the  Little 
Big  Horn.  Relatives  of  ours  had  come  from  Illinois  to 
spend  the  summer  in  Wyoming,  but  the  gruelling  anxiety 
of  watching  for  the  Indians  constantly  did  not  appeal  to 
them  and  they  soon  returned  to  the  security  of  civilization. 
It  was  not  until  the  government  troops  had  captured  the 
marauding  bands  and  returned  them  to  their  reservations 
under  military  guard  that  the  settlers  themselves  felt  safe 
and  life  resumed  normal. 

Early  the  following  spring  a  very  near  neighbor,  a 
woman  of  high  attainments,  who  had  recently  come  from 
New  Jersey,  opened  a  small  private  school  in  her  home, 
thus  affording  a  much-desired  opportunity  for  study  to  the 
few  children  privileged  to  attend.  Another  notable  event 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  23 

occurred  that  spring:  Mr.  Gilland  arrived  from  Vermont 
April  21st,  1877,  just  fifty  years  ago. 

For  lack  of  other  diversion  neighbors  within  a  radius 
of  twenty  miles  or  more  decided  the  following  winter  to 
give  a  series  of  dances,  each  family  to  entertain  in  turn, 
the  first  taking  place  at  the  home  of  the  J.  R.  Gordons 
near  Pine  Bluffs,  the  site  of  which  is  included  in  the 
present  James  Wilkinson  ranch;  the  next  was  held  at  the 
home  of  the  J.  E.  Ruggs,  then  our  near  neighbors,  who 
later  moved  to  the  T.  B.  Horde  ranch  west  of  Cheyenne, 
now  owned  by  J.  T.  Bell.  In  the  early  80's  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Rugg  moved  to  town  and  built  the  nucleus  of  the  present 
Richardson  house  on  Capitol  Avenue,  then  called  Hill 
street. 

The  third  party  was  given  by  Uncle  Reuben  and  Aunt 
Mary  Martin,  the  fourth  by  my  parents  in  the  evening  of 
January  3rd,  1878 ; — the  diningroom  was  cleared  for  danc- 
ing and  at  midnight  an  oyster  supper  was  served  in  an 
"L"  of  the  house;  eleven  of  the  guests,  because  of  the  long 
distance  they  had  to  drive  through  deep  snow  and  sub- 
zero weather,  stayed  to  breakfast.  So  dancing  continued 
all  night  to  the  music  of  a  string"  band  from  Cheyenne 
supplemented  by  father  who  played  old-fashioned  tunes 
on  his  violin. 

Conveniences  were  few  in  those  days,  but  the  very 
deprivations  endured  served  to  unite  people  in  a  warmth 
of  hospitality  and  understanding,  while  in  illness  the  wom- 
en depended  upon  each  other;  never  did  a  neighbor  fail 
to  give  freely  of  her  time,  sympathy  and  skill,  while  the 
men  ofttimes  exchanged  work,  or  willingly  helped  a  bro- 
ther ranchman  at  much  inconvenience  to  themselves.  All 
honor  to  those  sturdy  men  who  worked  so  hard  and  en- 
dured so  much  and  to  those  pioneer  women  whose  forti- 
tude, patience  and  endurance  in  many  cases  surpassed  any 
tale  of  fiction! 

Spring  came  early  in  1878,  and  by  March  the  grass 
was  green;  the  7th  was  an  unusually  warm  day,  even 
sultry;  in  the  evening  heavy  banks  of  clouds  appeared  and 
rain  began  to  fall.  In  the  night  the  wind  rose  and  by  the 
morning  of  the  8th  one  of  the  worst  storms  in  history 
was  raging  and  continued  for  seventy-two  hours — a  fine 
cutting  snow  that  swirled  in  fury,  blinding  the  men  who 
stretched  rope  from  house  to  barn  and  barn  to  corrals 
to  guide  them  in  their  efforts  to  reach  and  care  for  the 
stock.  Even  with  this  precaution  it  was  a  question  each 
time  they  left  the  house  whether  they  would  ever  return. 


24  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

But  day  and  night  they  carried  on;  nor  were  the  women 
folk  idle  in  the  house, — keeping  hot  coffee  and  food  in 
constant  readiness  to  revive  the  men,  baling  out  wet  plas- 
ter and  the  water  that  followed  as  the  ceilings  fell,  for 
the  snow,  driven  by  the  fierce  wind,  sifted  under  the  shin- 
gles and  eventually  there  was  only  one  dry  corner  in  the 
entire  house. 

Cattle  and  horses  suffered  less  than  sheep.  Father 
at  that  time  was  keeping  sheep  on  shares  for  Charlie  Riner ; 
nearly  one-third  of  the  herd  perished,  while  Wallace  and 
Crowley,  eight  miles  north,  saved  only  four  hundred  out 
of  a  flock  of  eight  thousand.  One  of  our  men  dug  a  sheep 
out  alive  after  it  had  lain  buried  in  the  snow  eleven  days, 
and  on  the  fifteenth  day  after  the  storm  a  lamb  was  found 
under  a  snow  bank  breathing  and  lived. 

An  unusual  electrical  display  was  a  feature  of  the 
storm;  balls  of  fire  appeared  on  fence  post  and  twigs  and 
hung  suspended  beneath  the  roofs  of  sheds.  High  winds 
prevailed  for  a  couple  of  days  afterward,  then  the  sun 
came  out  and  in  three  weeks  the  snow  was  nearly  gone. 

In  May,  1879,  a  school  meeting  was  held  at  Egbert 
and  School  District  No.  3  was  organized,  extending  from 
Archer  to  Pine  Bluffs,  thirty-five  miles  east  and  west  and 
across  the  state — two  hundred  miles — north  and  south; 
this  was  later  divided.  The  first  school  house  was  built 
on  "The  Muddy"  that  summer;  so  with  the  close  of  that 
decade  ended  "pioneering"  as  we  had  known  it  in  the  70's. 


CAMP  CARLIN  OR  CHEYENNE  DEPOT 

Camp  Carlin,  located  one  and  a  half  miles  west  of 
Cheyenne,  Wyoming,  was  selected  by  the  War  Department 
for  the  main  distributing  point  for  supplies  to  the  various 
forts  and  military  camps  throughout  the  west. 

It  was  an  ideal  location.  The  Union  Pacific  railroad 
had  a  spur  to  the  camp  and  supplies  were  loaded  and  un- 
loaded from  the  large  warehouses  that  stood  along  the 
track.  It  was  named  for  Colonel  Carlin,  the  commander. 
Camp  Carlin  was  established  at  the  time  that  Fort  D.  A. 
Russell  Military  Reservation  was  selected  as  a  post.  There 
had  to  be  some  central  location  chosen  to  be  used  as  a  sup- 
ply station  and  this  point  seemed  to  best  answer  the  de- 
mand. The  survey  was  made  and  Camp  Carlin  was 
opened  in  1867. 

Troops  had  to  be  maintained  at  Fort  D.  A.  Russell 
to  guard  the  Union  Pacific  railroad  during  the  period  of 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  25 

construction  as  the  Indians  had  become  very  hostile,  and 
would  wreck  trains  and  shoot  passengers  and  crews  when- 
ever it  was  possible. 

During  the  "Black  Hills"  excitement  in  the  70's  it 
took  a  great  many  troops  to  protect  the  interests  of  the 
white  man. 

I  went  to  work  in  the  Indian  Department  at  Camp 
Carlin  in  1876,  when  everywhere  there  was  "Indian  war" 
talk  and  military  movements  to  suppress  the  warring  In- 
dians. 

Camp  Carlin  had  now  become  a  great  supply  station. 
The  first  work  I  did  was  to  receive  goods  for  the  Indians, 
consisting  of  flour,  beans,  rice,  bacon,  salt  pork,  baking 
powder,  calico  for  dresses,  cloth  for  shirts,  bales  of  blan- 
kets, tobacco  and  thread.  I  don't  remember  all,  but  one 
shipment  consisted  of  1,006,000  pounds.  This  was  freighted 
to  "Red  Cloud"  and  "Spotted  Tail"  Agencies  in  northern 
Nebraska.  Much  of  this  was  loaded  on  wagons  belonging 
to  A.  H.  Reel  and  Charles  Hecht,  each  having  trains  con- 
sisting of  400  yoke  of  oxen.  The  teams  had  12  to  14 
yoke  of  oxen  and  drew  three  wagons,  the  front  one  upwards 
of  15,000  pounds,  the  second  9,000  pounds,  the  third  with 
cooking  utensils,  tents  and  food  for  the  trip.  The  tongue  of 
the  second  and  third  wagons  were  cut  off  short  and  chained 
to  the  hind  axle  of  the  wagon  in  front. 

The  camp  contained  a  population  of  about  one  thou- 
sand to  twelve  hundred  civilians,  employees  and  superin- 
tendent and  over  25,000  animals  most  of  the  time.  I  saw 
1000  mules  unloaded  one  day,  and  7000  tons  of  hay.  We 
supplied  sixteen  military  posts  and  all  field  companies. 

I  transferred  to  the  commissary  department  from  the 
Indian  department  October  17,  1876.  Everything  was 
rushing  on  account  of  the  Indians  who  were  getting  out 
to  go  on  the  war  path  at  every  point  in  the  territory  of 
Wyoming  and  Idaho  and  the  state  of  Montana.  This  re- 
quired constant  shipping  of  supplies  to  a  great  many  mili- 
tary posts,  where  troops  were  stationed  ready  to  move 
at  an  hour's  notice.  Besides  the  troops  in  the  field  I  will 
name  the  forts  that  were  shipped  to  at  that  time  as  many 
of  them  have  been  abandoned. 

Wyoming  Territory — Fort  D.  A.  Russell,  Fort  Sanders, 
Fort  Fred  Steele,  Fort  Bridger,  Fort  Washakie,  Fort  Fet- 
terman,  Fort  Laramie,  Fort  McKenzie,  Rock  Creek  Sta- 
tion. 

Nebraska — Fort  Sidney,  Fort  Omaha,  Fort  Robinson. 

Utah — Fort  Douglas. 
Idaho — Fort  Hall. 


26  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

After  the  "Thornburg  Massacre"  we  shipped  to 
Meeker,  Colorado,  for  a  long  time  and  all  the  supplies 
during  the  campaign  which  took  place  in  September, 
1879.  General  Wesley  Merritt  was  in  command  during 
the  "Thornburg"  trouble. 

Camp  Carlin  furnished  a  wagon  train.  The  train  was 
ambushed  by  the  Indians  and  our  wagon  master,  McKenzie, 
was  killed,  and  Rodney  Saunders,  a  member  of  the  train, 
was  wounded  and  was  a  cripple  for  the  rest  of  his  life. 
When  the  news  reached  Camp  Carlin,  Perry  Organ  was 
superintendent  of  the  quartermaster  department  and  J. 
F.  Jenkins  was  chief  clerk  of  the  commissary  department. 
The  War  Department  published  a  statement  giving  the 
force  great  credit  for  the  rapid  and  efficient  manner  in 
which  the  troops  and  supplies  were  sent  forward. 

During  my  position  as  chief  clerk  of  the  commissary 
at  Camp  Carlin  I  served  under  Major  Wm.  Nash  and 
Major  Elderkin. 

After  the  extension  of  the  railroad  north,  the  camp 
was  abandoned,  and  the  houses  and  warehouses  were  sold 
for  junk.  It  had  outlived  its  usefulness.  Several  of  the 
former  employees  are  living  in  Cheyenne,  but  most  of 
them  have  "passed  on." 

J.  F.  JENKINS, 
Captain  of  Commissary,  U.  S.  A. 
Spanish-American  War. 


THE  OPEN  RANGE  CATTLE  BUSINESS  IN  WYOMING 

At  the  close  of  the  Civil  War  the  great  cattle  breeding 
grounds  of  Texas  were  literally  overrun  with  cattle;  with 
no  local  market,  and  few  if  any  of  these  cattle  fit  for  beef, 
it  soon  became  a  serious  problem  as  to  what  could  be  done 
with  these  immense  herds.  In  the  late  60's  an  outlet  was 
found  for  a  limited  number  of  aged  steers  by  trailing  them 
to  Kansas  and  selling  them  at  very  low  prices  to  Kansas, 
Nebraska  and  Missouri  feeders.  From  this  modest  begin- 
ning was  finally  developed  that  wonderful  trail  business  so 
vividly  described  by  Emerson  Hough  in  "North  of  36."  It 
finally  began  to  dawn  on  the  southern  cattlemen,  and  to 
northern  business  men  as  well,  that  the  grasses  on  the 
northern  prairies  were  far  more  nutritious  than  on  the 
southern  ranges,  and  it  was  discovered  (and  tradition  says 
by  a  mere  accident)  that  even  in  the  northern  country 
where  severe  winters  were  frequent,  if  not  the  rule,  cattle 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  27 

would  live  and  thrive  with  no  other  feed  than  the  native 
grass. 

By  the  early  70's  it  had  been  demonstrated  beyond 
question  that  Wyoming  was  the  very  center  of  the  greatest 
open  range  country  known  to  man;  that  the  native  buffalo 
and  bunch  grasses  were  the  best  to  be  found  between  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Canadian  border ;  that  cattle  turned 
loose  on  the  Wyoming  ranges  would  not  only  live  and  thrive 
during  the  winter  but  would  get  "hog-fat"  in  the  summer. 
So  long  as  the  number  of  cattle  were  limited  and  the  winter 
feed  not  used  in  summer  the  conditions  above  described 
were  not  so  far  out  of  line.  Reports  of  this  great  range 
country  in  Wyoming  gradually  spread  to  other  parts  of 
the  country  and  cattlemen  and  others  began  to  establish 
small  ranches  and  turn  small  herds  of  cattle  on  the  ranges, 
and  in  some  instances  with  phenomenal  profits.  About  this 
time,  in  the  early  seventies,  there  began  to  appear  in  east- 
ern papers  and  magazines,  flaming  articles  describing  the 
cattle  business  in  Wyoming;  boldly  stating  and  indeed  act- 
ually believed  by  Wyoming  cattlemen  that  the  annual  losses 
were  not  to  exceed  two  per  cent;  that  the  cost  of  handling 
the  cattle  was  not  more  than  one  dollar  per  year  and  the 
profits  could  be  safely  counted  at  forty  per  cent  per  an- 
num. Small  wonder  that  this  propaganda  drew  the  atten- 
tion of  the  outside  world  to  this  wonderful  "get-rich-quick" 
cattle  business. 

By  the  late  70's  there  began  that  mad  scramble  to  get 
in  the  business  that  culminated  in  a  wild  boom,  such  as 
has  rarely  if  ever  been  seen  in  any  country  at  any  time. 
Men  from  every  walk  in  life,  bankers,  merchants,  farmers, 
young  men  just  out  of  college  whose  fathers  were  ready, 
willing  and  able  to  establish  them  in  the  business ;  men  who 
knew  something  of  the  cattle  business  and  many  who  knew 
nothing  at  all  about  it.  New  York,  Boston,  England  and 
Scotland  capitalists,  all  seemed  determined  to  get  into  the 
game.  Tens  of  thousands  of  cattle  were  being  trailed  into 
Wyoming  each  year  from  Texas,  Oregon,  Washington,  Ne- 
vada and  Utah.  A  ready  market  was  found  for  these  cat- 
tle; those  already  established  in  the  business  were  anxious 
to  increase  their  holdings  and  new  men  with  seemingly 
unlimited  capital  were  continually  "getting  into  the  game." 
It  never  seemed  to  occur  to  anyone  that  there  might  be  a 
limit  to  the  number  of  cattle  the  Wyoming  ranges  would 
support.  It  was  the  current  belief  among  all  classes  of 
citizens  that  whoever  was  established  in  the  range  cattle 
business  in  Wyoming  was  assured  of  a  fortune. 

The  "Cowboys,"  the  Roundup,  the  Long    Trail,    the 


28  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

Mess-wagon,  have  all  been  celebrated  in  song  and  story  by 
such  writers  as  Owen  Wister,  Edgar  Beecher  Bronson,  and 
many  others;  and  perpetuated  on  canvass  by  those  great 
artists,  Remington  and  Russell.  The  very  nature  of  the 
business,  and  the  life  of  those  who  had  actual  charge  of 
handling  the  cattle  on  the  range,  threw  around  it  a  sort 
of  romance,  glamour  and  fascination.  Nearly  a  generation 
has  passed  since  the  real  cowboy  rode  the  Wyoming  ranges, 
and  yet  we  have  with  us  the  rather  amusing  if  not  disgust- 
ing imitations  in  the  rodeo ;  the  professional  broncho-bus- 
ter;  and  in  the  "movies."  Even  in  the  agricultural  dis- 
tricts of  Western  Nebraska  where  there  has  not  been  a 
roundup  for  for'y  years,  one  sees  would-be  cowboys  wear- 
ing chaps,  spurs  and  five-gallon  hats,  sad  commentary  on 
the  real  cowboy  as  he  was  known  and  loved  fifty  years  ago. 

The  Other  Side  of  the  Picture 

The  life  of  the  "Open  Range  Cattle  Business"  in  Wyo- 
ming, that  is  to  say  before  the  advent  of  barbed  wire ,  when 
cattle  were  turned  loose  on  the  ranges,  with  no  thought  of 
preparing  feed  for  winter  and  handled  entirely  by  a  sys- 
tem of  roundups,  was  comparatively  short  and  certainly 
spectacular  and  meteoric  while  it  lasted,  and  ended  in 
calamity  and  financial  disaster  rarely  seen  in  any  line  of 
human  endeavor.  The  causes  which  brought  on  this  unex- 
pected misfortune  were  many,  any  one  of  which  would  have 
finally  landed  the  business  on  the  rocks.  For  instance — 
buying  and  selling  cattle  "book  count"  or  "range  delivery." 
Just  how  or  when  this  custom  was  established  in  Wyo- 
ming I  do  not  know,  but  in  1878  when  I  first  landed  there 
it  was  a  well  established  custom.  That  business  men 
should  so  far  lose  sight  of  ordinary  business  methods  as 
to  buy  and  sell  cattle  "without  counting  a  cow,"  with  no 
way  of  ascertaining  how  many  cattle  they  were  paying  for 
except  the  seller's  "tally  books,"  is  almost  beyond  belief.  It 
is  certain,  however,  that  thousands  of  cattle  changed  hands, 
"book  count"  or  "range  delivery"  in  some  instances  the 
deals  involving  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars.  Needless 
to  say  that  any  deal  of  that  kind  where  any  considerable 
amount  was  involved  was  the  beginning  of  financial  trou- 
ble. To  illustrate:  John  Smith  engaged  in  the  cattle  busi- 
ness in  1878,  buying  2000  cows  and  turning  them  on  the 
range;  modest  ranch  buildings  and  corrals  were  built  near 
a  running  stream  (land  not  filed  on),  and  Mr.  Smith  was 
established  in  the  cattle  business.  During  the  summer  of 
1879  Mr.  Smith's  outfit  reports  branding  1500  calves  and 
for  two  or  three  years  about  an  equal  number,  then  an 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  29 

increased  branding  from  young  she  stock  raised.  In  1883 
Mr.  Smith  decides  to  sell  his  ranch  and  cattle,  his  books 
have  been  kept  in  Cheyenne,  all  calves  branded  from  year 
to  year  as  reported  by  the  foreman  are  added  to  the  orig- 
inal 2000  head,  and  cattle  shipped  or  sold,  together  with 
the  two  per  cent  loss  each  year,  charged  off,  showing  on 
the  books  of  say  8000  cattle.  It  is  soon  learned  that  Mr. 
Smith's  outfit  is  for  sale  and  in  due  time,  some  one  of  the 
many  capitalists  seeking  investment  in  this  wonderful  range 
cattle  business  gets  in  touch  with  Mr.  Smith  and  the  deal 
is  closed  to  the  entire  satisfaction  of  all  concerned,  the 
price  being  $30  per  head  "book  count." 

While  the  above  is  purely  hypothetical,  it  is  a  fair 
statement  of  any  number  of  sales  that  came  under  my  own 
personal  observation.  Indeed,  I  myself  was  the  goat  in  two 
different  deals  of  this  kind,  having  bought  two  small  herds 
"book  count"  in  1879,  and  in  1884  was  a  stockholder  in  a 
cattle  company,  the  president  of  which  corporation  bought 
for  the  company  a  herd  of  cattle,  paying  in  cash  two  hun- 
dred thousand  dollars  and  "not  counting  a  cow."  I  do  not 
want  to  convey  the  impression  that  disaster  lurked  in  every 
deal  of  this  kind,  nor  do  I  want  to  be  understood  as  claim- 
ing that  deliberate  fraud  was  perpetrated  by  those  selling 
cattle  "book  count."  In  most  cases  I  believe  the  men  who 
made  these  sales  actually  believed  that  they  had  the  number 
of  cattle  shown  by  their  books.  The  men  from  whom  I 
bought  cattle  "book  count"  were,  I  believe,  absolutely  hon- 
est in  their  representations.  In  fact,  it  was  but  a  short  time 
until  they  "got  into  the  game"  again,  buying  larger  herds 
than  they  sold  to  me  and  bought  "book  count,  range  de- 
livery." 

That  every  man  who  bought  cattle  "book  count"  got 
the  worst  of  the  deal,  goes  without  saying;  that  glaring 
frauds  were  in  some  instances  perpetrated  does  not  admit 
of  a  doubt.  One  deal  with  which  I  was  familiar  will  serve 
to  illustrate :  A  merchant  whom  I  knew  got  into  the  game, 
buying  a  herd  of  cattle  shown  by  the  books  to  be  about  1200 
head.  He  hired  the  cattle  "run"  for  two  or  three  years  at 
one  dollar  per  head  per  year,  the  regular  price  at  that  time. 
Suspecting  that  he  had  been  "buncoed"  in  the  deal  he  began 
investigations  with  a  view  of  compelling  the  party  from 
whom  he  bought  the  cattle  to  make  good  some  part  of  his 
loss.  He  discovered  this  party  was  completely  bankrupt, 
and  that  all-  he  could  do  was  to  make  the  best  of  a  bad  bar- 
gain. He  decided  to  have  the  cattle  gathered,  tallied  and 
moved  to  a  different  range,  and  to  me  as  manager  and  part 
owner  of  "a  cow  outfit"  was  given  the  job  of  gathering 


30  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

these  cattle.  This  herd  had  been  on  the  range  a  good  many- 
years  and  naturally  was  badly  scattered.  I  sent  "reps"  as 
far  as  the  South  Platte  in  Colorado,  and  east  as  far  as 
North  Platte,  and  with  all  roundups  where  the  cattle  were 
supposed  to  be  located,  and  after  two  years  diligent  search 
less  than  two  hundred  head  of  cattle  were  found  in  this 
brand.  Not  so  long  ago  I  had  a  talk  with  an  old-time  friend 
whom  I  had  not  seen  for  thirty  years.  This  man  was  one 
of  a  syndicate  that  bought  a  herd  "book  count"  forty-five 
years  ago,  paying  about  a  quarter  of  a  million  dollars  cash. 
This  friend  told  me,  and  he  seemed  to  enjoy  it  as  a  good 
joke,  that  he  was  confident  they  paid  one  hundred  dollars 
per  head  for  every  cow  they  got.  While  these  two  were 
possibly  exceptional  cases,  the  fact  remains  that  in  most 
cases  where  large  herds  were  bought  "book  count"  the 
purchasers  were  given  a  good  start  towards  bankruptcy,  or 
at  best  the  loss  of  a  large  part  of  their  investments. 

Another,  and  not  the  least  of  the  causes  that  brought 
the  open  range  cattle  business  in  Wyoming  to  grief,  was 
the  overstocking  of  the  ranges.  That  old  saying,  "One  can- 
not eat  his  cake  and  have  it,"  was  entirely  lost  sight  of.  It 
did  not  seem  to  occur  to  anyone  that  it  would  be  possible 
to  overstock  the  ranges ;  that  the  continual  influx  from  the 
outside,  together  with  the  natural  increase,  would  finally 
swamp  the  business.  It  would  serve  no  good  purpose  to 
go  further  into  the  causes  of  the  complete  failure  of  the 
open  range  cattle  business  in  Wyoming,  or  to  tell  of  the 
frightful  financial  crash  brought  on  by  the  wild  boom  and 
consequent  reaction.  It  may  be  mentioned,  however,  that 
in  many  cases  where  cattle  had  been  bought  at  $30.00  "book 
count"  they  were  sold  at  S15.00  to  S20.00  per  head  tallied. 
This  tells  its  own  story. 

The   Cowboy 

The  cowboys  who  rode  the  Wyoming  ranges  forty  to 
fifty  years  ago,  the  boys  and  men  who  made  it  possible  to 
handle  the  hundreds  of  thousands  of  cattle  on  the  open 
ranges  by  that  wonderful  system  of  roundups,  deserve  a 
higher  and  better  place  in  Wyoming  history  than  is  given 
them  by  the  modern  writers  of  lurid  cowboy  stories,  shown 
on  the  movie  screen  and  in  the  professional  "Rodeo."  The 
real  cowboy  of  those  days  was  far  from  the  wild-eyed  freak 
that  modern  writers  show  him,  carrying  two  big  six-shoot- 
ers, ready  to  shoot  and  kill  on  the  slightest  provocation; 
"shooting  up  the  town,"  riding  his  pony  into  the  saloons, 
et  cetera.  On  the  contrary,  the  class  of  cowboys  on  whose 
shoulders  rested  the  responsibility  of     properly     handling 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  31 

their  employer's  cattle,  were  an  unusually  fine  class  of 
men  and  boys,  intelligent,  honest,  sober,  hard  working,  hard 
riding  and  loyal  to  their  employer's  interests  to  a  degree 
rarely  found  in  employees  as  a  class.  It  goes  without  say- 
ing that  not  all  cowboys  belonged  to  the  class  just  described. 
The  very  nature  of  the  business  was  such  as  to  bring  out 
the  very  best  that  was  in  the  one  class,  and  at  the  same  time 
to  give  unlimited  opportunity  to  that  class  who  were  natur- 
ally inclined  to  train  with  "the  wild  bunch."  Those  of  the 
cowboys  first  described  who  are  still  on  this  side  of  the 
divide,  are  now  the  reliable,  honored,  prominent  and  suc- 
cessful business  men  of  Wyoming  and  other  states — of  the 
other  class  perhaps  the  least  said  the  better. 

A  V/ord   for  the   "Cowman" 

At  no  time  in  any  country,  in  any  business,  did  there 
ever  come  together  a  finer  class  of  men  than  the  Wyoming 
cowman  of  forty  to  fifty  years  ago.  Something  in  the  life, 
in  the  great  open  spaces;  something  in  the  very  atmo- 
sphere seemed  to  make  men  broader  minded;  to  make  for 
closer  and  more  loyal  friendships.  He  fought  a  courageous 
fight  and  lost.  His  like  will  not  be  seen  again  in  Wyoming 
or  elsewhere. 

(Signed)      W.  E.  GUTHRIE, 
Bridgeport,  Nebr.,  Dec.  22,  1926. 


Portland,  Ind.,  February  14th,  1884. 
Mr.  John  C.  Friend,  Esq., 
Rawlins,  Wyoming. 
Dear  Sir: 

Your  favor  of  the  31st  ult.  duly  received. 

In  reply,  will  say  that  from  what  data  I  have  to  go  by 
— an  old  pencil  diary — I  find  that  Companies  "A"  and  "D" 
11th  0.  V.  C,  landed  at  the  site  of  Fort  Halleck  on  the  30th 
of  July,  1862.  The  companies  crossed  over  from  the  Sweet- 
water Country  through  Whiskey  Gap,  passing  somewhere 
near  where  Rawlins  stands.  In  that  spring  the  Noble  Lo 
got  on  his  ear  and  made  things  extremely  lively  for  the 
Overland  Stage  Line,  which  then  crossed  the  South  Platte 
at  Julesburg  and  then  perambulated  its  way  via  Scotts 
Bluff,  Fort  Laramie,  up  the  North  Platte  and  the  Sweet- 
water to  South  Pass  and  on  down  past  Granger  where  it 
crossed  Blacks  Fork  to  Fort  Bridger.  With  the  handful  of 
troops  out  there  it  was  found  impossible  to  protect  the 
United  States  mail  and  United  States  citizens  fleeing  from 
the  draft  and  it  was  by  the  powers  that  be,  decided  to 
leave  the  north   route   to  the  Lo  family,     and  transfer  the 


32  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

stages,  stock,  etc.,  to  what  was  then  called  the  Bridger  Pass 
route,  which  was  via  Latham,  Colo.,  where  the  route  crossed 
the  Platte,  then  up  through  Virginia  Dale,  Cache  La  Pou- 
dre,  Fort  Halleck  and  Bridger's  Pass.  For  the  purpose  of 
protection  to  the  stages,  Fort  Halleck  was  established,  the 
site  being  chosen  by  General  Mitchell  in  person,  who  the 
day  previous  to  reaching  the  ground,  met  the  two  companies 
enroute,  accompanied  by  his  aides  and  guided  us  to  the 
grounds.  On  the  2nd  of  August  following,  the  first  tree 
was  cut  down  by  Ben  Lloyd  of  Company  "A"  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  Fort  Halleck. 

On  the  20th  day  of  December  following,  these  two  com- 
panies had  built  and  completed  twosets  of  company  quar- 
ters, two  stables,  large  enough  each  to  hold  100  horses, 
quartermasters  and  commissary  storehouses,  post  head- 
quarters hospital,  officers'  quarters,  bake  house,  sutler 
store  and  the  "jug."  The  post  was,  at  first  under  command 
of  Major  John  O'Ferrell,  11th  O.  V.  C,  who  shortly  after- 
wards becoming  disgusted  at  finding  "graybacks"  on  him 
resigned  and  went  home  to  his  wife  and  kids  at  Piqua, 
Ohio,  where  he  still  resides  and  where  I  had  the  pleasure 
of  a  chat  with  him  a  month  or  so  ago.  The  command  then 
fell  hard  upon  Captain  F.  W.  Shipley,  Company  "A",  who 
resigned  in  command  and  robbed  the  boys  out  of  about 
812,000.00  extra  duty  money  until  December  20th  when  his 
company  was  ordered  to  Fort  Laramie.  He  still  resides  in 
Pique  also,butI  didn't  think  enough  of  him  to  look  him  up 
when  there.  At  the  time  we  landed  at  Fort  Hallack  until 
we  left,  the  vicinity  was  a  grazing  ground  for  thousands 
upon  thousands  of  elk,  antelope  and  black  tail  deer  in 
sight  any  time  of  any  day  and  the  chaparral  along  the  base 
of  Elk  Mountain  was  full  of  cinnamon  bears.  Scarcely  a  day 
passed  without  a  flock  of  antelope  charging  through  our 
camp  and  upsetting  tents,  camp  kettles,  etc.,  before  we 
moved  into  our  new  quarters.  The  buildings,  all  of  them, 
with  the  exception  of  the  hospital  and  headquarters  build- 
ing, were  composed  of  rough  pine  logs,  notched  at  the  cor- 
ners and  put  up  in  panels.  The  last  two  mentioned  were 
of  hewn  logs.  The  lumber  for  the  doors,  window  frames, 
etc.,  was  brought  from  Denver  by  three  six-mule  teams, 
over  which  I  had  charge  on  the  trip,  sash,  hardware,  etc., 
from  Laramie.  When  the  post  was  disbanded  I  do  not  know. 
In  your  account  of  Fort  Halleck  you  must  not  forget  to 
mention  how  "Whiskey  Gap"  derived  its  name.  It  was 
thusly:  In  our  march  from  Sweetwater  we  camped  in  the 
gap  one  night.  Accompanying  the  command  were  some 
stage  property  in  charge  of  a  station  agent  at  Three  Cross- 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  33 

ings  or  Split  Rock.  I  forget  which,  anyhow  he  had  with  him 
a  barrel  of  "nose  paint,"  which  he  sold  to  the  boys  at  $5 
the  canteen  full,  and  the  night  we  camped  in  the  gap  several 
of  the  boys  had  became  hilariously  patriotic,  so  much  so 
that  O'Ferrell  tied  them  up,  spread  eagle  style  to  wagon 
wheels  and  ordered  the  barrel  of  whiskey  to  be  rolled  out 
of  the  wagon  and  the  head  knocked  in,  which  was  done, 
and  the  whiskey  spilled  on  the  ground  and  always  there- 
after in  mentioning  that  particular  camp  it  was  called 
"Whiskey  Gap"  by  the  boys,  and  I  believe  it  has  held  on 
to  the  nickname  until  this  day. 

I  felled  the  second  tree  that  was  cut  down  for  the 
building  of  Fort  Halleck  and  don't  you  forget  that.  Harry 
Hugus  was  a  stage  driver  along  there  at  that  time,  I  be- 
lieve. This  is  about  all  I  can  remember  of  Fort  Halleck, 
except  that  nigger  who  was  killed  there  and  whom  Ed 
Lewis,  hospital  steward,  skinned.  I  met  Ed  in  Laramie  last 
summer  and  he  mentioned  that  circumstance. 

Now  send  me  your  "mammoth"  extra  edition.  I  want 
to  see  it.  Hoping  that  you  may  be  able  to  glean  a  few  facts 
from  what  I  have  written  and  wishing  you  success  in  your 
enterprise,  I  am, 

Very  truly,  etc., 

J.  J.  HOLLINGSWORTH 
From  Constant  collection. 


Torrington,  Wyo. 
May  13,  1927. 
Mrs.  Cyrus  Beard, 
State  Historian, 
Cheyenne,  Wyoming. 
Dear  Mrs.  Beard: 

I  am  enclosing  what  is  to  me  six  very  interesting  but 
very  short  papers.  They  are  all  very  plain  and  simple 
to  me  and  I  will  try  in  a  few  lines  to  explain  them  to  you. 

The  due  bill  from  James  Beckwourth  was  for  goods 
he  bought  of  Mr.  Ward  the  last  time  he  was  at  Fort  Lara- 
mie. He  died  the  next  winter  or  spring  without  redeem- 
ing his  paper.     I  never  knew  him. 

E.  W.  Raymond  was  the  man  who  was  with  Park- 
man  a  great  deal  of  the  time  while  he  was  in  this  sec- 
tion of  the  country.  Papin  was  a  trader,  trapper  and 
hunter.  Norman  R.  Fitzhugh  was  the  post  sutler  at  one 
time. 

W.  Wright  was  a  sergeant  in  the  Second  Dragoons. 
S.  E.  Ward  was  post  sutler  and  Robert  Foot  had  just  been 


34  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

discharged  from  the  Second  Dragoons  and  was  the  same 
Robert  Foot  who  lived  at  Fort  Halleck,  then  Buffalo, 
Wyoming,  and  was  a  member  of  the  Wyoming  Legisla- 
ture. 

T.  S.  Twiss  was  at  one  time  Indian  Agent  at  Upper 
Platte  Agency  (where  Glenrock  now  stands)  and  was 
also  a  trader  and  merchant.  Michael  Guinard  was  a 
brother  of  Louis  Guinard  who  built  the  bridge  across  the 
Platte  river  at  the  place  afterward  called  Fort  Casper. 

The  receipt  of  W.  G.  Bullock  to  Patrick  Mullaly  for 
the  good  behavior  of  William  Granger  was  given  to  Mul- 
laly for  cash  to  get  Granger  out  of  the  guardhouse  so  he 
could  continue  to  work.  Mullaly  and  Granger  were  both 
considered  rather  tough  characters.  The  order  of  Col. 
W.  G.  Bullock  given  by  Major  Joseph  W.  Wham  to  sup- 
ply Frank  D.  Yates  with  ammunition  for  Indians  explains 
itself.  Mr.  Yates  was  the  white  man  in  charge  of  the 
[ndians. 

The  duplicate  draft  on  London,  England,  explains 
itself.  The  duplicate  discharge  of  Sam  Terry  may  be 
of  some  interest  in  the  distant  future.  Mr.  Terry  worked 
for  me  at  Bordeaux  in  1871. 

Most  respectfully, 

(Signed)      JOHN  HUNTON. 


FROM  LETTERS  TO  STATE  HISTORIAN  MRS.  BEARD 

The  Eleventh  Ohio  Infantry  were  never  in  this  part 
of  the  country.  There  never  was  a  fight  along  the  North 
Platte  Valley  in  Wyoming  between  the  U.  S.  soldiers  and 
Indians  in  which  as  many  as  ten  soldiers  were  killed,  ex- 
cept the  Grattan  fight,  nine  miles  down  the  river  from 
Fort  Laramie  in  which  28  soldiers  were  killed,  August  19, 
1854,  and  the  fight  at  Fort  Casper,  in  which  about  26  sol- 
diers were  killed,  July  25,  1865. 

During  the  Civil  War  there  were  many  volunteer  sol- 
diers stationed  at  Fort  Laramie  as  headquarters  and  dis- 
tributed from  there  east  and  west  and  south.  The  Eleventh 
Ohio  Cavalry  was  so  employed  from  1862  to  the  fall  of  the 
year  1865.  Part  of  this  time  some  units  (detachments  or 
companies)  of  that  regiment  were  camped  on  the  La  Bonte 
Creek,  where  the  Oregon  Trail  crosses  the  creek.  This  camp 
was  designated  as  Camp  Marshall.  During  the  three  years 
these  Ohio  troops  were  in  this  part  of  the  country  they 
served  as  far  east  as  Scottsbluff,  as  far  west  as  the  head 
of  Sweetwater  river,  and  as  far  south  as  Fort  Collins,  Colo- 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  35 

rado,  which  post  was  named  in  honor  of  Colonel  Collins  of 
that  regiment.  I  think  this  regiment  also  established  and 
occupied  Fort  Halleck.  Other  volunteer  troops  who  served 
in  this  country  included  the  Fifth  and  Sixth  Iowa  regi- 
ments of  cavalry,  the  Fifth  and  Sixth  Kansas  regiments 
of  cavalry,  parts  of  Nebraska  regiments  of  cavalry,  all  of 
which  sustained  loss  of  men  in  fights  with  Indians,  out  the 
Eleventh  Ohio  regiment  was  the  greatest  loser  of  any  of 
the  regiments  from  fights  with  Indians. 

Now  about  the  "graveyard"  at  La  Bonte.  On  the  west 
side  of  La  Bonte  Creek,  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the 
road  crossing  was  a  burial  ground  in  which  many  citizens 
and  soldiers  were  buried,  and  in  this  burial  ground  were 
the  remains  of  some  twenty  or  twenty-five  soldiers,  the 
majority  of  them  being  members  of  the  Eleventh  Ohio 
cavalry.  There  were  about  thirty  or  thirty-five  graves  all 
told,  including  citizens.  I  first  saw  this  burial  ground  in 
October,  1868.  In  1871  I  had  the  government  contract  for 
furnishing  wood  to  the  post  at  Fort  Fetterman  and  had 
one  or  more  contracts  to  furnish  government  supplies  at 
Fort  Fetterman  from  that  date  each  year  up  to  and  in- 
cluding 1881  (eleven  years)  ;  and  during  these  eleven  years 
I  passed  and  saw  the  burial  ground  on  an  average  of  more 
than  twelve  times  each  year.  The  enclosure  consisted  of 
posts  set  in  the  ground,  two  posts  close  together  and  poles 
attached  by  putting  the  ends  of  the  poles  between  the  posts. 
Some  of  the  posts  were  held  together  by  having  pieces  of 
plank  or  split  poles  nailed  to  them.  I  and  my  employes 
sometimes  repaired  this  fence,  after  1876,  when  cattle 
were  ranged  in  the  country.  The  enclosure  was  about  18 
or  20  feet  wide  by  40  feet  long.  When  I  last  saw  the  en- 
closure, during  the  summer  of  1881,  most  of  the  poles  and 
posts  were  lying  on  the  ground  in  a  decayed  condition. 

During  the  summer  of  1891  the  government  had  the 
remains  of  all  soldiers  (except  three  who  died  of  smallpox) 
who  had  been  buried  at  Fort  Laramie  and  at  the  site  of  the 
Grattan  killing  disinterred  and  reburied  in  the  national 
cemetery  at  McPherson,  Nebraska.  Some  years  after  that 
date  the  remains  of  all  soldiers  buried  at  Fort  Fetterman, 
La  Bonte,  and  other  isolated  places  where  bodies  could  be 
identified  were  taken  up  and  moved  to  some  national  ceme- 
tery. I  do  not  think  the  soldiers  buried  at  Fort  Fetterman 
and  La  Bonte,  both  included,  exceeded  forty,  and  I  much 
doubt  if  there  were  so  many. 

In  March,  1868,  there  was  located  on  La  Bonte  Creek 
a  road  ranch  owned  and  run  by  Mr.  M.  A.  Mouseau.  There 


36  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

was  a  ranch  at  the  old  abandoned  stage  station  on  Horse- 
shoe Creek  which  was  conducted  by  William  Worrel  and 
John  R.  Smith;  a  ranch  at  Twin  Springs,  four  and  one- 
half  miles  east  of  the  last  named  ranch,  also  owned  by  M. 
A.  Mouseau,  who  employed  a  man  to  run  it;  a  ranch  on 
the  west  side  of  Cottonwood  Creek,  where  the  Fort  Fetter- 
man  cut-off  road  crosses  the  creek,  run  by  two  men  known 
as  Bulger  and  Bouncer ;  and  a  ranch  on  the  east  side  of 
Cottonwood  Creek  at  the  same  crossing.  Sometime  between 
the  15th  and  25th  of  that  month  a  war  party  of  about  60 
Sioux  Indians,  under  American  Horse,  Big  Little  Man,  and 
other  noted  warriors,  attacked  all  five  of  the  ranches  and 
destroyed   and   burned   them. 

None  of  them  were  ever  rebuilt.  Mousseau  and  his 
family  escaped  to  Fort  Fetterman.  His  Twin  Spring  man 
escaped.  Of  the  Horseshoe  ranch  party,  four  of  the  men 
were  killed.  Worrell  was  shot  through  one  foot  and  Smith 
was  shot  through  one  thigh  and  in  some  way  both  got  to 
the  fort.  Of  the  two  Cottonwood  ranches,  the  one  on  the 
east  side  of  the  creek,  being  first  attacked,  gave  the  alarm 
to  the  two  men  on  the  west  side  ranch  and  they  escaped,  but 
James  Pulliam,  the  east  side  ranchman,  was  wounded  in 
one  arm  and  escaped  by  running  into  the  brush.  His  Indian 
wife  received  a  slight  wound  in  one  arm  and  was  captured. 
Her  child  and  young  sister  were  killed  during  the  fight. 
The  survivors  got  to  the  fort  and  reported  the  affair  as 
soon  as  they  could.  Company  "A,"  Second  Cavalry,  com- 
manded by  Captain  Thomas  Dewus,  was  ordered  to  go  as 
far  as  Horseshoe  and  to  repair  the  telegraph  line  and  ren- 
der such  assistance  as  they  could  and  bury  the  dead.  My- 
self and  several  other  citizens  (Wm.  H.  Brown  and  An- 
toine  Ladue,  I  remember),  accompanied  the  cavalry  com- 
pany. We  found  and  buried  two  of  the  men  of  the  Horse- 
shoe ranch  party,  on  the  east  side  of  Bear  Creek  draw,  just 
north  of  and  almost  under  the  telegraph  line. 

Most  respectfully, 

(Signed)  JOHN  HUNTON. 


FROM  COUTANT  NOTES 

Wyoming  Newspaper — Cheyenne  Leader 

On  September  19th,  the  first  number  of  the  Cheyenne 
Leader  was  issued;  though  intended  as  a  daily  it  was  not 
published  regularly  as  such  until  December.  It  was  the 
first  newspaper  published  in  what  was  afterwards  Wyo- 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  37 

ming  and  exerted  an  influence  which  was  felt  throughout 
the  country.  The  founder  of  the  Leader  was  Nathaniel 
Addison  Baker.  He  was  born  near  Lockport,  Niagara 
County,  New  York,  August  3,  1843,  and  was  educated  at 
Racine,  Wisconsin,  to  which  place  his  family  removed  when 
he  was  six  years  old.  They  were  pioneers  there  as  their 
ancestors  had  been  in  1818  in  western  New  York.  In  1859, 
the  family  took  up  their  residence  in  Omaha  and  a  year 
later  young  Baker  crossed  the  plains  and  located  at  Denver. 
Here  he  was  engaged  in  lumbering  and  later  in  agriculture, 
became  a  pioneer  school  teacher  in  1862,  followed  mining 
in  1863,  and  in  the  latter  part  of  that  year  became  connected 
with  the  Denver  Daily  "Herald"  in  its  business  department. 
After  this  he  was  business  manager  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tain "News"  in  1864,  and  finally  in  1867,  in  the  month  of 
September,  impelled  by  the  spirit  of  adventure  and  love  of 
pioneering  characteristic  of  his  family  set  out  from  Denver 
with  a  four  horse  team,  carrying  the  press  type  and  mate- 
rials for  the  pioneer  newspaper  of  this  State. 

Cheyenne  was  then  a  town  of  only  a  few  weeks'  growth, 
and  a  scene  of  wild  pushing  and  bustling  western  activity. 
Crowds  of  freighters,  railroad  builders,  adventurers,  and 
of  business  men  jostled  together  daily  in  the  crowded 
streets,  eagerly  discussing  plans  for  progressive  operations 
and  profitable  results.  The  sound  of  building  tools  was 
constant,  and  the  saw  and  hammer  was  heard  from  earliest 
dawn  each  and  all  days  and  until  well  on  into  the  nights. 
The  construction  of  the  Union  Pacific  railroad  had  then 
progressed  to  within  a  few  miles  of  Cheyenne  and  all  was 
full  of  expectation  in  the  breasts  of  the  throngs  that 
crowded  the  street  of  the  "Magic  City".  Under  these 
circumstances,  on  the  19th  of  September,  1867,  the  "Chey- 
enne Daily  Leader"  had  its  birth.  The  first  paper  was 
a  four  page  folio  of  four  columns  to  the  page  and  was 
printed  a  page  at  a  time,  on  a  quarter  medium  Gordon 
press.  When  ready  for  its  first  issue  a  crowd  of  some  three 
hundred  besieged  the  front  of  the  "Leader"  office  which 
was  on  Eddy  Street,  eager  to  secure  a  copy  of  the  first  news- 
paper. Twenty-five  cents  was  paid  for  each  copy  of  this 
issue.  Startled  and  often  unique  expressions  were  common 
from  the  lips  of  purchasers  as  they  eagerly  grasped  the 
paper  and  witnessed  the  early  and  unexpected  evidence  of 
frontier  enterprise. 

Succeeding  events  in  the  experience  of  the  papers  and 
its  edition  were  often  full  of  exciting  features.  For  a  time 
the  rougher  elements  of  the  citys  population  were  turbulent 
and  sometimes  aggressive.     Criticisms  of  the  acts  of  evil- 


38  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

doers  brought  threats  of  violence   to  the   editor.     These 
threats  were  often  acentuated  by  the  display  of  a  revolver. 

The  paper  was  a  prominent  and  influential  factor  in 
the  discussion  of  many  subjects  of  absorbing  moment  to 
the  people  of  this  region.  The  first  Territorial  establish- 
ment of  Wyoming,  the  official  appointments,  legislative 
work,  woman  suffrage  and  landgrabber  lynching,  an  Indian 
massacre  in  the  outskirts  of  Cheyenne,  murders  and 
vigilante  work,  municipal  and  Territorial  politics,  the 
simultaneous  visit  of  Grant,  Sherman  and  Sheridan,  to  the 
capital  city  and  finally  in  1870,  the  great  fire  in  Cheyenne, 
constituted  some  of  the  topics  faithfully  recorded  and  fully 
discussed  in  Baker's  paper. 

The  ambitions  and  energy  of  Wm.  Baker  in  a  political 
and  business  way  prompted  the  establishment  by  him  May 
1st,  1869,  of  the  "Daily  Sentinel"  in  Laramie  City  and 
about  the  same  time  of  the  "South  Pass  News"  at  South 
Pass  City.  These  three  newspapers  were  owned  and  carried 
on  simultaneously  for  about  one  year,  and  were  each  profit- 
able ventures,  despite  the  fact  that  the  combined  pay-rolls 
of  these  offices  aggregated  nearly  one  hundred  dollars  per 
day. 

The  loss  of  the  "Leader"  office  by  the  great  Cheyenne 
fire  January  11th,  1870,  necessitated  concentration  of  his 
business.  The  fire  caused  the  loss  of  but  one  issue  of  the 
"Leader".  Hiring  the  unusued  plant  of  a  suspended  paper 
the  Argus,  and  contracting  for  another  building  in  the  place 
of  the  burned  office,  Wm.  Baker  sped  away  the  day  after 
the  fire  to  Chicago  where  he  replaced  the  destroyed  material 
by  the  purchase  of  a  carload  of  machinery  and  in  just  thirty 
days'  time  of  severest  winter  weather  resumed  publication 
of  the  "Leader"  on  its  own  types  and  material  and  in  the 
new  building. 

Sometime  later  he  sold  the  Laramie  Sentinel  to  Messrs. 
Hayford  and  Gates  who  had  previously  been  connected  with 
the  "Leader".  "The  South  Pass  News"  was  also  sold  about 
the  came  time  to  Mr.  Howe.  Wm.  Baker  after  the  fire  con- 
tinued the  publication  of  the  "Leader"  successfully  for  two 
years  and  a  half,  when  he  sold  the  plant  to  Major  Herman 
Glafcke.  He  returned  to  Denver  in  1872,  where  he  now 
resides.  He  has  been  engaged  since  in  the  publishing  busi- 
ness for  a  time  and  later  in  stock  business,  farming  and 
real  estate  business  and  is  now  practically  retired.  He  was 
a  member  of  the  Third  Colorado  Cavalry,  U.  S.  Volunteers, 
in  1864,  and  has  been  prominent  in  Grand  Army  circles  in 
politics  and  fraternal  orders  in  which  he  takes  an  active 
interest  and  pride.  Coutant. 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  39 

ACCESSIONS  FROM  APRIL  1,  1927,  TO  JULY  1,  1927 

Winter,  Mrs.  C.  E Copy     of     Congressional     Directory, 

February,  1926;  Manuscript  of 
original  poem,  "Hawaii";  Wyo- 
ming road  map;  pictures  of  Cody 
delegation  to  Washington,  D.  C. 

Hunton,   Mr.  John Collection    of    nine    documents    from 

Old  Fort  Laramie;  see  letter. 
Panoramic  view  of  Fort  Laramie 
taken  in  1926;  manuscript,  "Remin- 
iscences". 

Langworthy,  Mr.  J.  N Ranger  map  of  the  Shoshone  National 

Forest,  Wyoming. 

Johnson,  Mrs.  Jessamine  Spear. .Two  pictures  of  "Little  Wolf's  pic- 
ture of  Custer  fight  painted  on 
deerskin"  and  given  by  him  to  Mrs. 
Johnson;  prints  of  scenes  in  Big 
Horn  Mountains. 

Davison,  Lieutenant  H.  W "Petty  Cash   Book  from  July   1,   '84, 

to  October  15,  '84,"  was  found 
at  Fort  Laramie.  Ramrod  for 
short  brass  howitzer  used  m  Civil 
War  times;  found  at  Fort  Laramie. 

Bruce,  Mr.  Robert Photograph  of  General  Crook.  Pam- 
phlet, "Custer's  Last  Battle,"  by 
Charles  Francis  Roe.  Revised  edi- 
tion. Autographed  by  Elizabeth 
B.  Custer,  June,  1927.  Mrs.  Cus- 
ter is  the  widow  of  General  Custer. 

Baltimore  &  Ohio  Railroad Centenary  Medal  issuedin  commemo- 
ration of  the  one  hundredth  anni- 
versary of  the  Baltimore  &  Ohio 
railroad. 

Freeborn,  Mrs.  J.  D Collection  of  Indian  relics — 1  pair  of 

moccasins,  adults;  1  pair  mocca- 
sins, child's;  3  small  beaded 
pouches;  1  beaded  saddle  pouch; 
1  toy  war  club. 

Jenkins,  Mr.  J.  F Manuscript,  "Camp  Carlin,  or  Chey- 
enne Depot". 

Gilland,  Mrs.  George Manuscript,  "Pioneering  in  the  70's". 

Jones,  Mr.  Hoyle Photograph  of  home  of  Seth  E.  Ward 

in  Kansas  City,  Missouri.  The 
house  was  built  in  the  70's  with 
brick  freighted  from  St.  Louis. 

Smith,  Mr.  David  G Framed  picture  of  eleven  Civil  War 

Veterans.  Picture  taken  during  a 
birthday  party  at  the  home  of  I.  S. 
Bartlett,  one  of  the  veterans. 

McFarlane,  Mrs.  Mary  Whiting..  Manuscript    account    of    Daniel    Mc- 

Ulvan's  and  David  McFarlane's 
encounter  with  the  Sioux  in  1876. 


40  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

Elva  A.  McMannis "A     Christmas     Story".       Miss     Mc- 

Mannis  is  associate  editor  of  "The 
Monitor,"  published  by  the  Moun- 
tain States  Telephone  &  Telegraph 
Co. 

David,  Mr.  B.  B Copy     of     "The     National     Lincoln 

Monument,"  Vol.  1,  No.  3,  pub- 
lished at  Washington,  Oct.  1868. 

Bagley,  Mr.  Clarence  B Pamphlet,      "The      Acquisition      and 

Pioneering  of  Old  Oregon,"  by 
Clarence  B.  Bagley.  "The  Quar- 
terly of  the  Oregon  Historical 
Society,"  Volume  V,  Number  1, 
March,  1904,  giving  an  account  of 
"The  Mercer  Immigration,"  by  Mr. 
Bagley.  "The  Washington  His- 
torical Quarterly,"  Volume  VI, 
Number  4,  October,  1915,  contain- 
ing "The  Story  of  the  Mercer  Ex- 
pedition," by  Flora  A.  P.  Engle; 
"The  Mormon  Road,"  by  Hiram  F. 
White;  "Jason  Lee".  New  evi- 
dence on  the  Missionary  and 
Colonizer. 

Mrs.    Gertrude   Merrill   and 

Mrs.  Laura  C.  Heath "Views      of      Southern      Wyoming." 

Illustrated  and  compiled  by  Merritt 
D.  Houghton,   1904. 

Beard,  Mrs.  Cyrus Bulletin    of    the    Newport    Historical 

Society  No.  5,  January,  1913. 

Dickson,  Mr.  Arthur  J Pamphlet,  "Zesenemeoxtoz  (Chey- 
enne Songs)".  Published  in  the 
interest  of  the  Mennonite  Mission. 

Carroll,  Major  G.  C "The     Cavalry    Journal"    for    April, 

1927,  contains  western  history. 
Roster  of  Soldiers  and  Sailors  and 
Marines  who  served  in  the  War  of 
the  Rebellion,  Spanish-American 
War  and  World  War.  Compiled 
and  issued  by  Charles  W.  Pool, 
Secretary  of  State,  Lincoln,  Ne- 
braska. Official  roster  of  Ohio 
Soldiers,  Sailors  and  Marines  in 
the  World  War,  1917-18.  Five 
volumes,  giving  names  from  "A" 
to  "F". 

Orr,  Harriet  Knight A  Pioneer  Bride.     Memories  of  Mary 

Hezlep  Knight. 


ANNALS  TO  BE  INDEXED 

With  this  issue  Annals  of  Wyoming  begins  its  fifth  year  and  the  volume 
begins  with  page  1.  This  change  is  made  because  an  index  of  the  previous 
volumes  is  being  prepared  and  when  complete  a  copy  will  be  sent  to  all  who 
receive  the  Annals  regularly.  An  effort  will  be  made  in  the  future  to  index  each 
volume  at   the  end  of  the   year. 


Annals  of  tUgommij 

VOL.  5         OCTOBER,  1927— JANUARY,  1928       NOS.  2  AND  3 


CONTENTS 

The  Valley  of  the  Fontenelle ■ Ella  Holden 

The  Naming  of  Mount  Owen William  O.  Owen 

Howard  Michael -- Autobiography 

Fort  Bridger Alex  Chambers 

>/Laramie  County — P.  O.  Ranch Coutant 

Letters    - - - Coutant 

Reminiscences H.   L.   Kuykendall 

Reminiscences  I Al  White 


$1.00  Annually 


Published   Quarterly 

By  The 

STATE   DEPARTMENT   OF   HISTORY 

MRS.  CYRUS  BEARD,  Historian 

CHEYENNE,  WYOMING 


" 


Annals  of  llSijnmfng 

VOL.  5  OCTOBER,  1927— JANUARY,  1928       NOS.  2  AND  3 


CONTENTS 

The  Valley  of  the  Fontenelle Ella  Holden 

The  Naming  of  Mount  Owen William  O.  Owen 

Howard  Michael Autobiography 

Fort   Bridger Alex   Chambers 

Laramie  County — P.  0.  Ranch Coutant 

Letters    Coutant 

Reminiscences H.    L.    Kuykendall 

Reminiscences  Al  White 


$1.00  Annually 


Published   Quarterly 

By  The 

STATE   DEPARTMENT   OF   HISTORY 

MRS.  CYRUS  BEARD,  Historian 

CHEYENNE,  WYOMING 


STATE  HISTORICAL  BOARD 

Governor - - Frank  C.   Emerson 

Secretary  of  State A.  M.  Clark 

State  Librarian  Mrs.  Clare  E.  Ausherman 

Secretary  of  Board  Mrs.  Cyrus  Beard 


ADVISORY  BOARD 

Mr.  T.  J.  Bryant  -  - Wheatland 

Dr.    Grace   R.    Hebard Laramie 

Mrs.  P.  J.  Quealy  — ■ Kemmerer 

Mrs.  M.  M.  Parmalee  ■■ Buffalo 

Mrs.    C.    L.    Vandevender    Basin 

Mr.   C.  F.  Maurer — - Douglas 

Miss  M.  E.  Spaeth - Gillette 

Mr.   Phillip   E.   Winter Casper 

Judge  E.  H.  Fourt  - Lander 


(Neither  the  State  Historical  Board,  the  State  Historical  Advisory 
Board  nor  the  State  Historian  is  responsible  for  any  statements 
made  or  opinions  expressed  by  contributors  to  the  Annals  of  Wyo- 
ming. 

(Copyright,   1928) 


STATE  HISTORICAL  BOARD 

Session  Laws  1921 

DUTIES  OF  HISTORIAN 

Section  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  State  His- 
torian : 

(a)  To  collect  books,  maps,  charts,  documents,  man- 
uscripts, other  papers  and  any  obtainable  material  illus- 
trative of  the  history  of  the  State. 

(b)  To  procure  from  pioneers  narratives  of  any  ex- 
ploits, perils  and  adventures. 

(c)  To  collect  and  compile  data  of  the  events  which 
mark  the  progress  of  Wyoming  from  its  earliest  day  to 
the  present  time,  including  the  records  of  all  of  the 
Wyoming  men  and  women,  who  served  in  the  World 
War  and  the  history  of  all  war  activities  in  the  State. 

(d)  To  procure  facts  and  statements  relative  to  the 
history,  progress  and  decay  of  the  Indian  tribes  and  other 
early  inhabitants  within  the  State. 

(e)  To  collect  by  solicitation  or  purchase,  fossils, 
specimens  of  ores  and  minerals,  objects  of  curiosity  con- 
nected with  the  history  of  the  State  and  all  such  books, 
maps,  writings,  charts  and  other  material  as  will  tend  to 
facilitate  historical,  scientific  and  antiquarian  research. 

(f)  To  file  and  carefully  preserve  in  his  office  in 
the  Capitol  at  Cheyenne,  all  of  the  historical  data  col- 
lected or  obtained  by  him,  so  arranged  and  classified  as 
to  be  not  only  available  for  the  purposes  of  compiling  and 
publishing  a  History  of  Wyoming,  but  also  that  it  may  be 
readily  accessible  for  the  purpose  of  disseminating  such 
historical  or  biographical  information  as  may  be  reason- 
ably requested  by  the  public.  He  shall  also  bind,  cata- 
logue and  carefully  preserve  all  unbound  books,  manu- 
scripts, pamphlets,  and  especially  newspaper  files  con- 
taining legal  notices  which  may  be  donated  to  the  State 
Historical  Board. 

(g)  To  prepare  for  publication  a  biennial  report  of 
the  collections  and  other  matters  relating  to  the  transac- 
tion of  the  Board  as  may  be  useful  to  the  public. 

(h)  To  travel  from  place  to  place,  as  the  require- 
ments of  the  work  may  dictate,  and  to  take  such  steps, 
not  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  as  may  be 
required  to  obtain  the  data  necessary  to  the  carrying  out 
of  the  purpose  and  objects  herein  set  forth. 


ELLA  HOLDEN 


JUDGE  HOLDEN 


MINNIE  HOLDEN 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  45 

THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  FONTENELLE 
By  Ella  Holden 

FONTENELLE 
(By  D.   G.   Thomas,   formerly  of   Evanston,   but  now   of 
Rock  Springs,  Wyoming) 

"The  Sun  has  left  a  golden  rim 
Of  Glory  shining  in  his  stead; 
Meanwhile  the  ocean  welcomes  him 
Into  her  broad,  green  mantled  bed; 
The  moon,  attended  by  her  maids — 
The  faithful  stars  that  love  her  well — 
Will  soon  look  down  into  thy  glades, 
Thou  ever  rippling  Fontenelle." 

"Where  can  one  see  a  grander  scene 
In  all  of  nature's  vast  domain? 
No  picture  spread  upon  a  screen 
Could  so  well  please  the  eye  and  brain; 
And   contemplation   leads  the   mind 
Along  time's  path  as  through  a  dell 
Beyond  the  ken  of  human  kind 
To  thy  beginning,  Fontenelle." 

"The  mind  of  man  with  all  its  lore 
With  all  its  depth  and  breadth  of  thought, 
Becomes  confused  while  brooding  o'er 
The  years  you  saw  and  counted  not — 
And  counted  not?  Perhaps  I'm  wrong; 
The  record  may  still  with  you  dwell, 
May  yet  be  read  by  bards  whose  song 
Will  tune  with  mine,  sweet  Fontenelle." 

"Since  Bonneville  stood  upon  thy  shore 
Thy  history  we  clearly  scan. 
But  what  was  it  in  years  before 
Thou  were  beheld  by  mortal  man? 
But  then  enough  is  seen  and  known 
To  charm  the  senses  with  a  spell; 
You  gladden  us  with  thy  rich  tone 
Thou  ever  flowing  Fontenelle." 

"Here  shaggy  herds  were  wont  to  graze 
Upon  each  green,  delightful  bank, 
And  bending  down  to  drink,  would  gaze 
And  see  their  image  while  they  drank; 
Unconscious  of  the  lurking  foe 


46  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

Until  they  heard  his  savage  yell 

When  there  was  mingled  with  thy  flow 

Their  warm  life  blood,  sweet  Fontenelle." 

"Today  where  once  the  bison  tramped 
Along  this  valley,  rich  and  green; 
Where  savages   and  trappers   camped 
And  clashed  in  warfare's  frightful  mien, 
Are  cattle  browsing  round  at  will 
And  homes  where  peaceful  families  dwell, 
Dependent  on  this  limpid  rill — 
Thy  silv'ry  waters,  Fontenelle." 

"Oh!  Winding  stream!  Oh!  laughing  rill! 
I  see  the  willows  bending  low, 
As  if  to  listen  to  the  trill 
Thy  waters  make  as  on  they  go : 
The  snow  capped  peaks  that  gave  thee  birth — 
Can  ne'er  a  sweeter  story  tell, 
Can  ne'er  bestow  upon  the  earth 
A  richer  gift  than  Fontenelle." 

— From  Overland  and  Underground. 

Fontenelle  Valley  lies  65  miles  west  of  Green  River 
City  and  the  creek  flowing  thru  this  valley  is  tributary  to 
the  Green  River.  Justin  J.  Pomeroy  and  wife  established 
the  first  permanent  home  in  Fontenelle  Valley  in  the  year 
1874.  Of  New  England  birth  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Pomeroy  left 
their  native  state,  Massachusetts,  soon  after  their  mar- 
riage, going  first  to  Ohio,  thence  to  Illinois  and  later  to 
Kansas.  The  summer  of  1867  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Pomeroy 
with  their  family  of  three  children  (all  grown)  joined 
the  construction  crew  of  the  Union  Pacific  railroad  lo- 
cated at  Julesburg,  Colorado.  The  family  traveled  in  ox 
drawn  covered  wagons,  Mr.  Pomeroy  and  the  two  sons, 
Roney  and  Alfred  working  with  the  construction  crew. 
When  the  Union  Pacific  was  built  to  Dale  Creek,  Mrs. 
Pomeroy  and  the  daughter  Alice  kept  a  boarding  house,  fur- 
nishing meals  for  the  workmen  on  the  railroad.  When  the 
road  was  completed  beyond  this  point  the  Pomeroy  family 
moved  on  to  Cheyenne,  Wyoming,  where  a  hotel  was  kept 
also. 

From  Cheyenne  the  Pomeroys  moved  on  with  the  con- 
struction crew  to  the  Fish  cut  near  Green  River  City.1  At 
this  point  they  left  the  employ  of  the  railroad  company 
and  went  to  Bryan  ,2  Wyoming,  where  they  lived  for  two 
years.  (Mrs.  Roney  Pomeroy  who  lives  at  Whittier,  Cali- 
fornia, has  the  tin  cup  that  the  young  man  who  later  be- 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  47 

came  her  husband,  carried  in  his  lunch  kit  while  working 
on  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad.) 

During  the  summer  months  and  as  long  as  the  roads 
were  passable,  Mr.  Pomeroy  and  son  Alf  freighted  mer- 
chandise on  ox  drawn  wagons  from  Bryan  to  South  Pass. 
After  the  roads  became  snow  bound  the  oxen  were  driven 
to  Fontenelle  Valley  for  winter  grazing  as  the  valley  af- 
forded  splendid   pasturage   for   the   cattle. 

The  eldest  son,  Roney,  had  returned  to  Chariton,  Iowa, 
soon  after  the  family  had  reached  Bryan  and  was  there 
married  to  Miss  Amanda  Mclllvain.  Later  the  young  peo- 
ple went  to  Kansas  where  their  daughter  Eva  was  born. 
In  1870  Justin  Pomeroy  and  family  from  Bryan  returned 
to  Topeka,  Kansas  where  the  father  and  two  sons,  Roney 
and  Alf,  engaged  in  raising  hogs,  but  finding  this  business 
slow  and  unprofitable  after  the  few  years  lived  on  the 
border,  the  family,  including  Roney,  his  young  wife  and 
child,  decided  to  go  to  Fontenelle,  Wyoming,  and  raise 
cattle  and  on  June  10th,  1874,  again  traveling  in  ox  drawn 
covered  wagons  and  trailing  a  few  head  of  stock  cattle, 
they  joined  a  wagon  train  consisting  of  seventeen  wagons 
routed  west. 

In  passing  thru  country  infested  by  Indians  the  num- 
ber of  wagons  increased  for  safety — by  one  train  dropping 
back  with  wagons  following  or  pushing  ahead  to  join  those 
in  advance  as  in  those  days  wagon  trains  could  be  seen 
on  every  road  leading  to  the  west,  so  that  at  one  time  this 
train  with  which  the  Pomeroys  traveled  numbered  twenty- 
seven  wagons. 

September  20th,  having  been  three  months  and  ten 
days  crossing  the  plains — the  Pomeroys  reached  Fontenelle 
and  moved  into  a  cabin  at  the  mouth  of  the  creek.  John 
W.  Smith,  the  sole  resident  of  the  valley  had  built  the  cabin, 
abandoning  it  later  to  locate  a  claim  about  five  miles  far- 
ther up  the  valley.  Mr.  Smith  owned  about  five  hundred 
head  of  black  faced  Mexican  sheep  and  because  of  this 
they  called  him  "Sheep  Smith."  Mr.  Smith  proved  to  be 
a  most  neighborly  man  and  heartily  welcomed  the  new 
comers. 

Finding  the  shelter  of  the  cabin  and  tents  inadequate 
for  the  approaching  winter,  the  men  in  the  Pomeroy  fam- 
ily immediately  started  to  build  a  log  house  of  one  large 
room,  locating  the  building  on  the  north  side  of  Fontenelle 
creek  and  near  a  cold  gushing  spring.  A  huge  fireplace 
was  built  in  one  end  of  the  room,  the  chimney  built  by 
Roney  Pomeroy,  who  was  a  stone  mason,  having  learned 
this  trade  while  working  on  the  capitol  building  at  Topeka, 


48  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

Kansas,  where  he  earned  the  nickname  of  "Brick"  Pome- 
roy.  While  cutting  and  hauling  the  cottonwood  logs  from 
the  banks  of  the  Green  River,  a  cabin  was  found,  the  builder 
unknown.  Tearing  the  cabin  down  the  men  hauled  the 
logs  to  a  point  about  a  mile  and  a  half  farther  up  the  val- 
ley from  the  first  location  and  on  the  south  side  of  the 
creek  where  a  cabin  was  built  for  the  family  of  Roney 
Pomeroy.  While  the  men  were  laying  up  the  logs  for  the 
cabin,  Mrs.  Roney  Pomeroy  was  removing  the  loose  bark 
from  the  logs  and  underneath  a  thick  slab  of  bark  she 
found  a  small  folded  purse  fastened  with  a  buckled  strap. 
The  purse  contained  a  $2.00  bill  and  a  tarnished,  blackened 
dime.  Aunt  Matt,  as  she  is  now  lovingly  called  by  her  old 
friends,  regrets  that  she  did  not  keep  this  find  as  a  souve- 
nir of  those  old  days  so  full  of  interest  and  romance. 

Both  cabins  were  finished  and  the  families  comfort- 
ably housed  before  the  winter  set  in.  Once  only,  during 
the  winter,  did  these  people  receive  mail  or  news  from  the 
outside  and  this  was  when  a  Mr.  John  Kimball  came  from 
Green  River  City  bringing  accumulated  mail  for  the  two 
families  and  their  solitary  neighbor,  Mr.  Smith. 

The  next  spring  Mr.  Pomeroy,  Sr.,  started  a  dairy 
and  the  son  Alf  put  his  ox  teams  on  the  road  making  reg- 
ular trips  to  Green  River  City  hauling  hay,  butter  and 
cheese,  where  he  disposed  of  the  produce  at  a  good  price. 
That  fall  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roney  Pomeroy  and  child  went  to 
Green  River  City  where  Mr.  Pomeroy  worked  in  the  round 
house,  wiping  engines,  and  Mrs.  Pomeroy  was  waitress  in 
the  Desert  Hotel,  owned  and  run  by  C.  W.  Kitchen. 

In  the  summer  of  1876  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  B.  Rathbun 
and  two  small  children  Daniel,  Jr.,  and  Harriett,  came 
from  Green  River  City,  locating  a  claim  and  building  a 
house  on  the  north  side  of  the  creek  opposite  the  house  of 
Roney  Pomeroy.  Near  the  Rathbun  house  was  the  grave  of 
Pinkney  W.  Sublette. 

The  winter  following  was  extremely  cold  and  in  one 
of  the  blizzards  a  man  named  Edwards  was  frozen  to  death 
at  Henry's  Fork.4  Later  John  W.  Smith  brought  the  fam- 
ily left  unprotected  by  the  death  of  Edwards — three  chil- 
dren, Ed,  Alice  and  Albert  Edwards  and  their  mother,  an 
Indian  woman  called  Lizzie — to  his  home  at  Fontenelle 
and  kept  them  as  his  own,  providing  them  with  the  kind 
consideration  that  this  generous,  warm  hearted,  good  man 
bestowed  on  all  who  claimed  his  hospitality. 

My  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Holden,  came  from 
Veedersburg,  Indiana,  arriving  at  Green  River  City  Feb- 
ruary 22nd,  1877.     My  parents  had  five  children,  the  eld- 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  49 

est  a  boy  of  nine  years.  Father  published  a  newspaper  called 
"The  Daily  Evening  Press,"  of  which  I  have  a  copy  dated 
Thursday,  April  12,  1877.  Father  used  to  say  that  in  as 
much  as  Green  River  could  not  support  a  daily  paper  he 
might  have  succeeded  had  he  published  a  weekly,  but  he 
was  quite  sure  that  an  "a"  should  be  used  in  spelling  the 
"Weakly."  Having  lost  the  little  savings  he  possessed  in 
this  venture,  my  father  accepted  the  advice  of  Alf  Pomeroy 
who  proved  to  be  our  Good  Samaritan  as  the  passing  years 
demonstrated.  Mr.  Pomeroy  advised  my  parents  to  go  to 
Fontenelle  and  offered  to  transfer  their  household  goods 
with  his  ox  teams.  He  also  told  them  they  could  find 
shelter  in  the  cabin  built  by  Roney  Pomeroy  as  Mrs.  Pome- 
roy and  child  were  then  in  Kansas  and  expected  to  spend 
the  winter  there  with  relatives. 

My  mother  had  never  slept  out  of  doors  and  the  ex- 
perience of  the  over-night  camps  along  the  way  was  novel 
and  thrilling.  The  howl  of  the  coyote  she  at  first  thought 
was  a  dog  barking,  then  as  the  howl  increased  in  discon- 
nected yaps  and  shrieks  she  called  out  of  the  darkness  to 
Mr.  Pomeroy  asking  if  the  sounds  were  cries  of  women 
and  children.  We  arrived  at  Fontenelle  October  18th  and 
were  glad  of  the  shelter  of  the  house  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Roney  Pomeroy. 

Scarcely  a  day  passed  that  Indians  were  not  seen  as 
they  traveled  between  reservations,  often  camping  for  sev- 
eral days,  erecting  their  tepees  in  a  bend  of  the  creek.  They 
came  often  to  the  home  of  the  settler  to  beg  and  trade. 
Without  knocking  for  admission  (if  the  cabin  door  stood 
open)  a  warrior,  his  squaw  and  papoose  would  noiselessly 
enter,  as  the  moccasined  feet  gave  no  warning  of  the  ap- 
proach. The  housewife  would  be  startled  by  the  demand 
for  "biscuit — Injun  heap  hungry — see  squaw  hungry — pa- 
poose hungry."  On  one  such  occasion  mother  was  so  ter- 
ribly frightened  that  she  sent  my  eldest  brother,  Charlie, 
for  Mr.  Rathbun,  our  nearest  neighbor.  Charlie  told  the 
Indians  as  he  was  leaving  the  house  that  he  was  going  for 
a  white  man  to  drive  them  away  and  when  Mr.  Rathbun 
arrived  at  the  house  he  found  that  the  Indians  had  left. 
Mr.  Rathbun  explained  to  mother  that  the  Indians  were 
inoffensive  but  that  they  would  become  a  nuisance  if  they 
were  fed.  A  few  days  later  an  old  Indian  woman  and  two 
children  came  to  the  house  begging  for  food  which  mother 
refused.  Soon  she  was  told  that  she  had  made  a  dread- 
ful mistake  as  the  woman  was  James  Calhoun's  mother- 
in-law  and  was  called  "Old  Mary  Ann." 

James  Calhoun  was  one  of  the  commissioners  of  Sweet- 


50  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

water  County  and  a  very  important  business  man  and 
leading  light  in  the  affairs  of  the  county.  He  was  of  Irish 
ancestry  and  never  quite  forgave  mother  for  refusing  to 
feed  his  children.  Mr.  Calhoun,  with  his  young  wife,  Lu- 
cille (Indian-French)  lived  at  a  ferry  on  Green  River. 
Louis  Gruard,  a  Frenchman  was  a  partner  in  the  business. 
They  also  had  a  race  track  where  the  Indians  brot  their 
ponies  to  try  their  speed  and  gamble  their  blankets  and 
rations  on  the  winning  horses.  The  place  was  also  a 
rendezvous  for  trappers  and  the  floating  population  of  the 
country. 

I  relate  the  following  incident  to  illustrate  the  con- 
stant fear  of  the  Indians  which  filled  the  minds  of  the 
settlers. 

My  father  left  the  house  quite  early  one  morning  in 
August  to  ride  for  stock  that  had  strayed,  going  up  the 
Dry  Hollow  toward  the  foothills.  Later  in  the  forenoon 
of  the  same  day  three  men,  Mr.  Smith,  Bob  Mclllvain  and 
a  trapper  called  John  Day  passed  our  cabin  in  a  hay  wagon 
drawn  by  Mr.  Smith's  lazy  little  team  of  mules.  These 
men  were  on  their  way  to  a  hay  meadow  a  mile  west  of 
our  home  where  they  were  engaged  in  cutting  hay  and 
hauling  it  to  Mr.  Smith's  ranch  which  joined  ours  on  the 
east.  As  the  men  were  loading  the  hay  on  the  wagon  in 
mid-afternoon  one  of  them  spied  several  horsemen  riding 
single  file,  traveling  the  road  leading  from  Dry  Hollow. 
Excitedly  calling  "Indians"  he  attracted  the  attention  of 
the  other  men  to  the  distant  horsemen.  Quickly  unloading 
the  hay  from  the  wagon  they  started  for  home.  With  much 
persuasion,  prodding  with  pitchforks,  etc.,  the  lazy  mules 
were  forced  into  a  gallop  and  the  wagon  went  bouncing 
and  swaying  over  the  rough  ground.  Mr.  Smith,  who  was 
short  and  fat  and  had  asthma,  lost  his  balance  and  fell,  his 
body  hanging  thru  an  opening  in  the  hayrack,  his  knees 
and  shoulders  fortunately  held  by  pieces  of  poles  which 
were  a  part  of  the  hayrack.  Mr.  Mcllvain,  who  was  driv- 
ing the  team,  seeing  the  predicament  of  his  friends,  began 
pulling  on  the  lines  to  stop  the  mules,  but  Mr.  Smith 
called  in  a  wheezy  asthmatic  voice  "Keep  'em  going  Bob — 
keep  'em  going — I  can  make  it — keep  'em  going."  Thru  the 
assistance  of  the  third  man,  Mr.  Smith  gained  a  secure 
position  and  soon  the  rattling  wagon  was  drawn  to  the 
side  of  our  cabin  and  the  excited  men  bade  mother  and  her 
children  to  join  them  "as  Indians  were  coming,"  and  they 
would  take  the  family  to  Mr.  Smith's  home  where  the  wo- 
men and  children  would  be  barricaded  in  a  back  room  and 
the  men  with  rifles  would  do  their  utmost  to  protect  them. 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  51 

Mother  hesitated,  thinking  of  the  husband  and  father  of 
her  children  who  had  rode  away  that  morning  in  the  di- 
rection from  which  the  supposed  Indians  were  coming, 
feeling  that  doubtless  he  had  fallen  a  victim.  As  she  looked 
toward  the  west  the  galloping  men  came  into  view  around 
a  bend  in  the  road.  She  asked  if  Indians  rode  mules.  After 
a  glance  the  men  said  "John  Carnes'  mule  and  Holden  and 
Al  Wyatt." 

Being  ever  apprehensive  of  troublesome  Indians  the 
long,  lonely  trip  to  Green  River  City  for  supplies  was  dread- 
ed by  the  settlers  and  for  this  reason  father  was  grateful 
for  the  company  of  two  young  men  (who  were  traveling  on 
horseback)  on  a  return  trip  from  Green  River  City  and 
was  quite  willing  to  haul  the  extra  roll  of  bedding  and  other 
luggage  belonging  to  the  men  in  exchange  for  their  com- 
panionship along  the  way.  Soon  after  making  camp  one 
evening  a  stranger  rode  into  camp  and  asked  to  be  directed 
to  Huckleberry  meadow,  explaining  in  an  easy,  pleasant 
tone  and  slow  manner  of  speaking,  which  was  characteris- 
tic of  the  man,  that  he,  Ed  Swan,  with  his  family  was  go- 
ing to  Big  Piney  with  their  wagons  and  herds,  having 
driven  from  Idaho  and  that  his  family  were  to  camp  that 
night  at  Huckleberry  and  he  wished  to  overtake  them 
there.  He  had  been  summoned  to  act  on  a  coroner's  jury 
that  morning  at  Green  River,  thus  delaying  him  for  many 
hours.  Father  gave  the  desired  direction  to  Huckleberry 
Meadow,  but  persuaded  Mr.  Swan  to  stay  all  night  with 
him,  arguing  that  as  a  stranger  in  a  strange  land,  with 
night  approaching,  he  might  have  difficulty  in  finding  his 
way  and  that  he  could  leave  early  in  the  morning  and  with 
daylight  would  make  much  better  time.  Being  tired,  the 
four  men  retired  early,  father  and  Mr.  Swan  sleeping  to- 
gether, their  bed  rolled  out  under  a  big  cottonwood  tree. 

Father's  traveling  companions  made  their  bed  down, 
using  their  saddles  for  pillows  and  all  went  to  bed.  As 
clouds  gathered  in  the  sky  indicating  rain,  the  young  men 
got  up  and  dragged  their  bed  alongside  the  other  bed  in 
the  shelter  of  the  tree.  A  quietness  settled  over  the  camp, 
father  soon  fell  asleep  only  to  be  awakened  by  Mr.  Swan's 
elbow  digging  his  ribs  and  the  slow  easy  voice  lowered  to 
a  whisper  and  saying  "Mister,  Mister,  wake  up!  What  is 
that?"  Without  raising  from  his  pillow  and  as  Mr.  Swan 
also  lay  still,  father  reached  for  his  rifle  lying  under  the 
covers  at  his  side,  feeling  confident  that  the  Indians  had 
crept  upon  them,  he  too  whispered  "Where  is  it?"  Mr. 
Swan  whispered  back  "Right  there."  Father  whispered 
"Right  where?"  and  the  answer  came  "Right  there."  In  ex- 


52  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

asperation,  father  said  "Well,  what  is  it.  What  does  it 
look  like?"  and  Mr.  Swan  calmly  said  "It  looks  like  and 
I  think  it  is  a  snake!"  With  that  father's  fear  was  gone 
and  sitting  up  he  said  again  "Where  is  it?"  Mr.  Swan 
pointed  to  a  crooked  thing  lying  between  the  two  beds 
plainly  seen  in  the  moonlight,  the  clouds  having  cleared  and 
said  "Right  there."  Father  reached  over  Mr.  Swan,  say- 
ing "It's  only  a  stick"  but  as  his  hand  neared  the  thing  he 
said  he  thot  the  "cussed"  thing  might  be  a  snake  and  any 
way  it  was  on  the  stranger's  side  of  the  bed  and  he  seemed 
to  be  calm  about  it,  he  decided  to  let  him  worry  with  it  and 
so  he  lay  down  and  went  to  sleep  again.  When  daylight 
came  it  revealed  the  latigo  strap  from  one  of  the  saddles 
lying  in  curves  between  the  beds. 

After  years  of  association  had  bound  the  family  of 
Mr.  Swan  and  our  family  in  ties  of  closest  friendship  the 
two  men  referred  to  the  time  of  their  first  meeting  as  the 
night  "Swan"  had  snakes,  tho  it  was  a  well  known  fact 
that  neither  Mr.  Swan  nor  his  sons  ever  indulged  in  in- 
toxicating drink. 

In  November  my  parents  moved  to  a  cabin  four  miles 
west  of  that  of  Roney  Pomeroy,  owned  by  Tom  Rumsey 
then  living  in  Green  River  City.  As  Mr.  Rumsey  had  ap- 
parently abandoned  the  cabin  our  family  took  possession 
without  consulting  Mr.  Rumsey  and  as  he  died  soon  after 
and  no  one  disputed  our  right  the  land  upon  which  the 
cabin  stood  became  a  part  of  the  home  ranch  where  my 
parents  spent  the  remaining  years  of  their  life  and  which 
is  now  owned  and  controlled  by  my  youngest  brother,  How- 
ard. The  cabin  was  built  of  round  cottonwood  logs.  There 
was  a  fireplace  in  one  end  of  the  room,  one  window  and  a 
door.  Mother  had  a  new  woven  rag  carpet  which  she  had 
brot  from  Veedersburg,  Indiana,  and  after  putting  a  thick 
layer  of  hay  (donated  by  Mr.  Smith)  the  carpet  was  fas- 
tened down  by  driving  wooden  pegs  through  into  the 
ground  as  there  was  no  floor  in  the  cabin.  The  meager  fur- 
niture was  placed  in  the  cabin  and  my  parents  were  happy 
indeed  to  call  this  humble  place  home.  The  winding  Fon- 
tenelle  flowed  near  our  cabin.  The  rippling  waters  were 
full  of  trout  and  grayling.  Many  dams  indicated  the  shy 
but  busy  beaver  and  the  graceful  tawney  deer  bounding 
from  the  hillsides  came  daily  to  the  creek  to  drink  their 
fill  and  lingered  in  the  willow  glades  to  graze  undis- 
turbed and  unafraid.  Father  was  a  true  sportsman  and 
only  when  meat  was  needed  for  table  use  was  a  deer 
brought  in. 

My  sister,  Minnie  Fontenelle,  was  born  in  the  cabin 
home  and  she  has  the  distinction  of  being  the  first  child  to 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  53 

be  born  of  white  parents  in  the  valley.  Mrs.  Pomeroy,  Sr., 
proved  a  most  efficient  nurse  in  caring  for  mother  and 
child.  Miss  Alice  Pomeroy  called  frequently  bringing  dain- 
ties to  mother  and  kindly  assisted  by  brushing  the  tangled 
locks  of  the  older  children  and  tidying  the  home.  To  our 
childish  imagination  she  seemed  a  fairy  princss  as  she  rode 
her  pretty  pony  to  our  home. 

Mother  had  no  sewing  machine  and  the  making  of 
garments  for  a  family  of  active  boys  and  girls  was  an  end- 
less task  for  one  pair  of  hands.  A  sewing  bee  was  sug- 
gested and  the  ladies  of  the  little  colony  met  at  our  home 
and  spent  the  day  in  cutting  and  making  clothes  for  the 
boys  and  girls  constituting  our  family. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roney  Pomeroy,  Mrs.  Pomeroy's  brother, 
Robert  Mcllvain,  and  wife,  who  had  recently  arrived  from 
Kansas,  made  up  an  exploration  party  and  leaving  home 
early  one  Sunday  morning  they  followed  the  old  emigrant 
road  north  to  where  the  road  crossed  the  Green  River  about 
eight  or  nine  miles  from  Fontenelle.  Near  this  ford  they 
found  a  meadow  which  had  served  as  a  camping  ground 
in  the  days  when  gold  seekers  crossed  the  plains.  The 
party  found  a  pile  of  scrap  wagon  irons  indicating  the 
burning  of  a  wagon  train  and  on  higher  ground  above  the 
meadow  was  a  group  of  graves  marked  by  boards  and  end- 
gates  of  wagons.     Mute  evidence  of  a  massacre. 

Many  years  later  a  Mrs.  Ira  Dodge  wrote  an  article 
for  publication  in  Recreation  Magazine  in  which  she  de- 
scribed the  group  of  graves,  also  sending  snap  shots  of  same 
and  a  copy  of  the  then  legible  names  on  the  head  boards. 
Mrs.  Dodge  received  a  letter  from  an  old  lady  living  in  the 
east  in  which  the  lady  wrote  that  the  names  copied  from 
one  of  the  graves  was  that  of  her  father  who  had  left  his 
home  in  the  east  to  go  west  with  a  party  of  forty-niners 
when  she  was  a  child  and  that  no  information  had  the 
family  received  from  the  husband  and  father  after  he  left 
South  Pass.  The  mother  had  died  without  knowing  the 
fate  of  her  husband  and  the  writer,  a  child  when  her  fa- 
ther left,  was  now  an  old  lady.  Names  Hill,  located  near 
the  old  camp  ground,  has  served  as  a  bulletin  board  for 
trapper,  scout  and  gold  seeker  as  the  smooth  surface  of 
the  hillside  is  covered  with  names  and  dates  of  those  that 
passed  that  way. 

During  the  summer  seasons  many  herds  of  cattle, 
horses  and  sheep  were  trailed  from  Oregon  to  Nebraska. 
The  dust  from  the  approaching  herds  could  be  seen  a 
distance  of  over  ten  or  fifteen  miles.  My  brother,  Char- 
lie, on  seeing  a  column  of  dust  would  saddle  his  pony 


54  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

and  ride  out  to  meet  the  herd,  direct  the  herdsmen  to 
the  best  camping  and  watering  place  and  also  advertis- 
ing by  word  of  mouth  that  we  had  eggs,  butter  and  milk 
to  sell  and  that  his  mother  would  bake  bread  or  dough- 
nuts for  them  if  they  so  desired.  Some  of  the  drovers 
made  annual  trips  trailing  stock  each  succeeding  year. 
With  these  plainsmen  my  brother  became  a  favorite  and 
he  was  given  any  thin,  footsore  animals  that  lagged  in 
the  herd  or  dropped  out  of  the  drive.  Rand  &  Briggs 
gave  father  fifteen  head  of  travel  worn  cattle  when  pass- 
ing thru  on  one  of  their  annual  drives. 

Four  years  had  passed"  since  the  first  settlers  had 
located  in  the  Fontenelle  Valley  and  the  community  was 
still  without  mail  service.  A  petition  drawn  by  father 
was  sent  to  the  Post  Office  Department  asking  for  a  post 
office  and  mail  route.  The  petition  was  granted,  mak- 
ing Mr.  Justin  Pomeroy,  Sr  ,  postmaster  of  the  postoffice 
which  was  called  Fontenelle.  John  W.  Smith  secured 
the  contract  for  carrying  the  mail  from  Green  River  City 
— a  once  a  week  delivery.  Several  new  families  had 
been  added  to  the  colony.     A  cousin  of  D.  B.  Rathbun 

his  wife  arrived  from  New  York.  Mrs.  Charles 
Rathbun  was  a  teacher  and  also  a  skilled  musician  and 
sang  beautifully.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  N.  S.  Miller  located  a 
ranch  in  the  La  Barge  Valley — twelve  miles  north  of 
Fontenelle.  These  people  were  most  cordially  welcomed 
by  the  community.  A  German  named  Harmes,  but  called 
"Dutch  George"  located  one  mile  west  of  our  cabin  on 
what  is  now  the  Pomeroy  ranch.  Mr.  Harmes  had  an 
Indian  wife  and  several  half  breed  children  D.  B.  Rath- 
bun built  a  hewed  log  house  of  several  rooms  about  nine 
miles  west  from  the  mouth  of  Fontenelle  creek.  This 
house  was  much  better  built  and  finished  than  the  cabins 
built  heretofore,  and  the  Rathbuns  were  justly  proud  of 
their  new  home.  They  invited  their  friends  to  a  house- 
warming  on  New  Years  night,  1879. 

Someone  of  the  community  proposed  an  opposition 
dance  to  be  given  at  the  home  of  "Dutch  George"  on  the 
same  date  of  the  one  to  be  given  at  the  Rathbun  home, 
choosing  to  dance  on  a  dirt  or  ground  floor  rather  than 
the  tongue  and  grooved  floor  in  the  new  house.  Secret 
invitations  were  given  out  and  every  one  in  the  Fonte- 
nelle Valley,  including  trappers,  scouts,  squaw  men  and 
families  and  all  the  white  families  excepting  those  of 
Mr.  Rathbun  and  Mr.  Miller  assembled  at  the  home  of 
Dutch  George  on  New  Years  night.     Roney  Pomeroy,  a 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  55 

trapper  named  Moon,  and  old  Wes  Thurman,  "fiddled." 
Alf  Pomeroy  called  or  prompted  the  old  time  quadrilles. 
The  dirt  floor  was  sprinkled  frequently  to  lay  the  dust. 
Fearing  that  the  Rathbuns  might  exteild  invitations  for 
the  second  night  the  merry  throng  assembled  again  at 
even,  January  2nd.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Miller  who  had  been 
guests  at  the  Rathbun  home  the  night  before  also  came 
to  Dutch  George's.  This  dance  continued  to  the  third 
night.  This  has  been  known  as  the  three  nights  dance. 
Not  from  ill  will  or  animosity  toward  the  Rathbun's  was 
this  dance  given  but  rather  from  fun,  loving  deviltry 
which  prompted  many  practical  jokes  played  in  those 
days. 

Mr.  Randall  Rathbun  (brother  of  D  B.  Rathbun) 
his  wife  and  two  daughters,  Alice  May  and  Claribell 
of  Cincinnatus,  New  York,  came  to  Fontenelle  for  a 
brief  visit  to  his  brother's  family.  They  stayed  on  for  a 
year  or  more.  The  younger  daughter,  Claribell,  a  beau- 
tiful girl  of  about  twenty  years  of  age,  died  very  sud- 
denly, leaving  the  parents  and  sister,  Alice,  grief  strick- 
en. They  soon  returned  to  New  York.  The  mother 
lived  but  a  short  time  after  the  return  to  the  old  home. 
After  the  passing  of  the  mother  the  daughter,  Alice, 
wrote  the  following  poem: 

MEMORIES 

"I  know  a  place,  and  know  it  well, 
It  is  the  distant  Fontenelle ; 
Beside  its  swiftly  flowing  stream, 
In  thought  again  I  sit  and  dream; 
Dream  of  what,  do  I  hear  you  say? 
Of  many  and  many  a  happy  day, 
Of  towering  peaks,  so  white  and  grand ; 
In  that  beautiful,  beautiful  sunshine  land." 

"Dream  of  the  sage  brush,  gaunt  and  gray, 
Which  once  held  undisputed  sway; 
Where  now  the  fields  of  waving  grain 
Stretch  outward  and  onward  across  the  plain. 
Dream  of  the  wonderful  palisades 
Rising  straight  from  the  meadow  glades 
Standing  like   sentinels,   grim   and  tall, 
Ever  watching  and  guarding  o'er  all." 

"I  see  again  the  eagles'  flight 
From  their  nests  far  up  on  the  mountain  height; 


56  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

Fit  dwellers  are  they  of  their  lonely  home, 
Where  never  the  feet  of  man  can  roam. 
Dream  of  roaming  the  rocks  among 
With  thoughts  unspoken  and  songs  unsung; 
Awesome  the  silence  is,  no  sound 
Of  beast  or  bird  is  heard  around." 

"Afar  from  all  sounds  of  grief  or  mirth, 
Where  the  winding  Fontenelle  has  birth, 
Is  the  canyon,  glorious,  deep  and  high, 
Reaching  far  upward  toward  the  sky. 
No  artist,  with  clever  eye  and  hand 
Has  ever  journeyed  to  this  fair  land, 
And  pictures  engraved  on  heart  and  brain 
Alone  are  left  of  hill  and  plain." 

"Dreaming  and  dreaming  of  sad  good  byes, 
Of  scenes  so  dear  to  my  tear-dimmed  eyes; 
Fond  memories  fill  this  aching  heart, 
As  far  from  this  land  I  dwell  apart. 
Oh!  for  a  glimpse  of  those  hills  once  more 
Before  I  am  called  to  that  Silent  Shore, 
Where  time  is  not  measured  by  months  or  years, 
And  the  days  are  not  filled  with  thoughts  and 
tears." 

(Signed)  "A  Dreamer." 

During  the  fall  of  this  same  year  Roney  Pomeroy 
bought  the  cabins  and  claims  of  Dutch  George  and  Mr. 
Pomeroy  and  his  family  lived  there  thru  succeeding 
years. 

While  riding  near  Pine  Grove  south  of  Fontenelle 
on  the  emigrant  road,  Alf  Pomeroy  met  the  family  of 
James  Wright  who  had  left  Nebraska  to  locate  a  home 
farther  west  After  some  conversation  Alf  persuaded 
the  Wrights  to  come  to  Fontenelle.  Mr.  and  Mr.  Pome- 
roy, Sr.,  had  recently  moved  into  a  large  new  house, 
substantially  built  and  complete  in  every  way.  This 
house  still  stands  as  a  monument  to  a  family  of  enter- 
prise and  energy  who  had  blazed  the  trail  for  those  who 
followed.  Alf  Pomeroy  generously  offered  the  use  of 
the  original  cabins  occupied  by  his  parents  to  the  Wright 
family  and  his  offer  was  accepted.  The  May  following 
Miss  Alice  Pomeroy  became  the  bride  of  Eugene  Mathers 
of  Buffalo,  Wyoming.  Rev.  F.  L.  Arnold  of  Evanston 
traveled  a  distance  of  eighty  miles  to  officiate  at  this 
marriage,  the  first  in  the  history  of  the  community.  The 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  57 

wedding  gown  was  made  en  train  with  footing  of  lace 
and  the  color  was  ashes  of  roses.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mathers 
reside  at  Buffalo,  Wyoming.  Six  weeks  later  Alf  Pom- 
eroy  and  Hattie  Wright,  eldest  daughter  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
James  Wright,  were  married  and  located  a  mile  west 
of  his  brother  Roney. 

April  20,  1880,  a  son  was  born  to  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Roney  Pomeroy,  their  third  child  and  on  May  12th, 
twenty-two  days  later,  a  son  was  added  to  our  house- 
hold and  "seven  boys  and  girls  were  we."  These  two 
boys  spent  their  boyhood  days  together,  rode  together 
after-  their  stock  and  were  as  devoted  and  inseparable 
as  Jonathan  and  David. 

Due  to  the  helpfulness  and  influence  of  Rev.  F.  L. 
Arnold,  County  Superintendent  of  Schools  of  Uinta  Coun- 
ty, a  school  was  established  with  ten  pupils  enrolled 
and  taught  by  Teddy  O'Neill.  M.  E.  Post  <5>  and  Hon- 
orable Francis  E.  Warren  (6)  brot  in  the  Spur  herd  of 
about  15,000  cattle  in  1882  from  the  eastern  part  of  the 
State  and  located  a  ranch  at  the  mouth  of  the  La  Barge 
Creek,  a  tributary  of  Green  River,  twelve  miles  north  of 
Fontenelle.  All  the  small  herds  of  cattle  owned  by  the 
settlers  were  sold  to  Post  and  Warren  so  that  at  that 
time  they  controlled  the  cattle  industry  of  Green  River 
Valley.  Mr.  Warren  was  a  member  of  the  F.  E.  Warren 
Mercantile  Company  of  Cheyenne  and  from  him  our 
first  sewing  machine  was  purchased.  Roney  Pomeroy 
also  bought  household  furniture  and  when  the  furniture, 
shipped  from  Cheyenne  to  Green  River  was  received,  two 
high  chairs  were  sent  complimentary  to  the  Pomeroys 
for  their  two  small  children,  Fannie  and  Frank. 

A  few  years  later  Post  and  Warren  sold  the  Spur 
outfit  to  Reel  (7)  and  Friend  These  men  were  also 
from  Cheyenne.  Joe  Alford,  foreman  for  Post  and 
Warren,  continued  as  foreman  for  Reel  and  Friend. 

No  provision  was  made  for  feeding  cattle  thru  the 
winter  as  owners  depended  on  grazing  in  the  mountains 
in  summer  and  driving  to  the  desert  east  of  Green  River 
for  winter  grazing.  The  Spur  employed  about  twenty 
cowboys  and  during  the  summer  roundup  when  repre- 
sentatives were  sent  in  from  Bear  Valley,  Fort  Bridger 
and  other  distant  ranges,  to  gather  cattle  that  had 
strayed,  there  were  forty  or  more  cowboys  to  be  fed  by 
William  Wilson,  the  Spur  cook,  familiarly  known  as  "Old 
Tug."  This  man  was  truly  a  marvel  in  his  line,  cooking 
over  a  camp  fire  using  huge  camp  kettles  for  boiling 


58  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

beef,  beans  and  dried  fruit  and  baking  bread  in  a  dutch 
oven. 

My  brother  Charlie  rode  with  the  Spur  and  he 
learned  to  love  these  cowboys  and  appreciate  the  ster- 
ling worth  of  the  gallant  knights  of  the  range,  generous 
and  helpful,  willingly  giving  their  last  penny  to  one  in 
need  and  always  courteous  to  women.  When  the  cattle 
camp  was  near  our  house  Charlie  brot  his  most  intimate 
friends  to  our  home  to  spend  an  evening.  The  boys 
far  from  home  were  eager  for  companionship  and  a  bit 
of  family  life.  My  father  was  gifted  as  a  reader  and 
from  his  prized  book  "William  Cullen  Bryant's  Collec- 
tion of  Poetry  and  Song"  he  read  aloud  to  the  apprecia- 
tive audience  of  cowboys.  In  turn  our  family  was  invit- 
ed to  dinner  at  the  cow  camp.  Mother  would  cook  fa- 
vorite dishes  and  take  butter,  eggs  and  deserts  which 
were  highly  appreciated  by  the  boys  accustomed  to  the 
camp  rations. 

A  United  States  survey  was  made  in  1883  enabling 
the  settlers  to  enter. filings  and  gain  title  to  their  claims. 
Lines  were  run,  irrigating  ditches  made  and  fences  built 
in  every  valley  from  Fontenelle  to  Big  Piney.  Many 
new  settlers  came,  crowding  out  the  deer  and  antelope 
and  compelling  the  Indians  to  seek  trails  in  the  higher 
mountains.  The  Indian  village  was  replaced  by  the 
neat  ranch  house  and  barns. 

As  the  county  road  crossed  the  valley  thru  our  ranch 
and  the  road  was  about  one  hundred  feet  from  our  house 
it  might  truly  be  said  that  ours  was  a  "house  built  by 
the  side  of  the  road."  We  were  twenty-eight  miles  from 
Opal,  a  day's  drive  with  team  and  wagon.  Tourists  came 
from  the  east  and  even  from  the  British  Isles  to  hunt 
big  game  in  the  mountains  near  the  head  of  Green  River 
and  these  strangers  became  our  guests  as  they  traversed 
between  the  railroad  station  and  the  hunting  ground. 
To  accommodate  the  traveling  public,  our  house  of 
hewed  logs  containing  eight  rooms  was  replaced  by  a 
frame  building  of  fourteen  rooms  We  met  many  r" 
lightful  people  and  counted  the  ranchmen  and  his  family 
dwelling  within  a  radius  of  two  hundred  miles  friends 
and  neighbors. 

From  1883  my  father  ran  a  ferry  on  Green  River 
twenty  miles  below  Fontenelle  for  three  consecutive  sea- 
sons, going  from  the  ranch  in  April  and  returning  in 
August  after  the  river  became  fordable.  The  cabin 
home  on  Green  River  served  only  as  summer  quarters 


ANNALS  -OF  WYOMING  59 

and  therefore  lacked  the  comforts  afforded  in  the  ranch 
house  at  Fontenelle,  and  when  five  children  of  our  fam- 
ily were  stricken  with  typhoid  fever  the  second  season 
at  the  Ferry  much  inconvenience  and  discomfort  was  en- 
dured. Having  no  near  neighbors  and  unable  to  pro- 
cure a  .doctor,  my  parents,  assisted  by  the  man  who 
worked  for  us,  nursed  and  cared  for  the  sick.  For  six 
weeks  I  screamed  and  cried  in  delirium  and  would  al- 
low no  hand  save  mother's  to  touch  me.  Six  year  old 
William — delicate  from  birth — succumbed  to  the  malady 
and  was  buried  near  the  cabin.  A  message  sent  to  Dr. 
Harrison  (8)  at  Evanston,  Wyoming,  failed  to  bring  us 
medical  aid  as  his  professional  services  were  required  in 
his  home  town  on  account  of  the  epidemic  of  typhoid 
fever.  In  after  years  mother  marveled  at  the  inexhaust- 
able  strength  which  bore  her  through  those  days  and 
nights  of  ceaseless  watching  without  rest  or  relaxation. 

Long  lines  of  covered  wagons  came  daily  to  be  fer- 
ried across  the  river,  traveling  from  the  east  to  the  west 
and  failing  to  find  the  land  of  their  dreams,  many  re- 
turned from  the  west  after  making  the  long  journey,  go- 
ing back  to  the  old  home  state.  Many  herds  of  cattle, 
horses  and  sheep  continued  the  drive  to  Nebraska  as 
this  was  before  the  Oregon  Short  Line  was  built. 

Rand  and  Riggs,  mentioned  above,  with  a  herd  of 
horses  came  to  the  ferry  to  cross  their  outfit, — ferrying 
wagons,  saddle  horses  and  their  riders  or  drovers.  Catch- 
ing a  boatload  of  small  colts  and  ferrying  them  to  the 
opposite  bank  of  the  river,  the  little  animals  were  hog- 
tied  and  placed  where  the  mothers  could  see  their  off- 
spring, thus  using  them  to  decoy  the  frantic  dams  into 
the  swollen,  swirling  river.  One  of  the  colts  stumbled 
to  the  rfver  bank  and  fell  in.  The  mare  from  the  oppo- 
site shore  of  the  river  recognized  her  colt  and  whinnying 
shrilly,  the  frenzied  creature  plunged  into  the  river, 
passing  the  struggling  colt  in  midstream.  The  colt,  by 
the  use  of  its  free  legs,  two  cross  legs  being  tied,  managed 
to  keep  afloat  and  was  borne  a  mile  down  stream  by  the 
swiftly  flowing  river.  Here  the  river  made  a  sharp  turn 
and  the  colt  was  drifted  to  a  sandbar  on  the  same  side 
of  the  stream  from  which  the  boatload  of  colts  was  fer- 
ried. My  brother  Charlie  mounted  a  horse  and  rode 
down  to  the  stranded  colt  which  he  placed  on  his  horse 
and  carried  back  to  the  house.  The  owners  of  the  herd 
were  impatient  at  the  delay  and  swore  vengeance 
against  the  spirited  mare,  a  high  bred  Lexington     Father 


60  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

offered  a  trade  for  the  mare  and  colt  which  the  drovers 
accepted  as  they  were  eager  to  get  on  the  road.  This 
colt  was  a  dark  brown  in  color  with  markings  the  color 
of  a  turtle  dove  on  flanks  and  nose  and  because  of  this 
we  named  it  Dove.  When  this  colt  was  four  years  old 
Mr.  Roney  Pomeroy  bought  her  for  his  wife  who  drove 
her  single  and  Mrs.  Pomeroy  used  to  keep  time  in  driving 
from  her  gate  to  ours,  a  distance  of  one  mile,  making 
the  drive  in  six  minutes. 

In  1898  or  1899  Mrs.  Pomeroy,  being  a  guest  at  our 
house  for  the  day,  proposed  that  a  telephone  line  be 
built  from  their  house  to  ours,  a  distance  of  one  mile. 
Father  sat  listening  to  the  conversation  and  finally  said, 
"Why  not  make  it  a  thru  line  from  Opal  to  Big  Piney 
(sixty-five  miles)  with  branch  lines  in  valleys  tributary 
to  Green  River  Valley."  Going  to  Opal  the  next  day 
he  talked  with  the  merchants  there  who  were  quite  will- 
ing to  co-operate  in  building  the  proposed  telephone 
line.  The  co-operation  of  the  people  living  in  Big  Piney 
was  also  secured  and  in  less  than  four  months  from  the 
time  Mrs.  Pomeroy  suggested  the  building  of  the  neigh- 
borhood line,  a  community  line  was  built  and  in  opera- 
tion supplying  twenty  homes  with  telephones.  Previous 
to  this,  messages  for  medical  aid,  caskets  to  bury  the 
dead  and  orders  for  cars  for  shipment  of  live  stock,  were 
carried  by  horsemen  and  if  the  emergency  required  great 
haste  the  rider  was  furnished  with  a  fresh  mount  by  the 
ranchmen  living  on  the  road  from  upper  Green  River 
country  to  Opal.  Also  a  daily  mail  was  in  operation  be- 
tween Opal  and  New  Fork,  the  Salt  Lake  City  and  Den- 
ver daily  papers  were  received  at  midday  at  Fontenelle. 
The  Green  River  basin  had  reached  a  high  state  of  de- 
velopment. Every  valley  was  filled  with  homes  occu- 
pied by  happy,  contented  families. 

Another  experience  which  occurred  at  the  ferry 
was  brot  to  our  attention  early  one  morning  when  a 
Frenchman  named  Louis  Violette,  a  hired  man,  in  great 
excitement  called  "Meester  Holden,  one  tree  on  your 
cabull."  Father  dressed  and  quickly  going  to  the  river 
bank  found  that  a  tall  green  Cottonwood  tree  which 
had  been  torn  from  the  bank  by  the  rushing  water  had 
hung  on  the  cable  by  one  big  strong  root  and  the  power 
of  the  swollen  stream  forced  the  top  of  the  tree  to  the 
bottom  of  the  river,  the  tree  acting  as  a  prop  to  the 
cable  which  had  loosened  the  guy  posts  on  each  bank. 
How  to  get  the  tree  loose  from  the  cable  they  did  not 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  61 

know.  One  of  the  men,  there  were  three  besides  my 
father,  suggested  shooting  the  tree  trunk  full  of  bullet 
holes  Fortunately  they  had  a  supply  of  ammunition 
and  too  the  two  men  and  my  father  were  excellent 
marksmen.  By  the  use  of  a  glass  they  could  ascertain 
that  they  were  hitting  the  tree  and  finally  the  weak- 
ened trunk  gave  way  and  the  stretched  and  sagging  cable 
swung  and  splashed  into  the  water. 

Our  neighbor,  Mr.  Smith,  offered  to  exchange  his 
ranch  for  the  ferry.  As  the  Smith  ranch  adjoined  our 
ranch  on  the  east  the  exchange  was  made.  Mr.  Smith 
died  soon  after  leaving  Fontenelle,  and  Lizzie,  the  Indian 
woman,  with  her  two  sons,  Ed  and  Albert  Edwards,  the 
daughter  Alice  having  died  several  years  before,  moved 
to  upper  Green  River  country.  Afterwards  Ed,  the  eldest 
son,  married  Miss  Minnie  Kutch,  a  pretty  half-breed  In- 
dian girl  and  it  is  said  that  their  son  was  the  first  sol- 
dier from  Wyoming  to  give  his  life  in  France  in  the  late 
World  War.  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edwards  reside  at  Cora, 
Wyoming,  and  are  held  in  high  regard. 

The  fall  of  1889  father  bought  250  head  of  cattle 
and  100  head  of  pure-bred  Clydesdale  horses  from  John 
B.  Hunter  of  Buffalo,  Illinois.  Mr.  Hunter  had  extensive 
holdings  in  land  and  live  stock  both  in  Idaho  and  Wyo- 
ming. Notes  and  mortgage  for  $15,000.00  were  given 
for  security  for  the  stock.  No  one  living  at  that  time 
will  ever  forget  the  winter  that  followed.  My  brother 
Charles  was  21  years  old  December  9th  and  to  celebrate 
the  event  invitations  were  sent  bidding  everyone  living 
in  Green  River  basin  to  attend  Charlie's  birthday  dance 
Snow  fell  all  day  preceding  the  party  and  the  bidden 
guests  traveled  over  the  drifted  roads,  some  from  a  dis- 
tance of  forty  miles.  The  romance  which  culminated  in 
the  marriage  a  year  later  of  my  brother  Charlie  and 
Miss  Nettie  Alford  began  at  this  birthday  dance.  Snow 
storms  and  blizzards  continued  thruout  the  winter.  The 
cattle  which  had  been  driven  to  the  desert  in  the  fall 
drifted  back  to  the  valleys  and  the  starving  creatures 
wandered  and  trailed  about  the  fences  enclosing  the 
ranches.  Ranchmen  had  not  hay  enough  to  feed  their 
own  stock  thru  the  winter  so  that  the  cattle  belonging 
to  Spur  and  other  big  outfits  were  forced  to  starve.  The 
dismal  bawling  of  the  frenzied  creatures  heard  above  the 
shriek  of  the  blizard,  night  and  day,  was  maddening. 

Each  morning  my  brother  Clarence  with  a  team  of 
horses  dragged  the  cattle  that  died  at  night  from  the 


62  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

bed  ground  in  the  lane  near  our  barn,  leaving  those  too 
weak  to  stand  and  which  would  succumb  the  following 
night  thus  making  a  daily  task  of  disposing  of  the  car- 
casses. The  roundup  the  summer  following  counted 
less  than  800  head  of  Spur  cattle  out  of  15,000  or  more 
turned  on  the  desert  the  preceding  fall  and  there  were 
thirty-two  left  of  the  cattle  and  only  ten  of  the  horses 
which  we  had  bought  from  Mr.  Hunter.  The  horses, 
saved  thru  the  neighborliness  of  Alf  Pomeroy  who  loaned 
us  hay  to  keep  the  animals  alive.  Father  wrote  to  Mr. 
Hunter  of  the  loss  of  the  stock  and  when,  in  the  spring, 
Mr.  Hunter  arrived  and  talked  over  the  situation  he  told 
my  discouraged  parent  that  he  could  obtain  a  judgment 
for  the  debt  but  said  that  that  would  benefit  neither  of 
them  as  father  was  already  disheartened  and  incapable 
of  making  a  great  effort  to  pay  when  he  was  carrying  so 
great  a  burden  of  debt.  "And  so,"  said  Mr.  Hunter, 
as  he  arose  from  his  chair,  "We  will  just  begin  all  over 
again."  He  walked  to  the  kitchen  range,  lifted  a  lid  and 
laid  the  notes  and  mortgage  in  the  fire.  Mr.  Hunter 
then  proposed  that  my  parents  would  keep  the  few  cat- 
tle and  horses  saved  from  the  past  winter  on  terms  where 
the  young  stock  or  increase  would  pay  for  the  living 
stock  and  forget  all  about  the  loss  of  the  main  herd. 

After  brother  Charlie's  marriage  my  next  older 
brother  Clarence,  secured  the  mail  contract,  delivery 
was  made  from  Opal  on  the  Oregon  Short  Line  which  had 
but  recently  been  built. 

During  the  term  of  contract  with  the  Government 
for  carrying  the  United  States  mail,  my  brother  Clarence 
also  transferred  passengers  and  express  and  one  eve- 
ning in  Sept.  1897,  on  his  arrival  home  from  Opal  he 
had  two  passengers,  Miss  Cora  House  from  Corine,  Utah, 
and  Thomas  B.  Crews,  a  lawyer  from  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 
While  we  were  gathered  at  the  evening  meal,  Mr.  Crews 
told  us  that  his  mission  to  western  Wyoming  was  that 
of  locating  the  grave  of  Pinkney  W.  Sublette.  <9>  That 
a  suit  involving  the  estate  of  the  family  of  which  Pinkney 
Sublette  was  a  member  was  pending  in  the  court  of  St. 
Louis  and  that  he  as  attorney  in  the  case  wished  to  as- 
certain the  date  of  Pinkney  W.  Sublette's  death  and  if 
possible  to  learn  whether  or  not  he  had  left  descendants. 
Mr.  Crews  had  the  deposition  of  a  trapper  named  Mc 
Kenzie  who  had  known  Pinkney  W.  Sublette  in  the  long 
ago.  Mr.  McKenzie  stated  that  he  had  been  at  a  ferry 
on  Green  River  near  the  mouth  of  LaBarge  Creek  when 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  63 

told  of  the  illness  and  death  of  Sublette  and  that  on  go- 
ing to  Sublette's  camp  in  Fontenelle  Valley  he  had  visited 
the  newly  made  grave  where  Sublette  had  been  buried, 
situated  north  of  Fontenelle  Creek  one  mile  west  of 
where  the  creek  flowed  into  Green  River 

Upon  hearing  this  my  parents  recalled  to  mind  the 
lonely  grave  in  the  sagebrush  dotted  plain  which  lay  be- 
tween bottom  land  and  the  foothills  near  where  D.  B. 
Rathbun's'first  house  had  stood,  but  as  there  had  been 
so  many  graves  throughout  that  section  of  the  country 
they  had  paid  little  or  no  attention  to  identification.  My 
parents  remembered  also  that  this  particular  grave  had 
been  marked  by  an  oval  shaped  headstone.  But  they 
told  Mr.  Crews  that  they  thot  his  search  would  be  in 
vain  as  the  Rathbun  house  had  long  since  been  moved 
and  for  many  years  this  plot  of  ground  had  been  in  cul- 
tivation and  was  now  a  meadow  which  extended  far  be- 
yond where  the  grave  was.  Not  to  be  daunted  but  firm- 
ly convinced  that  by  the  directions  given  in  the  deposi- 
tion of  Mr.  McKenzie  who  had  known  the  spot  well  be- 
fore the  ground  had  been  seeded  to  meadow  grass  and 
had  also  seen  it  since,  and  he  opined  that  the  grave  was 
near  the  northwest  corner  of  a  hay  corrall  which  was 
now  near  the  center  of  the  meadow.  With  team  and 
light  spring  wagon,  picks  and  shovels  supplied  by  my 
brothers  who  were  to  go  with  Mr.  Crews  and  assist  in 
the  search,  the  explorers  were  ready  for  the  start  when, 
lured  by  bright  spring  skies  and  the  zest  for  adventure, 
my  sister  Minnie,  our  guest  Miss  House  and  I  joined  the 
three  men  in  the  drive  to  the  field  then  owned  by  C.  F. 
Roberson  where  the  object  of  the  search  was  supposed 
to  be.  We  alighted  from  the  buggy  and  after  looking 
about  and  closely  inspecting  the  recently  mowed  ground 
near  the  north  west  corner  of  the  hay  corral,  Mr.  Crews 
found  a  small  piece  of  stone  partly  buried  in  the  sod. 
Searching  farther  he  found  another  piece  of  stone  which 
fitted  the  first  piece.  Turning  up  a  few  shovels  of  sod 
my  brother  Clarence  struck  a  flat  stone  and  upon  dig- 
ging it  out  of  the  firmly  packed  soil,  the  stone  was  found 
to  be  oval  shaped  at  one  end  and  was  nearly  a  foot  in 
length.  Brushing  the  soil  from  the  face  of  the  stone  this 
inscription  was  plainly  discernable :  "P.  W.  S.,  D.  1865." 
After  digging  to  a  depth  of  four  and  a  half  or  five  feet 
a  long  narrow  layer  of  flat  stones  was  found  and  lifting 
these  stones  a  human  skeleton  was  exposed  lying  in  a 
V  shaped  trough  of  flat  stones.     The  skull  and  larger 


64 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 


Mrs   Roney  Pomeroy  and  great-great  grandchild,  Frances  Marguerite 
lomhnson,  born  November  15,  1926. 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  65 

bones  were  intact  but  had  fallen  apart.  Quietly  and 
with  reverence  the  bones  were  lifted  and  wrapped  in  a 
carriage  robe  and  with  the  headstone  were  put  in  the 
buggy  and  with  this  grewsome  find  we  drove  homeward, 
our  free  happy  spirits  of  the  morning  gone,  each  one 
filled  with  thots  of  the  scout  and  trapper  who  had  broken 
the  trail  to  the  west — had  suffered  hunger,  cold  and  all 
the  inconveniences  of  a  life  lived  on  the  border  and  when 
the  "long,  long  day  was  over"  he  had  been  laid  in  a  rock 
lined  grave. 

Carefully  packing  the  skeleton  in  a  small  box  and 
making  a  case  for  the  headstone,  Mr.  Crews  labeled  the 
skeleton  "Exhibit  'A'  "  and  the  headstone  was  marked 
"Exhibit  'B'  "  and  both  packages  shipped  to  Circuit 
Court  of  St.  Louis. 

Mr.  Crews,  delighted  and  charmed  with  the  fresh- 
ness and  freedom  of  our  west  stayed  over  for  a  week. 
Having  spent  all  his  life  in  St.  Louis,  the  fishing,  shoot- 
ing and  horseback  riding  were  a  source  of  delight  to  the 
man  from  the  city  and  on  the  eve  before  his  departure 
after  returning  from  a  hike  with  my  brother  Howard  to 
a  high  pinnacle  or  peak  jutting  out  from  the  ridge  north 
of  our  old  home  where  we,  as  children,  had  played  at 
keeping  store  and  where  the  precious  packages  of  our 
huge  stock  of  imaginary  groceries  were  still  on  the 
shelves  of  rock  in  the  sandstone  caves  of  the  mount,  Mr. 
Crews  safd  "I  wish  that  my  lot  had  been  cast  in  Fonte- 
nelle  Valley." 

The  mysterious  witness,  Mr  McKenzie,  must  have 
felt  the  same  charm  for  the  Valley  as  he  came  again 
and  again  after  years  of  absence  to  the  old  rendezvous 
of  hunter  and  trapper.  Uncommunicative  and  alone  he 
tramped  along  the  winding  stream, — supposedly  fishing 
— no  one  knowing  his  name  or  that  he  had  any  connec- 
tion with  the  history  of  the  valley  before  the  advent  of 
permanent  settlement  until  Mr.  Crews  brot  the  informa- 
tion that  this  old  recluse  had  known  Sublette  and  knew 
his  last  resting  place.  The  last  time  Mr.  McKenzie  came 
to  the  Fontenelle  Valley  he  came  to  our  house  and  asked 
to  rest  awhile  in  our  bunk  house.  He  was  old  and  looked 
weak  and  ill.  Soon  after  he  laid  down  on  one  of  the 
beds,  the  hired  man  came  to  us  to  say  that  the  old 
gentleman  was  singing.  We  found  him  delirious,  sing- 
ing over  and  over  the  old  hymn  so  universally  loved  by 
the  darkies — "There  is  rest  for  the  weary — There  is  rest 
— Sweet  rest."     We  had  him  taken  to  the  hospital  at 


66  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

Rock  Springs  where  he  died' soon  after  his  arrival.  How- 
ever, he  must  have  regained  consciousness  after  he  left 
us,  as  a  few  weeks  after  his  death  we  received  a  letter 
from  a  lady  in  Missouri  thanking  us  for  our  kindness  and 
care  given  to  Mr.  McKenzie,  explaining  that  he  and  she 
had  been  sweethearts  in  the  long  ago  but  giving  no  fur- 
ther information  regarding  the  mysterious  silence  which 
the  old  man  had  always  maintained  in  regard  to  his  past. 

Mail  was  delivered  three  times  a  week  from  Opal 
to  New  York.  Brother  Clarence  deducted  a  wage  of 
$35.00  per  month  from  the  contract  price,  turning  bal- 
ance to  assist  my  parents  in  paying  their  debts  and  pay- 
ing household  expense.  My  younger  brother  Howard,  a 
boy  of  eleven,  herded  and  cared  for  the  stock  and  as- 
sisted in  the  ranch  work  and  harvest.  These  were  hard 
times  for  all  of  us,  not  only  our  immediate  family  but 
the  families  about  us,  as  the  hard  winter  had  left  the  ma- 
jority of  ranchmen  in  hard  circumstances.  But  thru  per- 
severance, economy  and  the  patient  kindly  aid  of  our 
creditors,  bankers  and  merchants,  extending  time  on 
notes  and  accepting  small  payments  on  debts,  the  ranch- 
men were  enabled  to  regain  their  heavy  loss  and  to  at- 
tain the  ease  and  comfort  so  richly  deserved  by  hard 
work  and  stick-to-it-ivness.  My  mother  was  a  most  sin- 
cere Christian  and  thru  all  the  trouble  and  hardship  her 
unfailing  faith  remained  steadfast  and  true  When 
obstacles  blocked  our  way  a  walk  under  a  starlit  sky 
would  renew  her  courage  and  cheer. 

The  passing  years  were  complete  with  happiness 
and  contentment.  We  were  fortunate  in  securing  re- 
fined, intelligent  teachers  in  the  schools  and  nearly  every 
home  contained  at  least  one  musical  instrument.  The 
current  magazines  were  found  in  the  homes.  No  finer 
group  of  young  people  could  be  found  than  in  Fontenelle 
Valley.  We  rode  horseback,  had  fish  fries  and  picnics 
in  the  summer  and  sleighing,  dancing  and  card  parties 
in  the  winter.  Relatives,  teachers  and  strangers  who 
visited  in  the  valley  were  loth  to  leave  and  usually  came 
back  to  stay. 

Ariel  Hansen  and  wife  bought  the  cabin  and  claim 
of  Shade  Large  who  with  his  family  went  to  Henry's 
Fork,  Wyoming.  Mr.  Hansen  was  a  nephew  of  the  late 
A.  C.  Beckwith  of  Evanston,  Wyoming.  A  sister,  Miss 
Eva  Hansen,  came  from  Ohio  to  visit  her  brother.  Miss 
Hansen  was  a  qualified  teacher  and  the  school  trustees 
were  gratified  when  she  consented  to  accept  the  posi- 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  67 

tion  as  teacher  of  the  district  school  and  remain  in  the 
community.  Miss  Hansen  taught  two  consecutive  terms 
of  school,  then  gave  up  the  profession,  to  become  the  wife 
of  George  L.  McCray,  a  nephew  of  D.  B.  Rathbun.  Mr 
and  Mrs.  McCray  located  a  ranche  near  that  of  Mr.  Han- 
sen in  the  western  end  of  the  valley.  However  neither  of 
these  families  felt  the  call  of  the  west  sufficiently  to  re- 
main but  sold  their  homes  to  the  "Kansas  Boys"  three 
young  men  who  were  from  White  Cloud,  Kansas,  Charles 
Birkhalter,  managing  the  McCray  ranch,  Russ  Forncrook 
the  Hansen  ranche,  while  the  third  man,  Charles  Sulli- 
van, made  his  home  on  a  parcel  of  land  purchased  from 
Charles  Rathbun  situated  between  Alf  Pomeroy's  ranche 
and  that  owned  by  D.  B.  Rathbun.  The  Hansen  ranche 
has  changed  ownership  several  times  but  is  now  the  home 
of  my  brother  Clarence  where  with  his  wife  and  daugh- 
ters he  has  resided  since  1913. 

Alf  Pomeroy  bought  Mr.  Sullivan's  land  which  is 
now  a  part  of  the  estate  owned  by  the  heirs  of  Alf  Pom- 
eroy. 

In  1888  a  young  man  and  wife,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jacob 
Herschler  (Mrs.  Herschler  a  sister  of  Mrs.  D.  B  Rath- 
bun, then  living),  established  a  home  near  the  Fonte- 
nelle  Canyon  in  the  extreme  western  part  of  the  valley. 
The  home  is  in  a  beautiful  setting  surrounded  by  a  high 
range  of  mountains — the  divide  between  the  valley  and 
Fontenelle  basin.  The  canyon  "glorious,  deep  and 
high"  thru  which  Fontenelle  creek  flows  cuts  thru  this 
range  of  mountains,  making  the  view  from  the  home  one 
of  grandeur  and  beauty  at  all  seasons  of  the  year. 

In  the  spring  and  summer  the  green  groves  of  quak- 
ing aspen  against  the  mountains  arrest  and  hold  the  eye 
but  in  autumn  when  these  same  groves  are  splotches  of 
red  and  gold  the  scene  is  one  of  indescriable  beauty.  The 
spirit  of  hospitality  pervaded  the  home  of  the  Herschlers. 
During  the  summer  the  house  was  filled  with  guests  who 
stayed  for  weeks  enjoying  not  only  the  privileges  of  the 
home  but  were  privileged  to  use  saddles  and  horses — 
all  this  without  compensation  to  their  hosts.  Apprecia- 
tion is  not  always  shown  in  such  cases,  but  the  following 
will  show  that  recipients  of  entertainment  received  from 
these  great  hearted  people  were  glad  of  an  opportunity 
to  make  a  return.  Mr.  Herschler  owned  several  bands 
of  sheep  and  for  winter  grazing  these  herds  with  neigh- 
boring flocks  were  driven  to  the  desert  east  of  the  Green 
River.     A   dead   line   had   been   established   by   mutual 


68  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

agreement,  the  northern  range  for  cattle,  southern  for 
sheep  and  sheep  that  drifted  north  of  this  line  were  re- 
moved by  force4,  by  the  cattle  men  often  resulting  in  se- 
vere loss  to  the  sheep  owner.  One  winter  sheep  had 
been  driven  far  out  on  the  desert  when  a  fierce  blizzard 
and  snow  storm  caused  the  herds  of  Mr.  Herschler  to 
drift  into  the  cattle  range.  The  deep  snow  made  it  im- 
possible to  move  the  sheep  and  so  the  camp  mover,  after 
several  days  of  slow  traveling,  as  the  snow  was  so  deep 
that  in  drifts  it  reached  the  sides  of  the  horse,  arrived 
at  the  ranche  and  acquainted  Mr.  Herschler  with  the 
facts.  With  pack  horses  laden  with  bedding,  food  and 
grain  for  the  horses  Mr.  Herschler  and  the  camp  mover 
made  the  return  trip  to  the  sheep  camp  Deeply  trou- 
bled because  his  sheep  had  trespassed  and  anxious  and 
worried  too,  fearing  the  consequence,  imagine  the 
pleased  surprise  and  great  relief  to  Mr.  Hershler  to  find 
that  the  cattle  men  of  that  vicinity  on  ascertaining  whose 
the  sheep  were,  had  with  teams  and  bob  sleds  loaded 
with  hay  trailed  the  sheep  to  the  nearest  ranche  where 
they  were  fed  and  cared  for  until  the  melting  snow  per- 
mitted the  owner  to  remove  his  herds  to  the  home  range. 
Six  years  ago  our  good  friend,  Mr.  Herschler,  was  called 
to  the  house  of  "many  mansions"  but  in  the  hearts  and 
lives  of  the  men  and  women  who  revered  and  loved  him 
he  still  lives.  In  problems  where  right  and  justice  are 
involved  these  men  and  women  are  asking  themselves 
"In  such  a  case,  what  would  Jake  Herschler  have  done?" 
Mrs.  Herschler  lives  at  Big  Piney  near  the  two  daugh- 
ters, Mrs.  Fred  Beck  and  Mrs.  Jesse  Fuller.  Canyon 
Ranche,  where  the  Herschlers  lived  for  so  many  happy 
years,  is  the  home  of  the  only  son,  (Edgar  (Ned),  where 
he  with  his  wife  and  young  son  are  dispensing  the  same 
hospitable  friendliness  that  has  ever  radiated  from  that 
house  of  the  open  door. 

Sheepmen  and  cattlemen  dwelt  in  harmony  in  the 
Fontenelle  valley,  exchanging  help  in  branding  stock, 
threshing,  etc.,  mingling  in  good  fellowship.  The  wild 
and  wooly  west  depicted  by  film,  the  cowboy  wearing 
chaps,  spurs,  six-shooters  and  sombrero  in  dance  halls 
and  in  the  presence  of  ladies  was  unknown.  Only  two 
hold-ups  or  robberies  were  known  in  the  history  of  the 
settlement.  First  of  these  occurring  when  Mrs.  Swan 
and  Mr.  Leifer,  early  settlers  in  Big  Piney  were  robbed 
of  jewelry  and  a  small  amount  of  cash  soon  after  reach- 
ing their  new  location. 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  69 

August  19,  1898,  D.  B.  Budd,  (IO)  postmaster  and 
merchant  of  Big  Piney,  was  robbed  by  five  strangers, 
who  dismounted  from  their  horses,  entered  the  store  and 
ordered  a  bill  of  groceries  which  they  stored  in  pack  bags 
as  the  order  was  filled.  Three  men  then  rode  away 
leading  the  pack  horses  The  remaining  two  men  went 
into  the  store,  presumably  to  settle  the  bill,  but  surprised 
Mr.  Budd  by  pulling  their  guns,  relieving  him  of  his 
watch  and  money  and  even  searched  the  pockets  of 
Henry,  Mr.  Budd's  small  son,  finding  a  five-dollar  bill 
which  they  added  to  the  collection.  The  bandits  then 
backed  out  of  the  store,  mounted  their  horses  and  gal- 
loped after  their  companions.  A  posse  followed  and 
trailed  the  bandits  into  a  rocky  gorge.  As  the  trail  was 
fresh  and  easily  seen  the  posse  were  trailing  at  a  lively 
pace  when  they  were  startled  by  a  rain  of  bullets  from 
the  guns  of  the  bandits  ambushed  behind  the  boulders. 
One  of  the  bullets  clipped  a  thumb  from  the  hand  of 
Tobe  Houston,  one  of  the  posse  who  rode  in  the  lead. 
Realizing  the  futility  of  the  chase  the  pursuing  party 
wheeled  their  horses  and  rode  for  home,  leaving  the  out- 
laws to  go  their  way. 

Three  years  later  the  greatest  tragedy  known  in  that 
part  of  Wyoming  occurred  when  brother  Charlie,  who 
was  deputy  sheriff  under  Sheriff  Frank  James,  was  mur- 
dered in  an  attempt  to  arrest  a  young  man  wanted  for 
raising  a  check.  By  untiring  energy  and  good  business 
my  brother  had  become  one  of  the  leading  ranchmen  at 
Big  Piney  and  thru  his  warm-hearted  cheeriness  had 
won  the  place  of  general  favorite  in  the  entire  commun- 
ity. My  brother's  wife  and  small  two-year-old  daughter 
lived  in  our  home  the  greater  part  of  the  first  year  fol- 
lowing my  brother's  death  and  the  child  was  idolized  by 
her  grandparents.  But  my  mother  did  not  recover  from 
this  terrible  sorrow  and  passed  away  February  11,  1907, 
at  the  age  of  68  years.  Had  she  lived  until  March  9th 
my  parents  would  have  celebrated  their  golden  wed- 
ding anniversary.  My  father,  lonely  and  dissatisfied, 
left  the  old  home  in  Fontenelle,  spending  the  winters  in 
California  and  returning  to  the  ranch  for  the  summer 
seasons. 

Father  was  public  spirited  and  had  held  several  im- 
portant offices.  Was  postmaster  for  several  years,  also 
served  on  the  board  of  school  trustees,  and  thru  the  in- 
fluence of  Reel  and  Friend,  well  known  thruout  the  state, 
he  was  sent  as  a  delegate  to  the  Constitutional  Conven- 


70  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

tion  in  1889  and  later  he  received  the  appointment  of 
United  States  Land  Commissioner  in  which  office  he 
served  for  twenty  years  and  entry  for  the  majority  of 
homes  in  Green  River  valley  was  made  before  him. 

In  April,  1911,  father  sold  the  ranch  to  my  youngest 
brother,  Howard  and  wife.  My  sister  Minnie  and  my- 
self, who  had  continued  to  live  under  the  parental  roof, 
also  sold  our  livestock  and  land  to  Howard  and  we  ac- 
companied father  to  Riverside,  California,  whlere  we 
have  since  resided  Two  years  later,  December  20th, 
1913,  father  died  and  his  remains  were  taken  to  the  old 
ranch  in  Fontenelle  and  there  he  was  buried  by  mother, 
on  a  little  knoll  overlooking  the  valley  and  home  where 
the  happiest  years  of  their  life  had  been  lived.  It  is  just 
fifty  years,  1877-1927 — since  my  parents  moved  into  the 
cabin  on  the  Fontenelle.  Of  the  eleven  adults  who  made 
the  first  settlement  two,  only,  are  living.  Those  two  are 
Mrs.  Roney  Pomeroy  at  Whittier,  California,  and  Mrs. 
Alice  Mathers  at  Buffalo,  Wyoming.  May  15th  of  this 
year  Mrs.  Pomeroy  celebrated  her  77th  birthday.  Much 
of  the  information  contained  in  this  article  was  supplied 
by  Mrs.  Pomeroy.  Father  and  Mother  Pomeroy,  Roney 
and  Alf  crossed  to  the  Great  Beyond  many  years  ago. 
The  two  latter  passing  when  they  should  have  been  in 
their  prime.  Mr.  Rathbun  died  a  few  weeks  before  fa- 
ther died,  Mrs.  Rathbun  having  preceded  her  husband 
several  years. 

My  sister,  Mrs.  Charles  Bird,  died  New  Year's  Day, 
1922,  leaving  a  husband  and  a  large  family  of  children, 
so  that  only  four  of  our  family  are  left — two  brothers, 
Clarence  and  Howard  at  Fontenelle,  Wyoming,  and  my 
sister  and  self  in  Riverside,  California 

A  few  years  ago  while  in  Monterey,  California,  I 
found  the  following  verse  written  over  the  door  of  the 
dressing  room  in  the  oldest  theatre  in  California,  built 
in  1847.  The  lines  bring  to  mind  the  actors  that  played 
so  splendid  a  part  in  the  life  lived  in  those  days  in  Fon- 
tenelle valley,  and  seem  fitting  to  close  my  history — 
"Ponder  just  a  little  all  ye  who  enter  here 

And  try  to  think  what  kind  of  plays  they  used  to  act 
in  here. 

'Twas  tragedy  and  comedy  and  now  and  then  a  farce 

At  Xmas  time  a  pantomine  and  then  a  social  dance 

And  tho  the  actors  all  have  gone 

Their  ghosts  sometimes  play  here 

They  make  the  old  Theatre  ring 

'Till   daylight  doth  appear." 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  71 


FOOTNOTES 


(1)  Seat  of  government  of  Sweetwater  County. 

(2)  In  September,  1868,  the  Union  Pacific  Railway  reached  this 
point.  Elevation  6,340  feet.  A  machine  shop  and  a  round- 
house of  twelve  stalls  was  built  and  the  new  town  of  Bryan 
became  an  important  distributing  point  to  the  South  Pass  min- 
ing district.  Bryan  is  now  a  "ghost  town."  See  Crofutt's 
Transcontinental  Tourist  Guide. 

(3)  Mr.  Rathbun  remained  on  this  ranch  until  1891  when  he  re- 
tired and  moved  to  Evanston.  He  was  a  splendid  type  of  citi- 
zen. 

(4)  In  southern  Wyoming — tributary  to  the  Green  River. 

(5)  M.  E.  Post,  Territorial  Delegate  to  Congress  from  Wyoming 
in  1881-1885. 

(6)  Francis  E.  Warren  was  appointed  Territorial  Governor  of  Wy- 
oming in  1885  and  again  in  1889;  he  became  the  state's  first 
governor,  assuming  his  office  October  11,  1890.  In  1891  the 
Legislature  elected  him  to  the  United  States  Senate  which  po- 
sition he  still  holds.  His  present  term     expires  March  4,  1931. 

(7)  A.  H.  Reel,  popularly  called  "Heck,"  was  a  widely  known 
freighter  and  cattleman.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Territorial 
Assembly  in  1875  and  a  member  of  the  Territorial  Council 
in  1881  and  in  1889;  served  many  times  as  member  of  the 
House  of  Representatives  in  State  Legislature  and  was  twice 
State  Senator;  he  was  mayor  of  Cheyenne,  Wyoming,  and  a 
member  of  City  Council.  He  died  on  his  La  Barge  ranch  in 
October,  1900.  See  Wyoming  Historical  Collections,  Robert 
Morris,  1897;  Progressive  Men  of  Wyoming,  page  287;  Annals 
of  Wyoming,    October,    1900. 

(8)  Dr.  Harrison  located  in  Evanston,  Uinta  County,  Wyoming, 
in  1872  and  resided  there  continuously  until  the  time  of  his 
death,  December  28,  1925,  an  honored  and  beloved  citizen.  He 
was  the  ranking  physician  and  surgeon  in  the  state  in  point 
of  years  of  continuous  practice  and  he  had  been  one  of  the 
original  five  Union  Pacific  surgeons  in  Wyoming  Territory. 
He  had  served  in  the  second  territorial  legislature,  was  county 
commissioner  for  four  years  and  county  treasurer  for  six  years 
of  Uinta  County. 

(9)  An  early  day  trapper  and  explorer  in  what  is  now  Wyoming. 
He  was  a  brother  of  William  and  Milton  Sublette. 

(10)  Settled  at  Big  Piney,  Sublette  County,  then  Uinta  County,  in 
1880;  died  there  in  1902  an  honored  and  highly  respected 
citizen. 


72  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

THE  NAMING  OF  MOUNT  OWEN. 

A  short  time  ago  I  received  a  letter  from  a  friend  in 
Chicago,  which  made  me  supremely  happy.  He  advised 
me  that  he  had  just  received  an  official  communication 
from  the  National  Board  of  Geographic  Names,  at 
Washington,  D.  C,  informing  him  that  that  body  had, 
by  unanimous  vote,  named  one  of  the  great  Teton  peaks 
for  me.  My  friend  further  wrote  that  this  great  honor 
was  conferred  upon  me  in  recognition  of  pioneering  work 
and  mountaineering  done  by  me  in  the  Teton  Mountains, 
and  added  that  I  had  reason  to  feel  flattered  by  this 
action  of  the  board  because  it  is  their  custom  not  to  affix 
a  man's  name  to  any  geographic  feature  while  he  is  yet 
alive. 

My  friend  enclosed  a  copy  of  the  official  letter.  Of 
course,  I  was  delighted  beyond  measure,  and  my  joy 
was  further  enhanced  when  I  observed  that  this  official 
letter  was  signed  by  Frank  Bond,  as  chairman  of  the 
board — my  old  high-bicycle  friend  of  1882-3-4  and  5! 

I  am  going  to  set  down  a  little  history  in  connec- 
tion with  the  naming  of  this  peak  in  order  that  it  may 
become  a  part  of  that  which  has  already  been  written 
concerning  this  superb  range  of  mountains  in  northwest- 
ern Wyoming. 

I  was  summering  in  Jackson,  Wyoming,  last  year, 
Mrs.  Owen  and  I  at  the  time  occupying  cabin  No.  7  on 
"Gasoline  Alley,"  at  the  Crabtre-e  Hostelry.  There 
came  to  our  cabin  one  day  a  gentleman  who  introduced 
himself  as  F.  M.  Fryxell,  geologist  from  the  University 
of  Chicago,  Chicago,  Illinois.  He  wished  to  make  an 
ascent  of  the  Grand  Teton  and  having  heard  that  I  could 
probably  give  him  necessary  information,  asked  me  if  I 
could  recommend  a  good  man  to  accompany  him  on 
the  trip  I  gave  him  the  name  of  Paul  Petzoldt,  the 
youth  who  has  made  more  ascents  of  the  Grand  Teton 
than  any  other  man,  living  or  dead.  Not  long  after,  Mr. 
Fryxell  made  the  ascent  and,  as  was  to  be  expected,  fell 
under  the  dread  fascination  of  those  truly  delectable 
mountains.  He  immediately  planned  other  ascents, 
and,  utterly  unknown  to  me,  one  of  them  was  to  be  the 
sharp  pinnacle  about  half  a  mile  northeasterly  from  the 
Grand  Teton  for  the  express  purpose,  if  he  succeeded  in 
reaching  the  summit,  of  naming  that  peak  for  me !  But 
an  untoward  turn  of  affairs  compelled  Mr.  Fryxell's  re- 
turn to  Chicago  and  the  ascent  had  to  be  abandoned. 

In  a  conversation  I  had  with  Mr.  Fryxell  afterward, 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  73 

he  expressed  the  opinion  that  one  of  the  Teton  peaks 
should  be  named  for  me  on  account  of  my  exploration 
work  there  and  having  made  the  first  ascent  of  the  moun- 
tain in  the  range.  I  told  him  that  I  had  frequently  ex- 
pressed a  desire  to  have  my  name  attached  to  the  moun- 
tains in  some  way  but  did  not  know  just  how  to  proceed 
to  bring  it  about. 

Did  my  good  friend  Fryxell  drop  the  matter  there? 
He  did  not.  He  kept  the  iron  sizzling  every  moment, 
and  by  a  proper  showing  secured  official  action  of  the 
National  Board  of  Geographic  Names  whereby  one  of 
the  great  granite  shafts  of  the  Teton  Range  was  offici- 
ally named  Mt.  Owen.  Following  is  an  exact  copy  of  the 
Board's  Letter  to  Mr  Fryxell,  advising  him  of  their  ac- 
tion: 

United  States  Geographic  Board, 
Washington, 

Room  5329,  Interior  Building, 
October  8,  1927. 
Prof.  F.  M.  Fryxell, 
Augustana  College, 
Rock  Island,  Illinois. 
Dear  Sir: 

You  will  be  interested  in  learning  that  the  United 
States  Geographic  Board,  without  division,  at  the  regu- 
lar meeting  on  October  5th,  1927,  adopted  the  name 
"Mt.  Owen"  for  the  lofty  peak  of  the  Teton  Range  lo- 
cated one-half  mile  north  of  the  Grand  Teton  which  he 
ascended  so  many  years  ago 

Very  truly  yours, 

FRANK  BOND, 

Chairman. 
In  its  regular  printed  official  circular  issued  from 
time  to  time  by  the  United  States  Geographic  Board,  the 
issue  of  October  5,  1927,  contains  among  other  decisions, 
the  following  note:  "OWEN:'  Peak,  (Mount  Owen,  13,- 
400  feet  high),  Teton  County,  Wyoming,  one-half  mile 
north  of  the  Grand  Teton.  After  William  O.  Owen,  who 
made  the  first  successful  ascent  of  the  Grand  Teton, 
August  11,  1898."  (The  black  face  are  mine.) 

I  wish  to  call  particular  attention  to  this  statement 
of  the  Geographic  Board  for  here  we  have  the  offocial 
unqualified  indorsement  of  the  highest  tribunal  in  the 
United  States  of  my  claim  that  my  party  were  the  first 
human  beings  to  reach  the  summit  of  the  Grand  Teton. 
There  is  no  higher  authority  in  this  country  on  questions 


74  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

of  this  character  and  the  vote  of  the  Board  was  unani- 
mous. The  Geographic  Board  doesn't  base  its  findings 
on  hearsay  and  wild  claims;  it  must  have  evidence  from 
unprejudiced  sources  before  making  a  decision. 

The  splendid  peak  in  whose  christening  by  the  Geo- 
graphic Board  I  have  been  so  signally  honored,  is  a  mag- 
nificent spire  of  granite  standing  right  alongside  of  the 
Grand  Teton  and  is  the  second  highest  point  in  the  en- 
tire range.  It  is  the  sharpest  pinnacle  of  all  the  Teton 
spires  and,  in  my  judgment,  will  prove  a  more  difficult 
climb  than  even  the  Grand  Teton.  Its  summit  is  still 
virgin  although  several  attempts  have  been  made  to 
scale  it.  Mt.  Owen  stands  northeasterly  from  the  Grand 
Teton,  and,  with  the  two  great  peaks  southwest  of  the 
last  named,  constitutes  a  group  that  might  very  appro- 
priately be  named  the  "Four  Tetons."  These  four 
granite  spires  lie  northeasterly  and  southwesterly  from 
each  other  with  space  intervals  of  from  half  to  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile  between  them. 

Mt.  Owen  stands  farthest  north  with  an  altitude  of 
12,910;  next  comes  the  Grand  Teton,  13,747;  then  the 
Middle  Teton,  12,769 ;  and  last,  the  South  Teton  with  an 
altitude  of  approximately  12,500.  These  four  Tetons 
are  the  highest  points  in  the  range  and  Mt.  Moran,  I  be- 
lieve, is  fifth,  with  an  altitude  of  just  over  12,000  feet 

The  altitude  of  the  Grand  Teton  was  determined 
to  a  great  degree  of  precision  by  the  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey — certainly  to  within  five  feet.  Wishing  to  know 
the  altitude  of  several  other  summits,  in  1925,  assisted 
by  Mr.  George  D.  Corwine,  and  his  assistant,  Leslie  Peter, 
of  the  Wyoming  State  Highway  Department,  I  made  a 
series  of  triangulations  to  determine  the  position  and  ele- 
vation of  several  peaks  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Grand  Te- 
ton. I  had  a  fine  base  line  in  the  valley,  accurately 
measured  and  of  ample  length,  and  all  the  angles,  both 
vertical  and  horizontal,  were  read  by  three  of  us,  insur- 
ing a  perfect  check.  The  calculations  were  made  by  my- 
self and  checked  by  Mr.  Corwine's  assistant.  We  agreed 
perfectly.  As  a  result  of  these  calculations  I  found  the 
altitude  of  Mt.  Owen  to  be  12,910  feet  and  that  of  the 
Middle  Teton  to  be  12,769.  For  the  position  of  Mt. 
Owen  I  found  that  its  summit  from  the  summit  of  the 
Grand  Teton  bears  N.  33  degrees-03'  E.  2478.40  feet. 

I  am  happy,  indeed,  to  have  my  name  linked  with 
these  noble  mountains,  more  especially  so  because  the 
Geographic  Board  bestowed  this  honor  upon  me  in  recog- 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  75 

nition  of  my  exploration  in  that  country  and  of  our  first 
ascent  of  the  Grand  Teton  The  Wyoming  people,  and 
the  public  generally,  outside  of  the  state,  have  stood  by 
me  loyally  in  my  long  controversy  with  Mr.  Langford 
who  claims  to  have  climbed  the  peak  in  1872;  and  now 
I  wish  to  ask  them  to  go  a  step  farther  and  give  a  hearty 
endorsement  to  the  action  of  the  National  Geographic 
Board  in  bestowing  my  name  on  one  of  the  great  Teton 
peaks. 

I  first  heard  of  the  Grand  Teton  in  1882.  I  was 
camping  with  Hon.  John  W.  Hoyt  at  the  time — one  time 
Governor  of  Wyoming  and  later  president  of  its  univer-. 
sity.  Whatever  his  peculiarities  he  was  a  thorough 
scholar,  a  most  charming  conversationalist,  and  one  of 
the  best  informed  men  I  have  ever  met.  In  a  talk  one  day 
about  the  Alps  we  drifted  to  Wyoming  peaks.  I  asked 
him  if  in  Wyoming  we  had  anything  comparable  with 
that  European  range.  He  said:  "We  have  just  one  range 
— the  Tetons."  He  asked  me  if  I  had  ever  seen  the 
Grand  Teton.  I  said  I  had  not.  "Well,"  he  replied, 
"if  you  want  to  climb  a  real  mountain  just  try  your  hand 
on  that  peak."  "It  is  the  greatest  mountain  in  this 
country  and  has  never  been  climbed!"  Note  that  this  con- 
versation was  held  in  1882 — ten  years  after  Langford's 
attempted  ascent.  It  didn't  appear  to  me  then  that  I 
was  to  be  the  first  man  on  the  summit  of  that  peak. 

This  conversation  with  Governor  Hoyt  fired  me  with 
an  ambition  to  climb  the  Grand  Teton  and  it  finally  be- 
came an  obsession  with  me.  But  it  was  nine  years  after 
that  talk  before  I  made  my  first  attempt  on  the  peak. 
M.  B.  Dawson  and  wife,  of  Laramie,  together  with  Mrs. 
Owen  and  myself,  going  in  from  the  Idaho  side,  attacked 
the  peak  in  1891,  and  we  all  reached  a  point  only  700 
feet  below  the  summit.  This  is  the  first  attempt  ever 
made  by  women.  On  this  occasion  I  got  my  first  peep 
of  the  Jackson  Hole  country,  and  I  liked  it  so  well  that 
upon  my  return  home  I  applied  for  and  secured  a  gov- 
ernment contract  for  the  survey  of  various  sections  and 
township  lines  in  that  locality.  It  was  the  first  govern- 
ment survey  ever  made  in  Jackson  Hole — 1892  and 
1893. 

Following  the  year  1891  I  made  repeated  efforts  to 
scale  the  Grand  Teton  but  failure  was  my  portion  till 
arrived  the  happy  day  of  August  11,  1898,  when  four  of 
us  reached  the  summit.  This  was  undoubtedly  the  first 
complete  ascent  ever  made,  and  the  official  endorsement 


76  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

of  this  claim,  first  by  the  Board  of  County  Commission- 
ers of  Teton  County,  Wyoming,  next  by  the  State  Legis- 
lature of  Wyoming,  and  now  by  the  National  Board  of 
Geographic  Names,  at  Washington,  D.  C,  in  each  case 
by  unanimous  vote,  has  forever  removed  the  question 
from  the  realm  of  controversy  and  put  the  quietus  on  a 
contention  that  raged  for  nearly  thirty  years. 

For  nearly  forty  years  now  I  have  been  telling  the 
world  of  the  magnificence  and  wonderful  scenic  beauty 
of  the  Teton  Mountains,  and  the  people  are  just  begin- 
ning to  realize  what  a  prize  Wyoming  has  in  the  north- 
west corner  of  that  great  commonwealth.  The  Teton 
Mountains,  in  point  of  scenic  beauty  and  rugged  gran- 
deur have  no  rival  in  this  country.  The  range  is  about 
75  miles  long  and  extends  from  Pitchstone  Plateau,  in 
the  Yellowstone  Park,  to  a  point  about  six  miles  north 
of  the  grand  canyon  of  the  Snake  River  (the  "Mad 
River"  of  the  Astorians)  through  which  it  flows  before 
passing  into  Idaho.  In  that  entire  distance  the  range 
fairly  bristles  with  pinnacles  running  from  ten  thousand 
to  nearly  fourteen  thousand  feet  above  the  sea. 

There  is  a  fascination  about  these  mountains  that 
I  am  utterly  unable  to  explain,  fathom,  or  understand. 
The  great  feature  of  their  impressiveness,  I  think,  is  the 
startling  abruptness  with  which  they  rise  from  the  floor 
of  the  valley.  There  are  no  foothills.  One  can  step 
from  a  boat  on  the  west  shore  of  Jenny  Lake  and  imme- 
diately begin  the  ascent  of  the  Grand  Teton  whose  east- 
ern slope  rises  from  the  lake  in  an  unbroken  sweep  of 
seven  thousand  feet  to  the  summit  of  the  great  peak, 
whose  tip  kisses  the  blue  13,747  feet  above  the  sea.  One 
can  stand  at  the  east  base  of  the  range,  only  four  miles 
from  the  summit,  right  on  the  floor  of  the  valley,  at  an 
altitude  of  only  6,500  feet,  and  see  every  yard  of  the 
south  slope  of  the  Grand  Teton  from  base  to  tip !  I  don't 
think  you  can  duplicate  this  anywhere  else  in  the 
United  States.  I  have  tramped,  surveyed,  and  hunted 
over  the  Teton  Mountains  till  I  have  come  to  love  them, 
dream  of  them  And  I  think  you  will  pardon  me  for 
exulting  just  a  little  bit  over  the  fact  that  I  was  the  head 
of  the  first  party  that  ever  reached  the  summit  of  Wyo- 
ming's great  mountain  and  that  recognition  of  that 
achievement  by  the  highest  authority  in  this  country  has 
just  been  announced  to  the  world.  Not  many  of  the 
Teton  peaks  have  been  named.     One  has  been  christened 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  77 

Moran,  another  Buck  Mountain,  and  now  to  these  must 
be  added  Mt.  Owen. 

The  Teton  Mountains  are  the  Alps  of  America.  They 
have  no  rival  in  this  country.  Their  wild  and  rugged 
beauty  with  absence  of  anything  like  foothills  gives  them 
an  impressiveness  and  titantic  grandeur  that  beggars 
description,  and  puts  them  in  a  class  by  themselves.  They 
are  Wyoming's  noblest  scenic  possession  and  the  world  is 
just  becoming  aware  of  that  fact.  If  you  see  them  once, 
the  pfcture  will  never  fade  from  your  mind.  Nowhere 
else  in  this  great  country  of  ours  has  Nature  painted  so 
grand  a  picture. 

TO  MOUNT  OWEN 

From  out  the  forest's  depths  of  pine 
Where  lakes  of  silvery  surface  shine 
You  rear  your  form  old  mountain,  gray, 
To  catch  from  Sol  his  pristine  ray. 

The  billowy  clouds  that  deck  the  sky 
Oft  form  thy  crown  O !  mountain  high ; 
A  coronet  superb,  I  ween, 
So  far  above  the  forest  green! 

Ten  times  ten  thousand  years  have  flown 
Since  first  thy  mighty  form  was  thrown 
From  depths  so  great  to  heights  sublime 
No  mountaineer  could  hope  to  climb. 

Vast  fields  of  snow  and  ice  so  cold 
Thine  armor  is,  O !  Teton  bold — 
Defense  sufficient  to  this  time 
To  ward  off  all  attempts  to  climb. 

Thy  brow  no  human  foot  e'er  pressed! 
No  flag  e'er  fluttered  from  thy  crest! 
Superb,  magnificent  art  thou! 
No  christening  hast  thou  known  till  now! 

Mount  Owen,  Hail!  We  welcome  thee 
To  join  the  noble  coterie — 
That  rugged,  granite  Teton  band 
Which  has  no  peer  throughout  the  land ! 

WILLIAM  O.  OWEN, 

529  West  Third  Street, 
Los  Angeles,  California. 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  79 

HOWARD   MICHAEL 


Dictated  in  August  1925 
88  Years  of  Age 

I  was  born  in  Virginia  in  1838,  leaving  there  when 
one  year  old  and  coming  to  Iowa  when  four  years  old,  my 
youth  being  spent  there.  At  that  time  Iowa  was  a  wild 
state.  In  '61  I  left  there  and  crossed  the  Missouri  River, 
leaving  the  Fort  called  Military  Bridge — at  that  time  near 
the  present  site  of  Omaha  with  a  mule  team  going  across 
Nebraska  to  Ash  Hollow.  This  was  the  place  where  Gene 
Harney  had  killed  all  of  the  Indians,  men,  women  and 
children,  the  Indians  being  very  troublesome  at  the  time. 

Ash  Hollow  was  a  canyon  on  the  south  side  of  North 
Platte  River  just  across  the  river  from  the  present  site  of 
the  town  of  Lewellen,  Nebraska,  is  about  six  miles  long 
from  the  head  of  the  canyon.  The  year  of  '63  it  was  just 
a  stage  station  on  the  Overland  Trail,  trail  going  down  the 
canyon  and  crossing  the  North  Platte  to  the  site  at  this 
place. 

It  was  a  number  of  years  before  that  General  Harney 
had  his  fight  here.  Part  of  the  Indians  killed  there  were 
just  returning  from  a  massacre  at  the  Big  Sandy.  There 
were  just  a  few  stone  buildings  here  at  this  time,  and  part 
of  the  walls  were  still  standing  a  few  years  ago,  the  writer 
spent  his  youth  here.  The  folks  moved  to  this  country  in 
'84.  Can  remember  when  skulls  and  human  bones  were 
very  plentiful  there,  but  do  not  know  if  they  were  Indians' 
or  white  men's  bones.  Having  picked  bushels  of  choke 
cherries,  plums,  currants — three  kinds,  and  grapes  here 
as  they  were  very  plentiful  then. 

There  were  three  graves  at  the  mouth  of  the  canyon 
on  the  left  hand  side  as  the  road  turned  up  the  Platte  Val- 
ley; the  graves  were  there  when  I  first  went  there.  They 
were  immigrants  that  were  killed  by  the  Indians.  It  had 
been  laid  out  as  a  cemetery  a  few  years  back,  and  the  most 
of  the  people  who  die  in  this  part  are  buried  there  now 
where  the  three  graves  are. 

The  train  of  48  teams  was  loaded  with  a  consign- 
ment of  corn  for  Denver.  The  owners  were  Peck  &  Wood. 
At  Ash  Hollow  I  quit  the  outfit  and  stayed  there  until 
spring  when  I  went  back  to  Omaha,  the  trip  taking  four 
months.  I  next  took  a  position  driving  stage  out  of  Des 
Moines,  Iowa,  to  Odell,  Iowa.  In  March  1  quit  that  and 
hired  out  to  Ben  Holiday,  coming  to  Virginia  Dale  in  '64. 
I  drove  three  teams  over  this  route  from  Virginia  Dale 


80  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

to  Laramie  River,  close  to  where  Wood's  Landing  is.  In 
a  short  time  I  changed^to  the  route  from  Big  Laramie  to 
Rock  Creek  Crossing.  [Rock  Creek  Crossing  was  a  stage 
station  on  the  Rock  Creek  at  the  present  site  of  Arling- 
ton. There  was  a  stage  station  and  also  a  toll  bridge 
located  there  on  the  Overland  Trail.  At  that  time  all  the 
buildings  were  on  the  south  side  of  Rock  Creek  at  Old 
Rock  Creek. 

Old  Rock  Creek  located  on  Rock  Creek  was  on  the 
railroad  but  that  part  of  the  track  had  been  abandoned 
about  23  years  ago.  Later  years  town  was  on  the  North 
side  of  the  Creek  and  ten  miles  from  Rock  River,  the 
nearest  point  of  railroad.  A  number  of  people  were  buried 
on  the  north  side  of  the  creek,  about  one  hundred  yards 
below  the  bridge.  There  were  also  some  log  cabins  close 
where  they  were  buried.  All  signs  of  graves  and  buildings 
are  gone.  The  three  men  killed  at  Three  Mile  Crossing 
on  Three  Mile  Creek  on  Overland  Trail  were  buried  here. 
I  Rock  Creek  was  a  freighting  station.  All  the  Government^ 
freight  was  hauled  from  here  to  all  the  surrounding  forts.  A 
There  were  four  saloons,  one  big  hotel,  blacksmith  shop/ 
and  store.  G.  D.  Thayer  owning  store,  blacksmith  shop 
and  hotel.  A  great  many  freight  wagons  were  made  here 
at  this  blacksmith  shop  (G.  D.  Thayer  was  a  son  of  Gov- 
ernor Thayer.)  *  It  was  a  busy  place  in  those  days.  There 
was  a  Government  Commissary  located  here.  Thayer  after- 
wards sold  out  when  the  freighting  business  fell  through 
and  went  to  Meeker,  Colorado,  and  started  a  bank  at  that 
place.  It  was  a  great  shipping  place  at  that  time.  Ar- 
buckle  and  Wilds  had  fourteen  six  mule  teams  hauling  from 
this  place.  Most  outfits  used  oxen  as  they  have  greater 
endurance  on  a  long  haul  and  although  slower,  will  out 
travel  horses  and  mules  on  a  long  trip.  The  Indians  were 
very  troublesome  there,  having  killed  a  number  of  people. 
Three  were  killed  at  Three  Mile  Crossing  on  Three  Mile 
Creek  on  Overland  Crossing. 

After  five  months  I  transferred  to  the  route  from  Rock 
Creek  to  Medicine  Bow  Crossing.  Medicine  Bow  Crossing 
was  a  stage  station  on  the  Overland  Trail.  There  was  also 
a  toll  bridge  here.  It  was  located  where  the  present  town 
of  Elk  Mountain  now  is.  Mrs.  Perry  Townsend  was  the 
station  keeper  here  and  her  husband  drove  stage  days  after 
having  made  the  change  with  me.  I  asked  her  if  she  was 
not  afraid  to  be  alone,  she  said  "No.  If  I  was  I  would  not 


*J.  M.  Thayer  was  Ty.  Gov.  of  Wyo.,  from  Feb.  10,  1876  to 
April    10,    1878. 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  81 

be  here."  I  then  asked  her  if  she  did  not  get  lonesome,  and 
she  said  when  she  did  she  took  the  six  shooters  and  went 
out  and  practiced  at  a  target.  After  two  months  there  I 
changed  off  with  Perry  Townsend,  who  was  a  station 
keeper  and  a  married  man,  so  he  could  be  home  nights  with 
his  wife. 

I  was  next  sent  to  Bridger  Pass,  the  owners  of  the  line 
being  unable  to  keep  men  there  very  long  at  a  time.  This 
was  owing  to  the  fact  that  it  was  a  very  dangerous  country 
and  the  entire  trip  was  through  a  canyon.  However  I  was 
there  22  months  without  losing  my  scalp. 

In  the  year  '67  I  was  transferred  to  Bitter  Creek,  driv- 
ing to  Separation  Rock.  After  three  months  my  route  was 
changed  from  Bitter  Creek  to  Point  of  Rocks.  Point  of 
Rocks  was  then  a  freighting  station  freighting  north  to 
Lander  and  beyond. 

I  then  quit  driving  stage  and  going  to  Denver  went  to 
work  for  Major  &  Russell,  a  bull  outfit  freighting  from 
there  to  Fort  Phil  Kearney  loading  with  Government  corn, 
half  of  which  was  loaded  for  Fort  Mitchell  on  the  Loup 
River  in  Nebraska.  We  were  30  days  making  the  trip. 
I  quit  here  and  hired  out  to  a  mule  outfit  coming  to  Fort 
Laramie  on  the  North  Platte  and  from  Fort  Laramie  to 
Cheyenne. 

I  next  loaded  out  for  Fort  Laramie  a.nd  on  return 
loaded  out  for  Fort  Reno  on  Powder  River)  I  was  over 
two  months  on  this  trip  and  on  returning  the  stock  was 
turned  out  for  the  winter.  In  the  spring  I  yoked  up  and 
pulled  out  for  Fort  Laramie  with  Government  stores.  Was 
35  days  on  the  trip.  Game  was  very  plentiful  here  at  all 
times.  In  those  days  the  people  lived  mostly  on  the  meat  of 
elk,  deer,  antelope,  mountain  sheep  and  all  kinds  of  game 
birds.  |  Buffalo  never  were  west  of  the  Black  Hills  except  in 
small  bands.  What  few  there  were  were  killed  off  in  the 
hard  winter  of  '57  when  the  Indians  lost  all  of  their  ponies. 
Kit  Carson  and  Jim  Bridger  made  their  stakes  by  going 
to  Arizona  buying  ponies  and  returning  and  trading  them 
to  the  Indians  for  furs. 

\After  my  return  from  Fort  Laramie  I  loaded  out  for 
the  Ked  Cloud  Agency  and  upon  returning  to  Cheyenne 
loaded  out  for  Spotted  Tail  Agency  which  was  located 
where  the  present\Rose  Bud  Agency  now  is.  This  was 
about  the  year  '75 )  and  the  Indians  were  making  trouble 
at  the  Agency.  We  were  loaded  with  bacon  and  after  the 
bacon  was  unloaded  the  Indians  ran  their  horses  over  the 
piles  of  meat,  scattering  it  in  the  sand,  which  was  about 


82  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

two  feet  deep.  There  were  four  companies  of  soldiers 
stationed  there  but  the  soldiers  never  made  a  move  because 
a  single  shot  fired  would  have  been  a  signal  for  a  massacre 
just  as  happened  at  Fort  Kearney  in  the  year  '66,  there 
being  40,000  warriors  here. 

The  Indians  pulled  down  the  flag  and  tore  it  to  pieces 
before  the  soldiers  and  they  were  compelled  to  ignore  it. 
(I  had  left  Fort  Kearney  in  the  year  '66  just  before  the 
massacre,  traveling  day  and  night  with  200  wood  choppers) 
The  Red  Cloud  Agency  was  removed  the  next  spring.  While 
I  was  there  I  saw  some  of  the  most  beautiful  Indian  bead 
work  and  I  tried  for  several  days  to  buy  it,  offering  as 
high  as  $450.00  for  it.  It  was  on  two  entire  hides  of  Buffalo 
and  was  a  complete  picture  of  the  Fort  Kearney  massacre 
all  done  in  beads.  The  buck  said  it  took  the  squaw  five  years 
to  make  it  and  refused  to  sell  it  or  trade  it. 


(y 


.While  at  Fort  Laramie  the  entire  freight  outfit  was 
pressed  into  service  hauling  supplies  for  the  railroad.  We 
were  guided  by  Jim  Bridger,  going  to  Rock  Creek  by  the 
"Collins  cut  off".  The  Collins  cut  off  went  due  south  until  it 
crossed  the  Big  Laramie  River  about  six  miles  from  the 
fort.  Fort  Laramie  was  just  in  the  fork  where  the  Laramie 
ran  into  the  Platte  road  then  went  due  west  coming  up  a 
canyon  through  the  Black  Hills  (do  not  know  the  name). 
An  army  officer  by  the  name  of  Trotter  was  the  first  to 
come  over  this  route  with  teams.  There  was  just  a  dim 
trail.  He  had  Jim  Bridger  to  guide  him  through  the  same 
as  we  had.  After  crossing  theJiills  the  road  or  trail  ran 
almost  straight  to  Rock  Creek.)  Camped  one  night  at  a 
lake  about  four  miles  from  Rock  Creek.  This  lake  had  a 
name  then,  a  soldier  having  been  found  dead  there,  he 
having  deserted  at  Fort  Laramie.  He  had  come  by  way 
of  the  Collins  Cutoff  and  had  perished  for  want  of  water. 
I  think  the  name  came  from  the  guide  who  first  found  this 
route.  Major  &  Bennett  had  the  contract  for  furnishing 
all  supplies  for  the  railroad  company  and  we  hauled  for 
several  months  from  the  end  of  steel  to  construction  gangs 
ahead  until  snow  fell  and  I  got  caught  in  a  blizzard  and 
nearly  froze  to  death.  It  was  a  three  day  storm,  but  I 
finally  arrived  in  Rock  Creek  and  turned  the  stock  out 
for  the  winter. 

The  next  spring  I  loaded  out  Government  stores  for 
Fort  Halleck,  returning  to  Fort  Laramie  and  from  there 
going  to  Cheyenne  and  loaded  out  for  Fort  Reno  again?) 
On  this  trip  we  had  a  brush  with  the  Indians  on  "Moss 
Agate"  hill  southeast  of  Glenrock.  There  were  ten  teamsters 
and  two  others  along.  When  the  reds  attacked  the  teams 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  83 

were  coralled  with  a  hot  fire.  They  were  stopped  except 
one  Indian  who  rode  full  tilt  for  the  wagons,  everyone 
shooting  at  him  until  his  horse  fell  dead.  The  brave  took 
refuge  behind  the  dead  horse,  but  all  guns  were  turned  loose 
on  the  dead  horse  shooting  through  him  and  killing  the 
Indian.  The  horse  was  fairly  shot  to  pieces.  The  others 
left  then  after  this  reception,  coming  back  as  soon  as  we 
left  for  the  dead  brave.  We  saw  no  more  Indians  until  we 
arrived  on  Dry  Fork  of  Powder  River,  16  miles  of  road  here 
being  in  the  bed  of  the  creek.  We  camped  at  noon  under  a 
bluff  and  while  eating  our  dinner  seated  around  the  fire 
the  redskins  opened  fire  from  the  top  of  the  bluff.  One 
man  fell  over  dead  and  the  dinner  was  scattered  in  the 
dirt.  By  the  time  we  got  on  top  of  the  bluff  the  reds  were 
gone.  We  went  on  to  mouth  of  the  creekwhere  we  camped 
that  night,  arriving  at  Fort  Reno  the  next  day  and  unloaded. 
The  redskins  attacked  the  post  that  evening,  the  fight  last- 
ing about  two  hours.  Two  soldiers  were  wounded  but  we 
had  no  way  of  knowing  how  many  Indians  were  killed  or 
wounded  as  the  redskins  always  removed  their  dead  and 
wounded  whenever  they  could. 

\We  left  the  next  day  for  the  Fort  and  nooned  where 
we  nooned  in  the  canyon  the  day  before.  We  were  fired  on 
again  but  no  one  was  hurt.  Leaving  there  we  saw  no  more 
Indians  until  we  arrived  at  Sage  Creek  when  they  attacked 
again  but  were  driven  off  by  a  few  close  by.  Arrived  at 
Fort  Fetterman,  then  on  to  Cheyenne  turning  stock  out 
for  the  winter] 

In  the  spring  of  '76  I  hired  out  to  General  Crook  as  a 
scout.  We  had  over  one  hundred  head  of  cattle  along  for 
beef  for  the  soldiers.  The  first  night  we  camped  on  Sage 
Creek.  That  night  the  redskins  crawled  upon  a  night 
herder,  Jim  Wright,  and  killed  him.  The  next  day  we 
moved  to  Powder  River  where  the  reds  attacked  again,  but 
no  one  was  injured.  This  was  the  year  of  the  Custer 
Massacre  and  was  the  spring  campaign,  General  Crook 
afterward  being  on  the  summer  campaign  when  he  was 
sent  to  the  relief  of  Custer.  Upon  the  fourth  day  after 
moving  up  the  Powder  River  and  while  scouting  along  a 
pine  ridge,  I  discovered  two  reds  looking  out  from  behind 
the  trees.  I  reported  this  to  General  Crook  and  he  said  to 
pass  on  by  them  and  not  to  let  them  know  we  had  seen 
them.  Going  on  about  a  mile  we  crossed  a  trail  the  red<- 
skins  had  made  while  crossing  with  1,800  head  of  horses 
which  were  being  taken  to  their  warriors.  The  General 
then  ordered  the  two  companies  and  four  scouts  to  follow 
their  trail.     We  followed  the  trail  all  night,  riding  at  a 


84  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

gallop  as  the  moonlight  was  bright  and  the  trail  easy  to 
follow.  At  dawn  we  came  to  the  top  of  a  hill.  On  either 
side  was  an  arroya  or  deep  gulch.  The  Indians  were 
camped  at  the  mouth.  There  were  twenty-five  lodges  and 
twenty-five  Indians  to  a  lodge,  as  they  usually  lived. 

Captain  Egan  having  charge  told  Major  Noyes  to 
charge  down  one  ride  and  he  would  go  down  the  other 
so  as  not  to  cross  fire  into  each  other  and  they  would  not 
let  one  of  the  Indians  get  away.  Major  Noyes,  after  going 
part  way,  ordered  his  men  to  dismount  and  make  coffee. 
Captain  Egan  arriving  at  the  agreed  point,  attacked,  but 
having  no  support  had  a  terrible  fight.  All  the  horses  of 
his  command  were  killed  but  one.  Each  soldier  was  sup- 
plied with  two,  as  were  also  the  scouts.  Four  soldiers  were 
killed  and  fifteen  wounded  within  a  few  moments. 

After  a  lull  in  the  shooting  and  having  had  nothing  to 
eat  and  being  about  starved,  I  thought  I  could  get  into  the 
Indian  camp  and  find  something  to  eat.  I  had  wormed 
myself  nearly  there  when  a  number  of  the  Indians  spied 
me  and  cut  loose  from  all  different  directions.  I  got  in 
between  two  stumps  and  some  of  the  soldiers  seeing  what 
was  going  on,  they  cut  loose  at  the  reds,  and  I  crept  on 
very  carefully  into  the  Indian  camp.  I  found  a  big  kettle 
of  venison  on  the  fire  and  took  it  up  and  started  eating 
when  a  soldier  came  up  and  seating  himself  facing  me, 
started  to  help  me  eat  it.  Seeing  some  rubbish  keep  mov- 
ing, I  got  up  and  walking  over,  pulled  out  a  papoose  about 
two  feet  long,  and  threw  it  down  again.  There  was  so 
much  noise  from  the  wounded  men,  Indians  and  horses  I 
could  not  hear  anything  but  these  noises ;  but  going  a  little 
way  found  a  squaw,  the  mother  of  the  papoose  which  she 
had  hidden  under  the  rubbish.  She  had  been  shot  through 
the  body  in  spite  of  which  she  had  tried  to  kill  the  soldier, 
but  he  killed  her  with  the  butt  of  his  rifle. 

The  redskins  having  all  hidden  behind  the  rocks  and 
trees,  the  officer  ordered  us  to  pile  up  the  tepees  and 
tanned  hides.  They  were  covered  with  the  finest  bead 
work  in  designs  and  I  would  have  liked  to  have  kept  some 
of  them.  I  hated  to  put  them  on  the  fire,  but  had  no  way 
of  getting  them  away. 

After  burying  our  own  dead  we  all  went  to  where 
Major  Noyes  was.  Captain  Egan  drew  his  sword  and 
threatened  to  cut  off  Major  Noyes'  head,  calling  him  a 
dirty  coward  and  placing  him  under  arrest.  Upon  his  re- 
turn to  the  fort  he  was  court  martialed,  but  was  not  dis- 
charged from  the  army.  (General  Crook  was  very  much 
disgusted  with  Noyes.) 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  85 

While  there  the  redskins  were  seen  running  off  the 
herd  of  1,800  horses  as  we  were  on  a  ridge.  Ten  soldiers 
and  two  scouts  were  ordered  to  pick  fast  mounts  from  the 
Major's  troop  and  re-capture  the  horses.  We  took  a  short 
cut  over  the  hills  and  came  in  ahead  of  them  on  a  narrow 
defile  along  the  mountain  side  after  a  run  of  twelve  miles. 
After  a  short  fight  the  redskins  were  driven  to  cover  in  a 
grove  of  trees  and  were  cut  off  from  the  band  of  horses. 
We  then  ran  the  horses  over  a  high  bank  into  the  river 
and  crossed  with  them  to  the  other  side,  our  only  chance 
to  get  away.  Cutting  across  the  hills  and  avoiding  all 
trails  we  arrived  to  where  the  troops  were. 

During  the  next  night  the  night  herders  were  driven 
in  by  the  Indians  and  the  entire  horse  herd  run  off  by  the 
Indians,  leaving  just  the  horses  the  herders  were  riding. 
None  of  the  horses  were  ever  recaptured  by  the  troops. 

Returning  to  Cheyenne  I  then  went  to  Fort  Fetterman 
and  outfitted  there  for  the  summer  campaign.  On  the 
summer  campaign  I  had  to  drive  a  sixteen  mule  team  four 
days  out  from  Fort  Petterman.  Was  glad  of  the  rest.  The 
wagons  were  loaded  with  whiskey  for  the  troops,  whiskey 
being  a  regular  part  of  the  rations  those  days.  When 
camped  on  Sage  Creek  (the  same  creek  camped  on  when 
the  beef  herder  was  killed),  was  sitting  on  a  rock  above 
camp.  Two  soldiers  and  an  Indian  were  playing  poker  by 
a  wagon  when  the  Indians  cut  loose  with  their  guns  at  the 
players  but  hit  no  one,  the  bullets  kicking  up  the  dirt  around 
the  players.  They  surely  rolled  to  cover  behind  the  wagon 
in  a  hurry.  Under  General  Crook  four  companies  of  In- 
fantry left  there.  The  first  camp  was  made  on  Dry  Creek  of 
Powder  River,  the  next  night  camping  at  mouth  of  river 
and  staying  there  for  two  days.  Left  there  with  one  com- 
pany of  cavalry  and  one  of  infantry  the  next  day  and  travel- 
ing day  and  night  got  to  Rosbud  Creek.  (The  troops  were 
being  sent  out  after  the  Custer  Massacre).  Other  troops 
joined  here,  forces  having  been  sent  from  all  the  surround- 
ing territory. 

In  the  morning  four  companies  of  cavalry  ran  into  the 
Indians  that  had  been  in  the  Custer  battle.  The  Indians 
were  never  afraid  of  the  cavalry  because  they  could  run 
away,  but  they  were  very  much  afraid  of  the  infantry 
troops  because  they  could  not  run  and  had  to  stay  and  fight 
and  they  were  the  better  equipped,  having  longer  guns  with 
more  accurate  and  greater  range. 

The  reds  defeated  the  cavalry  this  morning,  the  in- 
fantry being  in  the  rear  several  miles  which  was  unusual. 
General  Crook  sent  orders  for  the  infantry  to  mount  mules 


86  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

and  get  to  the  place  of  the  fight  at  once.  As  soon  as  the 
infantry  arrived  the  tide  of  battle  changed,  and  owing  to 
the  fear  of  the  Indians  for  the  infantry,  they  were  soon 
defeated.  The  troops  also  had  two  gattling  guns  and  six 
field  pieces  along,  but  they  were  in  the  rear  and  were  never 
brought  into  action,  but  if  they  had  been  the  entire  tribe 
of  Indians  could  have  been  wiped  out  as  they  were  in  a  sort 
of  basin  at  first.  Four  soldiers  were  killed  and  eleven 
wounded.  This  was  called  the  battle  of  Rose  Bud.  Major 
Noyes  was  with  the  cavalry  here.  When  the  fight  was  at 
its  worst  Major  Noyes  was  standing  with  several  on  a  hill 
where  he  had  been  ordered,  and  the  bullets  were  flying 
thick,  throwing  gravel  and  dirt  in  every  direction.  Seeing 
General  Crook  coming  he  ran  up  to  him  saying,  "I  report 
for  orders."  General  Crook  replied,  "I  have  my  eye  on  you. 
Get  back  to  you  men  and  stay  there." 

After  the  dead  soldiers  were  buried  we  left  for  Goose 
Creek  on  the  trail  of  the  Indians.  Passing  there  we  camped 
on  Milk  River,  the  Indians  going  into  Canada. 

I  quit  the  expedition  here  and  returned  to  Medicine 
Bow,  then  Old  Carbon,  a  noted  place  at  this  time.  Old 
Carbon  was  the  first  coal  camp  in  the  State  of  Wyoming, 
and  the  Union  Pacific  got  all  their  coal  there  for  a  number 
of  years.  All  the  first  engines  were  wood  burners.  I  was 
there  when  Dutch  Charlie  was  hung.  Was  about  three 
feet  away  when  Frank  Howard  kicked  the  barrel  away 
from  under  him.  Howard  was  the  leader  of  the  gang  that 
Dutch  Charlie  belonged  to.  Howard  had  been  the  leader 
of  the  gang  that  held  up  and  robbed  the  George  Trabing 
store  at  Medicine  Bow.  After  the  rope  was  put  on  Dutch 
Charlie's  neck  and  he  stood  on  the  barrel  he  turned  and  said 
"Joe  Manoose"  (a  French  name)  Howard  kicked  the  barrel 
from  under  him  to  keep  him  from  talking  and  giving  away 
his  part  in  the  gang.  Howard  had  been  employed  by  the 
railroad  and  had  previously  turned  State's  evidence  and 
made  the  arrest  .of  Dutch  Charlie.  Howard  immediately 
left  town,  walked  out  a  mile  and  caught  a  freight.  After- 
wards he  went  North  to  Fort  McKinney,  where  he  was 
shot  down  by  John  R.  Smith.  Upon  my  return  I  took  a  job 
freighting  to  Fort  Fetterman,  making  three  round  trips  on 
that  trail  with  a  horse  and  mule  outfit,  then  laid  up  at  Fort 
Fetterman  during  the  winter.  The  next  spring  I  drove 
oxen  for  Jack  Hunton  from  Medicine  Bow  to  Fort  Fetter- 
man on  trips  taking  twenty-two  days  loaded  and  eighteen 
days  empty  on  this  trail.  ]  The  Indians  had  all  been  driven 
out  of  the  country  at  this  time.  I  have  been  living  in 
Albany  and  Carbon  counties  most  of  the  time  since.     I 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  87 

hunted  for  Hunt  who  in  the  70's  had  a  camp  on  the  Bow 
River  at  the  old  Camp  place  about  four  milesf rom  Medicine 
Bow  town.  Hunt  had  a  number  of  men  hunting  for  him, 
and  shipped  game  'to  all  parts  of  the  world  for  a  number 
of  years.  The  hunters  killed  the  game  and  other  men 
hauled  the  game  into  camp.  They  used  six  mules  or  oxen 
hitched  to  the  front  wheels  of  a  wagon  with  two  poles  drag- 
ging to  load  the  game  on.  This  method  was  used  as  they 
could  go  most  any  place  with  that  outfit.  The  game  torn  by 
the  coyotes  or  wolves  was  taken  to  avoid  trouble  with  the 
Indians  who  did  not  like  to  see  game  wasted  and  who 
generally  made  trouble  for  any  one  who  did  so. 

One  time  over  on  the  La  Prele  the  Indians  made  a 
raid,  stealing  all  the  horses  in  that  country  and  leaving 
everyone  afoot.  At  that  time,  under  a  treaty,  no  whites 
could  cross  north  of  the  Platte  River.  The  Indians  could 
come  across  and  steal,  but  no  one  could  go  across  the  river 
after  them.  A  man  by  the  name  of  Persimmon  Bill,  a 
slippery  cuss,  said  he  would  get  them.  So  swimming  his 
horse  across  at  night  he  got  into  their  camp,  cut  all  the 
hobbles  and  picket  ropes,  and  then  giving  a  war  whoop, 
stampeded  the  entire  band  of  horses  into  the  river  and 
across  to  the  other  side.  Having  a  cabin  in  the  hills,  he 
took  them  there  into  a  valley.  The  next  morning  the  chief 
came  up  to  the  bank  of  the  river  and  signalled  to  the  fort 
to  be  ferried  across  for  a  pow  wow.  After  the  talk  the 
officer  in  command  ordered  a  sergeant  to  go  and  get  the . 
horses  for  the  chief.  Another  man  being  with  Persimmon 
Bill  and  hearing  this,  told  Bill  they  were  driving  off  the 
horses.  Bill,  having  a  horse  standing  there,  mounted  and 
headed  them  off,  taking  them  away  from  the  soldiers  and 
the  chief  drove  them  back.  Persimmon  Bill's  true  name 
was  said  to  be  William  Chambers. 

In  a  short  time  the  man  saw  the  horses  going  again 
and  he  had  to  head  them  off  again.  The  third  time  it  hap- 
pened, Bill  told  the  soldier  to  leave  them  horses  alone  and 
the  soldier  replied,  "I  guess  you  need  a  little  shooting,"  and 
started  to  raise  his  rifle,  which  he  was  carrying  across  his 
saddle.  Bill  went  for  his  six  gun,  shooting  him  through 
the  body  and  then  cut  loose  with  his  rifle  at  the  Indian,  but 
the  Indian  got  away.  Driving  back  the  horses  he  then 
went  to  the  Fort,  walked  in  among  them,  took  a  drink  of 
whisky  and  then  rode  away.  He  stopped  and  took  $430.00 
from  the  dead  soldier,  leaving  $40.00  to  bury  him  with,  so 
he  told  me  later  when  he  came  over  to  pay  me  $80.00  he 
had  borrowed  from  me.  He  wanted  to  give  me  the  soldier's 
rifle,  but  I  refused  the  gift.    The  next  day  all  the  soldiers 


88  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

from  the  Fort  were  out  looking  for  Bill  and  Bill  rode  with 
them  and  hunted  for  himself.  None  of  them  knew  him. 
He  had  been  known  to  get  away  with  a  number  of  horses 
around  Laramie  and  Sheriff  Brophy  was  after  him  at 
times.  One  time  he  had  taken  a  bunch  from  near  Laramie 
to  the  Green  River  country  and  sold  them  and  sat  in  the 
hotel  reading  the  item  about  the  sheriff  being  on  his  trail, 
he  having  already  disposed  of  the  horses.  He  had  been 
known  to  go  to  a  Fort,  pick  a  horse  from  a  bunch  at  the 
rack,  mount  and  ride  away  with  the  horse. 

Along  in  the  seventies  I  was  staying  alone  and  was 
cutting  wood  for  the  Fort  about  fifteen  miles  from  Fort 
Fetterman  at  a  place  called  the  Blacksmith  Shop.  A  man 
named  McDougall  had  a  cabin  about  one-half  mile  above 
me.  He  was  cutting  wood  too.  After  going  to  dinner  one 
day  was  returning  to  work  with  my  splitting  outfit  and 
had  so  much  to  carry  had  left  my  rifle  and  shells  hid  in  the 
bush.  Had  just  got  up  to  rimrock  and  looked  off  toward 
McDougall's  camp  when  I  saw  some  horsemen  come  in 
sight.  McDougall  was  at  work  on  a  tree  trimming  the 
branches.  I  thought  it  some  white  men,  the  glimpse  I 
had  of  them,  and  so  I  sat  on  the  rock  waiting  for  them  to 
come  around  the  trail.  A  gun  cracked  and  McDougall 
threw  up  his  arms  and  fell  dead.  I  had  left  my  splitting 
outfit  in  the  trail  so  rolled  over  behind  a  rock  and  watched 
an  Indian  come  out  and  scalp  the  man  then  a  bunch  came 
up.  They  took  his  gun  and  shells  and  rode  past  me  just 
a  few  feet  away.  As  soon  as  they  were  past  I  got  back 
to  where  my  gun  was  and  went  across  to  another  camp 
where  a  bunch  of  men  were  working  and  went  back  and 
got  the  body  and  sent  it  to  the  Fort  for  burial. 

The  first  cattle,  Texas  stuff,  came  into  the  country  in 
'67,  but  the  big  herds  came  in  the  early  '70's  till  the  country 
finally  became  so  overstocked  grass  for  the  freight  teams 
was  hard  to  find  until  along  about  '84  the  grass  was  so 
scarce  a  great  many  of  the  herds  were  driven  north  into 
Canada. 

The  freighting  business  gradually  fell  away  with  the 
abandonment  of  the  different  Forts.  I  fired  on  the  rail- 
road, was  a  brakeman  and  also  ran  an  engine.  Freighted 
wood  when  railroads  burned  wood,  cut  ties,  trapped  at  dif- 
ferent times.  I  trapped  with  Jack  Watkins  just  below  Elk 
Mountain  on  the  Bow  River.  He  was  an  easy  person  to  get 
along  with.  There  was  a  saw  mill  on  Elk  Mountain,  the 
first  in  the  country.  It  was  on  the  head  of  Mill  Creek,  and 
was  started  about  1868.  The  next  Mill  was  on  the  West 
Fork    of    Wagon    Hound    Creek.     Do    not  remember     the 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  89 

owner's  name.  I  was  in  Colorado  and  worked  in  a  number 
of  saw  mills  around  Cripple  Creek  and  other  districts  in 
the  eighties,  I  was  down  there  about  ten  years  returning  to 
Wyoming  where  I  still  reside. 


Ash  Hollow,  Nov.  12th,  1857. 
Mr.  Ward 
Dear  Sir 

I  have  obtained  from  Mr.  Hines  6  lbs  of  sugar 
and  7  lbs  of  coffee  which  you  will  settle  with  Messrs  Rus- 
sell &  Wadell,  Agent  at  your  Post  and  charge  the  same 
in  your  bill  against  Wm.  Magraw. 

Respectfully  yours 
200  Obt.  Servant 

162 

B.  F.  Burche. 

367 


MOUNTAINS  OF  WYOMING 

NAME  Mtn.  Range     Altitude  (Ft. 

Big  Horn 8,000  to  12,000 

Bradley's  Peak Seminoe    9,500 

Chimney  Rock  Wind  River 11,853 

Cloud  Peak  Big  Horn  12,500 

Mt.  Doane Yellowstone  10,118 

Elk  Mountain Medicine  Bow 11,511 

Fremon't  Peak Wind  River  13,790 

Grand  Encampment Park  11,003 

Grand  Teton Teton   13,747 

Index  Peak Yellowstone    11,740 

Laramie  Peak Laramie    11,000 

Laramie  Range 7,000  to  9,000 

Medicine  Peak Park  12,231 

Medicine  Bow  Range 8,000  to  12,000 

Mt.  Moran Teton    12,000 

Park  Range,  in  Wyoming 11,500 

Phlox  Mountain Owl  Creek  9,136 

Pilot  Knob Yellowstone  11,977 

Quien  Hornet Uintah 9,300 

Sailor   Mountain 10,046 

Seminoe  Mtns.  (highest)  10,500 

Washakie  Needles  12,252 

Mt.  Washburn 10,388 

Yount's  Peak Yellowstone    12,250 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  91 

Fort  Bridger,  Wyoming,  Jan.  4,  1885. 
Mr.  H.  H.  Bancroft, 

San  Francisco, 
California. 
Dear  Sir: — 

In  reply  to  your  letter  of  November  18th  last,  I  en- 
close herewith  such  records  as  the  founding,  history,  etc., 
of  this  post  as  can  be  compiled  from  existing  post  rec- 
ords: 

Yours  very  respectfully, 

(Signed)  ALEX  CHAMBERS, 
Lieut.  Col.  21st  Infantry 
Comdy.  Post. 
Location,  Etc. 

Fort  Bridger  is  situated  10.6  miles  south  of  Carter 
Station  on  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad,  on  a  delta  formed 
by  several  branches  of  Black's  Fork  of  Green  River.  Its 
latitude  is  41  degrees,  15'  37"  North,  longitude  110  de- 
grees 22'  39"  West  from  Greenwich,  and  altitude  7010 
feet,  (barometrick  measurement). 

History 

The  vicinity  of  the  post  seems  to  have  been  a  ren- 
dezvous for  trappers  as  early  as  1834,  the  neighboring 
branches  of  Green  River  abounding  in  Beaver  at  that 
time.  During  the  summer  of  that  year  a  number  of 
trappers  in  the  employ  of  the  North  American  and 
Rocky  Mountain  Fur  Companies  (then  consolidated), 
assembled  here  and  dividing  into  parties  proceeded  in 
various  directions  on  Beaver  trapping  expeditions. 
Among  these  trappers  may  be  mentioned:  Wm.  Sub- 
lette, Fitzpatrick  Fontenelle,  Basil  La  Jeunesse,  W.  M. 
Anderson,  James  Bridger  and  Jack  Robinson. 

The  Snakes  were  then  the  dominant  tribe  of  Indians 
in  this  vicinity. 

James  Bridger  (familiarly  known  as  Jim  Bridger), 
from  whom  the  post  derives  its  name,  settled  here  in 
1842,  building  a  log  block  house  and  establishing  a  kind 
of  outlying  trading  post.  In  1854,  Bridger  sold  out  his 
establishment  to  one  Lewis  Robinson  a  Morman,  who  in 
1855,  built  old  Fort  Bridger,  which  consisted  of  a  boulder 
stone  wall,  100  feet  square  and  14  feet  high,  with  cylin- 
drical corners,  and  a  corral  82  feet  wide.  This  locality 
was  at  the  time  a  part  of  Utah  Territory.  For  some 
time  afterwards  the  Mormons  maintained  outlying  settle- 
ments in  the  neighborhood. 

The  military  history  of  the  post  begins  in  1857.  The 


92  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

Mormons  (then  dominant  in  this  region)  had  rendered 
themselves  obnoxious  to  the  U.  S.  Government  by  inter- 
ference with  the  duties  of  such  territorial  officials  as 
were  not  of  their  own  religious  faith ;  many  of  the  latter 
being  in  consequence  obliged  to  leave  the  territory. 
President  Buchanan  therefore  appointed  Gov.  A.  Cum- 
ming,  a  gentile,  to  succeed  Brigham  Young,  then  Gover- 
nor of  Utah,  and  made  some  changes  in  other  territorial 
officials;  and,  in  the  spring  of  the  same  year  (1857),  an 
expedition  consisting  of  the  5th  and  10th  regiments  of  U. 
S.  Infantry,  and  Phelp's  and  Renos'  batteries  of  the  4th 
Artillery  was  sent  to  Utah  Territory,  as  escort  for  and,  if 
necessary,  to  establish  the  authority  of  the  newly  ap- 
pointed territorial  officials.  This  expedition  under  the 
immediate  command  of  Col.  E.  B.  Alexander,  10th  in- 
fantry, started  West  by  the  usual  trail  along  the  Platte, 
and  reached  Henry's  Fork  of  Green  River  at  a  point 
about  30  miles  east  of  the  present  post,  early  in  October, 
and  there  went  into  camp,  where  they  remained  until 
some  time  in  November,  awaiting  instructions  from 
Washington ;  Brigadier  General  Harney,  who  had  been 
originally  designated  to  command  the  expedition,  having 
been  detailed  by  political  troubles  in  Kansas  and  never 
having  joined. 

While  thus  encamped,  a  detachment  of  Mormon 
cavalry  cut  off  and  destroyed  five  supply  trains,  of  25 
wagons  each,  which  were  designed  for  the  expedition, 
thus  virtually  making  war  upon  the  U.  S.  Government. 
Shortly  after  this  event  Brigadier  General  A.  S.  Johnston 
arrived  and  took  command  of  the  expedition  in  place  of 
General  Harney.  The  expedition  then  moved  westward 
to  Black's  Fork  of  Green  River  and  established  winter 
cantonment  and  what  was  known  as  Camp  Scott,  about 
2  miles  south  of  the  present  post.  The  command  re- 
mained in  camp  during  that  winter,  undergoing  some 
privation  on  account  of  shortness  of  supplies  and  losing 
a  number  of  animals  from  scarcity  of  forage. 

In  the  spring  of  the  following  year  (1858),  Major 
Wm.  Hoffman,  6th  U.  S.  Infantry  arrived  with  reinforce- 
ments and  ample  supply  trains.  Thereupon  Gen  John- 
ston selected  the  site  of  the  present  post  of  Fort  Bridger, 
designated  certain  companies  of  Infantry  and  placed 
Major  Hoffman  in  command  (Special  Orders  No.  41 
Headq'r's  Dept.,  of  Utah,  same  year).  The  Mormons 
who  had  previously  occupied  this  valley  had  meanwhile 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  93 

abandoned  the  neighborhood  after  destroying  everything 
that  would  have  been  of  any  use  to  the  troops. 

At  about  this  time  Brigham  Young,  on  the  part  of 
the  Mormons,  consented  without  further  resistance  to  the 
transfer  of  his  office  to  Governor  Cummings,  and  to  the 
occupancy  of  the  territory  by  the  U.  S.  troops,  and  Gen- 
eral Johnston,  with  the  bulk  of  the  command,  marched 
westward  and  established  Camp  Floyd,  about  40  miles 
south  of  Salt  Lake  City,  leaving  Maj.  Hoffman  with  the 
companies  designated  as  the  garrison  at  Fort  Bridger  to 
commence  the  work  of  construction.  The  building  of 
quarters,  etc.,  was  at  once  begun,  the  labor  being  per- 
formed by  the  troops.  The  old  cobble-stone  Mormon 
fort,  heretofore  referred  to,  had  meanwhile  been  taken 
possession  of  and  was  converted  into  store  houses. 

2nd  Lieut.  Joseh  H.  Taylor,  1st  Cavalry,  was  the 
first  post  Adjutant  and  1st  Lieut.  B.  F.  Smith,  6th  In- 
fantry, the  first  deport  quartermaster  of  the  post. 

On  the  17th  of  August,  1858,  Brevet  Lieut.  Col.  E. 
R.  S.  Canby,  Maj.  10th  Infantry,  relieved  Maj.  Hoff- 
man in  command,  the  latter  joining  the  companies  of 
the  6th  Infantry,  which  shortly  left  the  post  en  route  for 
California.  During  the  administration  of  Col.  Canby, 
and  in  the  same  year,  the  building  of  the  post  was  for 
the  most  part  completed. 

On  March  7th,  1860,  Major  R.  C.  Gratton,  7th  In- 
fantry, relieved  Col.  Canby  in  command,  the  latter  going 
to  Camp  Floyd,  Utah,  and  thence  with  the  command  to 
New  Mexico. 

On  June  4,  1860,  Maj.  Gatlin,  having  also  been  or- 
dered to  New  Mexico,  was  relieved  from  command  of  the 
post  by  Capt.  Alfred  Cumming,  10th  Infantry. 

Captain  Frank  Gardiner,  10th  Infantry,  relieved 
Captain  Cumming,  August  9th,  1860.  At  the  outbreak 
of  the  Civil  War,  the  former  officer  took  a  seven  days 
leave  of  absence,  started  east  and  joined  the  Confederate 
forces.  He  was  therefore  dropped  from  the  rolls  of  the 
army  as  a  deserter. 

Captain  Jesse  A.  Gore,  10th  Infantry,  took  com- 
mand May  29,  1861,  and  so  continued  until  the  with- 
drawal of  troops  from  Utah  in  aiding  in  suppressing  the 
rebellion.  At  about  this  time  Camp  Floyd  (already  re- 
ferred to)  was  abandoned,  the  troops  under  command 
of  Col.  Cooke,  2nd  Cavalry,  being  marched  to  this  post. 
By  direction  of  the  latter  officer,  most  of  the  subsistence 
stores  then  at  the  post  and  such    of   the    quartermaster 


94  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

stores  as  were  not  needed  elsewhere  were  sold  at  auc- 
tion. Captain  Gore,  with  the  bulk  of  the  garrison, 
joined  Col.  Cooke's  command,  which  early  in  August, 
1861,  started  for  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas;  Capt.  J. 
C.  Clarke,  4th  Artillery,  with  a  few  soldiers  whose  terms 
of  service  had  nearly  expired,  being  left  in  charge  of  the 
post.  In  December  of  the  same  year  Captain  Clarke 
was  ordered  east,  leaving  Ord.  Sergt.  Boger  and  a  few 
privates  at  the  post. 

For  about  a  year  from  this  time  the  post  was  with- 
out a  garrison  or  a  commissioned  officer,  during  which 
period  the  property  was  under  charge  of  Ord.  Sergeant 
Boger.  This  was  a  somewhat  critical  period  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  post.  The  Shoshone  Indians  were  at  that 
time  hostile  and  the  Mormans,  since  the  withdrawal  of 
the  troops,  were  regarded  as  still  more  dangerous  ene- 
mies. The  latter  set  up  claim  to  the  land  on  which 
the  post  was  located,  on  the  ground  of  a  conveyance 
from  James  Bridger,  who  was  said  to  hold  a  Spanish 
grant  for  the  same.  (It  is  to  be  remembered  that  this 
region  was  originally  in  Mexican  Territory).  Fearing 
trouble  and  for  the  protection  of  property  as  well  as  for 
personal  security,  Judge  W.  A.  Carter,  the  post  trader, 
organized  a  volunteer  company  of  mountaineers  from 
the  surrounding  country. 

On  December,  1862,  Captain  M.  G.  Lewis,  with 
Company  19th,  3rd  California  Infantry  Volunteers,  ar- 
rived at  the  post  and  took  command. 

During  several  succeeding  years  the  post  was  gar- 
risoned by  companies  of  California  and  Nevada  Volun- 
teers, and  various  changes  occurred  from  time  to  time. 

On  July  13th,  1866,  the  command  devolved  upon 
Bvt.  Maj.  A.  S.  Burt,  Capt.  18th  U.  S.  Infantry.  At 
about  this  time  the  volunteer  troops  were  mustered  out, 
and  the  garrison  then  consisted  of  Co.'s  "F"  and  "H", 
1st  batallion,   18th  U.  S.  Infantry. 

When  the  Territory  of  Wyoming  was  formed  in 
1868.  this  post  and  vicinity  were  included  in  the  terri- 
tory/ 

f  In  1868-69,  the  project  of  a  railroad  across  the  con- 
tinent was  in  contemplation,  and,  during  these  years, 
portions  of  the  garrison  (then  consisting  of  Co's.  "B", 
"C",  "F",  "H",  and  "I",  36th  Infantry  under  command 
of  Brevet  Col.  Henry  A.  Morrow,  Lieut.  Col.,  same  regi- 
ment) were  from  time  to  time  engaged  in  escorting  engi- 
neers of  the  U.  P.  R.  R.       A  portion  of  the  garrison  was 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  95 

also  employed  in  guarding  the  overland  stage  route,  200 
miles  east  of  Green  River.  During  this  period  additional 
storehouses  and  quarters  were  built  and  the  old  ones  re- 
paired by  labor  of  the  garrison  under  the  direction  of 
Maj.  J.  H.  Belcher,  Post  Quartermaster. 

The  post  was  abandoned  in  May  1878  per  G.  O.  No. 
4;  1878,  Headquarters  Dept.  of  the  Platte,  and  remained 
without  a  garrison  until  June  1880,  when  it  was  rees- 
tablished by  S.  O.  No.  57,  Headquarters  Dept.  of  the 
Platte,  dated  June  18,  1880.  The  new  garrison  consist- 
ing of  Co.'s.  "F"  and  "H"  4th  Infantry  arrived  at  the 
post  the  latter  part  of  the  same  month. 

In  1881,  a  road  over  the  mountains  from  Burnt  Fork, 
a  mail  station  about  35  miles  south  of  the  post,  to  the 
site  of  Fort  Thornburg,  Utah,  was  constructed  by  civilians 
in  the  employ  of  Judge  Carter,  the  post  trader.  J 

In  the  summer  of  1883,  the  work  of  building  addi- 
tional barracks  and  quarters  was  commenced,  with  the 
view  of  increasing  the  garrison  which  then  consisted  of 
Co.'s  "B",  "C"  and  "G",  9th  Infantry,  under  command 
of  Lieut.  Col.  T.  M.  Anderson,  same  regiment.  Some  of 
the  old  barracks  were  in  a  dilapidated  condition  and  no 
longer  used  as  company  quarters. 

(In  June  of  the  same  year,  a  batallion  consisting  of 
Co'sT  "B"  and  "C",  from  this  post,  and  Co's.  "B"  and 
"G",  7th  Infantry,  from  Fort  Fred  Steele,  Wyoming  and 
under  command  of  Maj.  I.  D.  De  Russy,  4th  Infantry, 
left  the  post,  and  was  engaged  for  about  two  months 
repairing  and  improving  the  road  to  Fort  Thornburg,  al- 
ready referred  to.  ] 

On  August  7th,  1884,  the  garrison  was  increased  by 
Co's.  "D"  and  "H",  21st  Infantry. 

On  August  31,  1884,  Lieut.  Col.  Anderson  was  re- 
lieved from  command  of  the  post  by  Lieut.  Col.  Alex. 
Chambers,  21st  Infantry. 

/  TOWNS 

\  "With  the  exception  of  the  small  station  called  Car- 
ter, on  the  Union  Pacific  R.  R.,  there  are  no  towns  or 
settlements  anywhere  in  the  vicinity  of  the  post,  j 

(Signed)  C.  C.  MINER, 

2nd  Lieutenant  9th  Infantry, 
Post  Adjutant. 
From  files  of  Dr.  Hebard. 


96  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

LARAMIE  COUNTY— P.  O.  RANCH 

While  civilization  lasts  horses  will  be  in  demand  and 
any  effort  to  improve  the  breed  to  meet  the  requirements 
of  progress  will  meet  assistance,  has  always  done  so  with 
just  encouragements  from  an  appreciative  public.  This 
is  true  no  less  in  the  improvement  of  racers  than  of  draft 
horses.  Within  the  last  decade,  experiments  have  proven 
beyond  questions  that  the  Perchion  race  of  horses  is  su- 
perior to  all  others  for  general  utility  and  that  the  prair- 
ies of  the  western  Territory  is  the  cheapest  and  most 
advantageous  section  to  raise  them. 

The  latter  proposition  has  been  demonstrated  by 
Messrs.  Post  and  Brown,  at  their  ranch  near  Cheyenne, 
Wyoming,  but  appreciating  the  advantages  of  associated 
capital  they  have  determined  to  form  a  corporation  under 
the  laws  of  Wyoming,  which  are  liberal  and  made  with 
reference  to  the  demands  of  stock  raising  in  that  time. 

Their  present  investment  represents  over  $500,000 
actual  value  in  horses,  lands  and  improvements,  an  item- 
ized statement  of  which  follows. 

They  propose  to  sell  a  one  half  interest  in  this  prop- 
erty and  to  capitalize  on  such  basis  as  will  provide  treas- 
ury stock,  when  sold  sufficient  to  largely  increase  the 
breeding  capacity  of  the  herd,  to  add  a  number  of  Perch- 
eron  Norman  mares  and  stallions,  by  importation  and  to 
complete  such  improvements  on  the  ranch  as  may  be  re- 
quired by  reason  of  such  addition  to  the  herd.  With  this 
statement  we  beg  to  request  your  examination  of  the 
accompanying  description  of  their  ranch  and  herd  of 
which  is  based  upon  actual  value. 

Cheyenne,  Wyoming,  September  1st,  1884. 

Memorandum. — Description  of  ranch  improvements, 
and  stock  owned  by  Post  &  Brown  situated  in  Laramie 
County,  Wyoming  Territory.  The  ranch  under  control  of 
this  firm  is  north  of  the  City  of  Cheyenne,  Wyoming, 
from  which  its  southern  boundary  is  distant  about  six 
miles,  it  includes  a  tract  of  country  of  one  hundred  thou- 
sand (100,000)  acres  of  which  over  (45,000)  are  in- 
closed by  a  barbed  wire  fence  and  the  remainder  it  is 
proposed  to  inclose  by  the  same  kind  of  fence  during 
the  season  of  1885.  The  land  mentioned  above  as  being 
under  our  control  is  owned  one  half  by  our  firm  includ- 
ing the  part  lying  along  the  water  front  at  Lodge  Pole 
Creek  (a  stream  running  through  this  land)  and  the  re- 
mainder by  the  Government  of  the  United  States.  As 
the  land  owned  by  the  Government  is  in  the  limits  of 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  97 

our  range  and  is  unsuited  to  agriculture  without  water 
to  irrigate  and  in  consequence  of  the  absence  of  seas- 
onal rains,  our  firm  owning  and  controlling  all  the  land 
to  the  streams,  any  interruption  to  our  holding  is  there- 
fore extremely  improbable.  Title  to  the  Government 
land  can  only  be  secured  under  the  pre-emption  and 
homestead  acts  in  tracts  of  160  acres  for  each  location 
and  two  dollars  and  fifty  cents  per  acre.  (This  being  sit- 
uated within  the  20  mile  limit  of  the  Union  Pacific 
Grant) .  Our  ownership  of  the  water  front  practically 
controls  the  Government  land.  There  is  about  3,000 
acres  of  this  land  under  this  fence  which  is  very  valu- 
able meadowland.  This  we  use  for  cutting  hay.  This 
range  was  located  in  1872  when  we  had  the  first  choice 
of  this  vast  country,  and  was  selected  after  much  inves- 
tigation as  being  superior  to  all  others  of  which  we  had 
any  knowledge.  At  the  period  of  its  location  the  Ter- 
ritory of  Wyoming  consisting  of  98,000  square  miles  was 
practically  unoccupied.  At  the  time  mentioned  it  was 
regarded  as  the  finest  in  the  territory  for  its  amazing 
pastoral  properties,  and  at  the  present  time  one  of  the 
most  valuable  in  the  country — no  less  for  its  proximity 
to  a  populous  centre  and  location  on  the  line  of  the  mar- 
ket, than  for  its  great  fattening  properties.  The  grasses 
are  the  Gama,  buffalo,  bunch  gramme,  wild  hay  or  oats 
and  a  multitude  of  other  valuable  varieties  while  for  ad- 
ditional winter  food  there  is  the  far  famed  white  sage 
in  great  profusion.  It  is  impossible  to  over  estimate 
the  value  of  these  wonderful  grasses,  which  are  cured 
on  the  ground  by  the  long  dry  summer  and  are  infinitely 
super  in  nutrive  quality  to  the  finest  hay,  in  fact,  it  is 
computed  that  one  ton  of  such  food  is  equal  to  five  times 
that  amount  of  cut  hay.  The  range  is  covered  in  the 
most  luxurious  abundance  by  these  grasses  and  herds 
put  out  to  graze  at  great  distances  from  this  spot  gravi- 
tate to  it  with  absolute  certainty.  Lodge  Pole  Creek,  a 
fine  mountain  stream,  runs  entirely  through  this  range 
from  West  to  East,  a  distance  of  about  seven  miles  from 
the  southern  boundary  furnishing  a  convenient  and  am- 
ple supply  of  water  from  the  southern  part  of  the 
range.  The  tributaries  of  Horse  Creek  penetrate  the 
range  in  various  directions  and  it  may  be  stated  gener- 
ally that  a  sufficiency  of  water  exists  over  the  range.  The 
natural  shelter  of  thecountry  formed  by  the  rolling  char- 
acter of  the  prairies  render  the  range  a  desirable  winter 
residence  for  stock.  Thehome  ranch  is  situated  on  Lodge 


98  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

Pole  Creek.  An  abundant  stream  of  the  finest  water 
about  one  and  one  half  miles  above  the  eastern  boundary 
where  are  located  fine  barns,  stables,  sheds,  blacksmith 
shop  and  tool  house,  also  large  and  convenient  corrals. 
The  main  barn  is  150  feet  long,  35  feet  wide,  built  of 
the  very  best  material  conveniently  arranged  for  breed- 
ing purposes  with  large  box  stalls  for  stallions  built  on 
the  most  improved  plan  and  complete  in  all  details.  The 
blacksmith  shop,  carriage  house  and  tool  house  are 
equally  complete.  The  corrals  are  very  extensive,  con- 
veniently arranged  and  ample  to  handle  five  thousand 
(5,000)  horses;  two  miles  above  the  home  ranch  on  the 
same  stream  are  located  large  stables,  sheds,  house  and 
corrals  and  outbuildings  formerly  used  as  a  home  ranch 
and  are  very  complete  and  ample  in  all  respects,  two 
miles  above  this  ranch  on  the  same  stream  is  located  an- 
other ranch  with  house,  barns,  corrals,  etc.,  conveniently 
arranged.  There  is  also  another  station  on  Trail  Creek 
in  the  northern  part  of  the  range  with  house  and  corrals 
thus  making  four  breeding  ranches.  The  bulk  of  the 
horses  now  on  this  ranch  have  been  bred  up  in  Nevada 
Territory  for  the  last  18  years  from  the  very  best  class 
of  stallions.  There  are  also  included  in  the  number 
several  thoroughbred  mares  and  their  young  stock;  the 
herd  will  compare  favorably  with  any  band  of  breeding 
horses  in  the  states.  These  animals  bred  on  the  prairie 
and  unused  to  open  air  life  in  all  seasons  without  shelter 
or  grain,  are  not  only  much  hardier  and  more  enduring 
but  they  retain  their  vitality  to  a  much  older  age  than 
those  raised  on  a  more  heating  diet  under  different  con- 
ditions. The  mares  will  breed  until  past  25  years  of  age, 
there  are  already  on  the  ranch  15  imported  Percheron 
Norman  stallions  of  the  very  best  quality  and  five  stal- 
lions of  different  breeds. 

It  is  proposed,  however,  to  substitute  the  important 
Percheron  Norman  stallions  in  place  of  the  latter  there 
being  a  ready  market  at  Cheyenne  for  the  stallions  as 
well  as  for  all  other  classes  of  horses. 

APPORTIONMENT  OF  BREEDING 

One  thousand  mares  breed  66  per  cent  of  colts. 
The  mare  colts  of  two  years  of  age  breed  66  per  cent  of  colts. 
Fifty  per  cent  of  the  colts  will  be  mares,  the  total  will  be  at 
the  end  of  two  years  as  follows: 

1st  year  1000.00  mares,  increase 330 

2nd  year  1000.00       "  "        330 

5rd  year  1000.00        "  "  330 

330.00        "  "        108.90      Total 480.90 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 


99 


ith  year 

1000.00 

>> 

» 

330 

>>        >> 

660.00 

»> 

» 

217.80       Total. 

547.80 

5th  year 

1000.00 

)} 

» 

330 

}>       }> 

990.00 

» 

jj 

326.70 

»       >> 

108.90 

» 

>> 

35.94       Total. 

692.64 

6th  year 

1000.00 

>> 

>j 

330 

>>        >> 

1320.00 

>} 

jj 

435.60 

t>       i> 

326.70 

» 

>j 

107.82       Total. 

873.42 

7th  year 

1000.00 

>> 

jj 

330 

»       >> 

1650.00 

>> 

jj 

544.50 

j>        >> 

653.40 

» 

jj 

215.62 

»        »> 

35.94 

j> 

jj 

11.87       Total. 

1101.99 

3th  year 

1000.00 

j> 

» 

330 

j>        jj 

1980.00 

>> 

jj 

653.40 

>>        j> 

1089.00 

» 

jj 

359.37 

>>        >> 

143.76 

>> 

jj 

47.48       Total. 

1390.25 

9th  year 

1000.00 

>> 

jj 

330.00 

»        >> 

2310.00 

j> 

jj 

762.30 

>>       >> 

1633.50 

>> 

jj 

539.05 

>>        jj 

395.38 

» 

jj 

118.70 

>>        j> 

11.87 

>> 

jj 

3.96       Total. 

1754.01 

10th  year  ....1000.00 

J! 

jj 

330.00 

>>        >> 

....2640.00 

>> 

>> 

871.20 

jj        >j 

....2286.90 

JJ 

jj 

714.67 

jj        >> 

....  718.72 

l> 

jj 

237.40 

»>       >> 

....     59.38 
p   rolt.s   

>> 

jj 

19.60       Total. 

2212.87 

Mar 

9671.88 

Total  number  of  mare   colts.... 

9671.88 

Total  nu 

mber  of  horse  colts.... 
ai    increase    

9671.88 

Tot; 

....19343.76 

Original 

mares  

....  1000.00 

il  number  of  mares  and  colts  at  end  of  10  years.. 

Tots 

....20343.76 

Inventory  of  horses  owned  by  Post  and  Brown  at  ' 

their  ranch 

near   Cheyenne,  Wyoming  territory,   ! 

September  1st,   1884: 

No. 

Ages 

Mares 

Price 

Amount 

1000 

2  to  11  

>> 

$   175.00          $175,000.00 

60 

Unclassified 

u 

100.00 

6,000.00 

250 

One  past  

jj 

80.00 

20,000.00 

150 

4's    and    up    . 

Geldings 

125.00 

18,750.00 

100 

3's     

jj 

100.00 

10,000.00 
19,200.00 
15,000.00 

240 

2's   

jj 

80.00 

250 

l's  past  

jj 

60.00 

25 

Saddle    stock 

60.00 

1,500.00 

5 

Stallions 

250.00 

1,250.00 

15 

Imported   Percheron   . 

2000.00 

30,000.00 

600 

Colts  this  season  crop. 

50.00 

30,000.00 

Over  200   of 

which  are   one 

-half 

2695 

$326,700.00 

50,000  acres  of  land  the  title 

to  be 

completed  in  due 

course     

200,000.00 

The  above  includes  improvements  of  every  descrip- 


100  ANNALS   OF   WYOMING 

tion  consisting  of  about  45  miles  of  barbed  wire  fenc- 
ing, several  miles  of  irrigating  ditches,  buildings  already- 
described,  also  wagons,  harness,  mowing  machines,  tools 
of  all  kinds,  cows  and  young  stock  and  everything  per- 
taining to  the  equipment  of  a  first  class  ranch  of  this 
character.  There  are  between  three  and  four  thousand 
acres  of  this  land  covering  the  water  courses,  that  is 
worth  upwards  of  ($100,000.00)  one  hundred  thousand 
dollars  outside  of  the  improvements.  The  ranch  has  tele- 
phone connections  with  Cheyenne. 

Coutant. 

Denver,  Colorado,  January  10,  1897. 
Mr.  G.  C.  Coutant, 

Laramie,  Wyo. 
My  Dear  Sir : 

Yours  of  5th  inst.  is  at  hand.  I  enclose  you  some 
additional  thoughts  that  occurred  to  me  after  our  con- 
versation, and  a  page  from  the  family  scrap  book  which 
contains  the  cut  of  the  Overland  Mail  &  Express  Com- 
pany" instead  of  Wells  Fargo  &  Co.  Holladay's  name 
is  indissolubly  connected  with  the  Overland  Mail  busi- 
ness. Wells  Fargo  &  Co.  were  in  the  stage  business  less 
than  a  year.  I  send  you  a  page  of  the  scrap  book  so 
when  you  return  it  it  can  be  fitted  back  into  its  place. 
It  also  has  the  clipping  from  the  North  Platte  paper. 

I  want  to  give  you  under  the  head  we  might  say  of 
some  notable  events  on  the  Overland  an  account  of  the 
fight  with  the  Indians  on  the  Sweetwater  River  near 
Split  Rock  when  a  party  of  the  Overland  men  nine  in  all 
with  two  coaches  loaded  to  the  guards  with  mail  were 
attacked  by  a  large  war  party  of  Indians.  The  fight 
was  a  desperate  one  and  lasted  all  day  and  part  of  the 
night,  also  I  want  to  tell  of  the  great  feat  of  moving 
over  650  miles  of  a  Daily  Stage  line  stock,  rolling  stock 
all  moveable  parts  of  stations  such  as  windows,  doors, 
etc.,  and  never  losing  a  mail,  that  is  putting  every  mail 
through  on  schedule  time.  It  was  an  unparalleled  feat, 
and  was  the  wonder  of  that  day,  old  plainsmen  said  it 
could  not  be  done  without  a  stoppage  of  the  mails  for 
about  a  month.  And  I  want  to  give  you  a  few  more 
names  of  persons  connected  with  the  Overland.  We 
did  not  name  any  drivers.  I  want  to  give  you  the  names 
of  some  of  the  notable  drivers  and  skilled  reinsmen  of 
the  Overland  Mail  line,  also  an  account  of  the  attack  by 
Road  Agents  on  the  mail  and  treasure  coach  in  Port 
Neuf  Canon  in  which  three  men  were  killed  and  all  but 


ANNALS   OF   WYOMING  101 

one  or  two  out  of  a  dozen  men  wounded  and  $75,000 
in  gold  dust  taken.  Two  well  known  business  men,  mer- 
chants of  Hutchison,  Kansas,  were  amongst  the  killed. 

In  regard  to  my  photo  I  have  not  had  one  taken  in 
25  years  and  just  now  I  do  not  care  to  go  to  the  expense 
of  one.  You  can  see  I  am  a  very  busy  man.  I  have 
given  you  considerable  of  my  time  cheerfully  when  you 
was  here  and  in  writing  this  and  what  I  propose  to 
write  if  you  want  it  and  you  feel  that  you  can  be  at  the 
expense  I  will  sit  for  the  photo. 

(Signed)      D.  Street. 

P.  S.  Also  if  you  desire  it  I  will  give  you  the  facts 
connected  with  the  location  of  Fort  D.  A.  Russell  by  the 
military  authorities  and  the  town  of  Cheyenne  by  the 
railroad  authorities  on  the  4th  of  July,  1867. 

The  New  St.  James, 

Denver,  Colo., 

Fred  W.  Bailey,  Manager. 
Mr.   Coutant, 

My  Dear  Sir:  You  did  not  give  me  your  address 
but  can  when  you  write.  I  will  send  you  the  clipping 
from  the  North  Platte  paper  and  the  cut  of  the  Over- 
land Concord  Coach.  After  you  are  through  with  them 
I  would  like  them  returned.  Remember  to  put  on  the 
coach  instead  of  Wells  Fargo  &  Co.  as  it  is  now  "The 
Holladay  Overland  Mail  and  Express  Company."  The 
upper  line  on  coach  can  remain  "Overland  U.  S.  Mail". 
Among  the  superintendents  you  might  put  George  K. 
Otis  and  amongst  agents  the  names  of  W.  L.  Halsey  and 
J.  Harvey  Jones  and  Robt.  L.  Pease  and  amongst  divi- 
sion agents  Dug  Ayres,  division  agent  of  the  Omaha  line, 
Omaha  to  Ft.  Kearney  and  Phil  Elkins,  or  as  he  was 
familiarly  known,  "Pap  Elkins,"  the  father  of  Senator 
Steve  Elkins,  and  head  the  list  of  superintendents  with 
Gen.  Ben.  Ficklin,  afterwards  in  the  Confederate  Army 
in  Virginia.  He  managed  the  Overland  just  prior  to 
Ben  Holloday's  connection  with  it  and  in  the  most  try- 
ing ordeal,  and  did  it  well,  he  was  thoroughly  versed 
in  the  stage  business  having  staged  through  the  south. 
We  neglected  to  give  the  names  of  the  express  messen- 
gers— for  they  were  a  worthy  set  of  men  and  their  busi- 
ness in  charge  of  the  treasure  and  valuable  express  mat- 
ter was  a  great  responsibility  and  exposed  them  to  great 
risk,  and  they  passed  through  some  of  the  most  trying 
scenes  on  the  Overland.  Amongst  them  was  C.  M.  Pol- 
linger  or  "Gus  Pollinger"  as  he  was  called,  John  May- 


102  ANNALS   OF   WYOMING 

field,  Chas.  Parks,  Billy  Hudnut,  Nastor  Thompson,  Mc- 
Causland,  Billy  McClelland,  George  Mastin,  late  of  Chey- 
enne. I  can  recall  more  names  later  on  in  all  the  de- 
partments and  you  can  insert  them — I  neglected  to  men- 
tion the  mountain  lines  in  Colorado  from  Denver  to  Cen- 
tral City  and  Black  Hawk  which  from  the  day  it  started 
until  the  present  narrow  guage  railroad  was  built  (for 
about  12  years)  was  the  best  paying  41  miles  of  stage 
road  in  the  United  States  or  the  world  for  that  matter, 
for  it  never  missed  a  day  summer  or  winter  of  making 
a  trip  loaded  to  the  guards  both  ways,  and  frequently 
two  coaches  each  way. 

Then  the  line  from  Denver  up  the  Pltate  Canon  to 
Breckenridge,  150  miles  long.  It  afterward  became  the 
property  of  Billy  McClelland  and  Bob  Spotswood  and 
it  formed  the  nucleus  of  the  great  stage  line  from  the 
terminus  of  the  South  Park  Railroad  in  Platte  Canon 
to  Leadville  in  the  palmy  days  of  the  Carbonate  Camp, 
and  it  made  the  fortunes  of  its  owners.  The  transpor- 
tation or  freight  department  of  the  Overland  was  a  large 
business  of  itself  it  required  a  great  many  ox  and  mule 
trains  and  men  to  do  the  heavy  business  of  transporting 
the  grain,  fuel  and  supplies  of  every  kind.  When  Hol- 
laday  took  the  line  this  work  had  been  done  by  contract, 
one  contractor's  pay  for  one  season's  work  (as  the  work 
could  only  be  done  on  gross,  except  in  exceptional  in- 
stances when  a  mule  train  would  be  rationed  with 
grain)  was  near  $90,000.  The  company  owned  trains 
of  its  own,  but  Mr.  Holladay  thought  the  freight  busi- 
ness should  not  be  mixed  up  with  the  stage  business,  a 
good  stage  man  was  not  always  a  good  freight  man  so 
he  preferred  to  separate  it  and  made  a  proposition  to 
one  of  the  freighting  firms  of  the  Carlyle  Bros,  to  form 
a  partnership  under  the  name  of  Holladay  &  Carlyle 
to  be  known  as  the  freighters  for  the  Overland  Mail 
line  and  to  do  all  of  it.  He  made  a  liberal  proposition 
to  the  Carlyle  Bros.,  he  was  to  put  in  all  the  trains  of 
the  Overland  Stage  line  and  the  Carlyles  to  put  in  all 
of  their  trains  to  be  credited  on  the  books  of  Holladay 
&  Carlyle  at  their  appraised  value,  it  proved  a  great 
success. 

The  manager  of  this  business  was  Henry  Carlyle, 
one  of  the  best  known  and  most  popular  men  on  the  Over- 
land. He  was  a  tyical  Kentuckian,  honest,  brave,  whole- 
souled  and  genial  to  overflowing.  Mr.  Holladay's  great 
success  was  largely  due  to  the  men  he  had  with  him, 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  103 

he  had  the  faculty  of  getting  the  right  man  in  the  right 
place,  they  were  brave,  honest,  efficient  and  made  his 
interests  their  own,  and  they  cheerfully  faced  all  hard- 
ships and  perils  in  his  service. 

I  can  furnish  you  with  Ben  Holladay's  signature  and 
an  autograph  letter.  At  the  same  time  Ben  Holladay 
owned  the  Overland  he  owned  a  line  of  steamships  on 
the  Pacific  Coast  making  weekly  voyages  from  San  Fran- 
cisco to  Portland  on  Van  Couver's  Island  stopping  out- 
ward bound  at  Portland,  Oregon,  and  from  San  Fran- 
cisco to  Yuymas  on  the  Mexican  Coast.  This  business 
was  enormously  profitable.  Each  voyage  of  a  ship  bring- 
ing in  from  10,000  to  25,000  dollars,  a  voyage  consuming 
from  eight  to  100  days. 

REMINISCENCES 

By  H.  L.  Kuykendall. 
Arrival  in  Cheyenne 

Since  the  arrival  in  Cheyenne,  Wyoming,  of  my 
mother  and  the  coutier  caravan  she  had  with  her,  con- 
sisting of  the  J.  R.  Whitehead  family,  my  Uncle  Samuel 
Montgomery,  two  negroes  who  had  been  what  had  been 
termed  slaves  until  a  short  time  previous  to  my  mothers 
parents,  J.  M.  Kuykendall  my  brother  and  myself  and 
last  but  by  no  means  least,  two  Blackhawk  Morgan 
horses,  named  Kit  and  Joe  also  two  Durham  cows,  the 
four  later  proved  to  be  the  moving  spirits  and  the  source 
from  which  a  large  part  of  our  maintainance  was  de- 
rived. 

Owing  to  the  unsettled  condition  existing  around 
Platte  City,  Missouri,  which  was  then  my  parents  home 
and  where  I  was  born,  during  the  year  of  1865,  my  fa- 
ther deemed  it  advisable  and  for  his  future  existence 
to  try  a  change  of  climate  so  migrated  west  with  others, 
who  were  situated  in  about  the  same  predicament  he 
was,  when  the  caravan  over  which  my  mother  was  Cap- 
tain and  conceded  to  be  "BOSS"  arrived  in  Cheyenne, 
Wyoming,  on  April  17,  1867,  there  was  a  nice  house 
awaiting  them  to  move  into ;  this  house  was  built  by  the 
untiring  efforts  of  my  father  and  had  not  been  completed 
when  we  arrived  but  assure  you  it  was  a  marked  change 
for  the  better,  of  our  home  conditions  as  the  past  year 
had  been  very  trying  on  all  the  female  members  of  our 
household. 

Arrival  of  First  Train  in  Cheyenne 

The  first  train  arrived  in  Cheyenne,  Wyoming,  some 


104  ANNALS   OF   WYOMING 

time  during  the  month  of  November  1867.  You  will 
note  that  I  was  one  of  the  many  who  was  there  to  greet 
its  arrival.  I  doubt  very  much  if  there  has  ever,  since 
that  date,  been  congregated  together  in  one  spot,  such 
a  conglomeration  of  humanity  and  beasts.  The  princi- 
pal mode  of  entertainment,  of  the  humans,  for  each 
other,  with  a  few  exceptions,  was  to  see  how  many  they 
could  aid  in  making  unfit  for  work  the  next  day,  and  in 
many  cases,  for  many  days  thereafter. 

Oft  times  in  my  leisure  moments,  when  left  alone 
to  reminiscence,  my  thoughts  drift  back  to  those  days 
and  I  have  arrived  at  decision,  never  again  will  such  a 
crowd  be  placed  together  showing  such  a  marked  con- 
trast in  make-up  hysically,  mentally  and  spiritually,  pro- 
rating them  with  present  population  of  the  United 
States,  will  have  to  state,  the  individuals,  from  standpoint 
of  Manhood,  is  many  times  in  favor  of  those  who  volun- 
teered their  all  to  lay  the  foundation  and  aid  in  develop- 
ing and  making  of  what  is  now  one  of  the  Greatest  Com- 
monwealths and  States  in  America,  Wyoming. 

Father  Time,  without  any  respect  for  individuads 
has  about  completed  his  work  and  at  this  writing  there 
remains  with  us  but  a  few  of  those  characters  who  de- 
serve all  that  our  Maker  has  to  give  to  the  Best  of  His 
children. 

Of  late  years,  when  I  learn  that  one  more  of  those 
Pathfinders  and  Kingdom  builders  has  gone  to  the 
"Happy  Hunting  Ground,"  I  have  no  feeling  of  sorrow 
or  regret  as  that  type  of  man  was  always  faithful  to  his 
Calling,  done  his  work  well  and  would  not  quit  until 
his  task  was  completed,  you  can  rest  assured  that  such 
characters  never  cease  to  exist  and  when  their  spirits, 
indomitable  will,  energy  and  wonderful  line  of  thoughts 
and  acts  cease  to  exist  on  this  Earth  in  the  material,  all 
of  those  qualities  and  quantities  are  needed  elsewhere 
to  further  an  end  that  only  such  individuals  are  cap- 
able of  executing  and  bringing  to  a  successful  end  or 
issue.     A  fit  epitaph  for  all  of  such  characters  is: 

Here  lies  the  remanents  of  one  who  made  good 
During  short  stay  he  remained  on  this  Earth; 

There  can  be  no  doubt,  to  where  he  has  gone, 
As  a  higher  Power  guided  him  since  his  birth. 

We  note  in  the  daily  papers  issued  in  American, 
that  funds  are  asked  for  the  erection  of  monuments  to 
keep  before  the  present  and  coming  generations  the 
memories  of  deeds  or  acts  done  by  some  individual.  How 


ANNALS   OF   WYOMING  105 

much  more  fit  and  appropriate  would  it  not  be  to  have 
a  monument  of  magnitude  erected  to  the  chivalry,  appi- 
tude  and  devotion  of  OUR  PIONEERS,  by  so  doing  we 
would  not  specialize  as  is  now  being  done  in  other  sec- 
tions of  this  continent  but  would  honour  and  try  and 
keep  before  future  generations  no  one  individual  but  a 
number  of  individuals  who  aided,  with  their  untiring 
efforts  and  devotions  in  making  Wyoming  the  Greatest 
State  in  the  United  States  of  America. 

Indulging  on  your  patience,  I  will  narrate  an  occur- 
rence which  happened  to  me  one  day  several  years  ago. 
I  was  driving,  over  what  is  now  known  as  the  Lincoln 
Highway,  with  a  man  who  had  been  raised  and  passed 
the  first  thirty  years  of  his  life  on  the  range  in  Wyoming. 
We  were  approaching  the  town  of  Medicine  Bow,  to  my 
surprise  this  party  broke  the  silence  by  saying,  we  are 
getting  into  a  man's  countryy.  I  asked  him  how  he  ar- 
rived at  that  decision.  His  reply  was,  you  see  tin  cans 
and  bottles  wherever  you  go.  We  still  have  the  tin  cans 
but  alas,  the  bottles  have  went,  I  believe  we  give  the  best 
part  away. 

Vigilantes. 

Shortly  after  the  arrival  of  our  carivan  in  Chey- 
enne our  household  was  awakened  from  our  slumbers 
by  a  noise  that  was  startling  and  appalling  to  all  of  us, 
gathering  together  and  then  going  in  search  of  source 
from  which  it  seemed  to  come,  no  person  not  having 
experienced  the  feeling  derived  from  the  deep  mutter- 
ings  and  sayings  of  a  mob  or  crowd  of  human  beings, 
who  gathered  together  to  take  human  life,  can  under- 
stand our  feelings  of  dread  at  that  time.  Such  a  situa- 
tion greeted  our  eyes  when  we  arrived  at  source  from 
which  came  that  never  to  be  forgotten  noise.  It  proved 
to  come  from  what  was  then  termed  and  known,  also  to 
be  avoided,  provided  you  were  not  one  of  the  Inner 
Circle,  as  the  Vigilantes,  to  enlighten  those  who  are  not 
familiar  with  the  power  invested,  in  those  days  in  that 
name,  I  will  here  state  they  were  composed  of  Judge, 
Jury  and  Executioner,  when  that  body  decreed  you  was 
to  die  or  you  was  advised  to  seek  other  environments 
or  surroundings,  you  right  then  might  as  well  go  off  and 
die  gracefully  or  make  your  escape  immediately  or  by 
the  time  given  you  by  their  representative  to  do  so.  That 
order,  like  the  individuals  that  composed  it,  never  re- 
tracted but  did  the  work  that  was  set  for  them  to  do. 
To  our  amazement,  we  found  congregated  in  the  vicinity 


106  ANNALS   OF   WYOMING 

of  one  hundred  masked  men  who  proceeded  to  break 
down  the  door  of  the  house  adjoining  the  one  in  which 
we  lived,  and  proceeded  to  bring  forth  an  individual  who 
went  by  the  name  of  Jack  Martin,  this  person  had  been 
found  to  be  undesirable  as  a  citizen  by  the  Vigilantes 
Committee  and  he  did  not  profit  from  the  advice  given 
him  by  that  body,  so  when  we  awakened  the  following 
morning,  not  to  our  surprise,  we  were  greeted,  when 
looking  out  our  front  window,  with  a  sight  never  to  be 
forgotten,  three  telegraph  poles  lashed  together  at  their 
tops  and  Jack  Martin's  bodyy  hanging  in  the  space  be- 
tween them. 

Many  will  feel  that  such  acts  should  not  be  coun- 
tenanced by  any  law  abiding  community  but  it  was  con- 
ceded by  all  good  citizens  who  was  in  that  community 
during  the  reign  of  the  Vigilantes,  that  the  justice  dealt 
forth  by  that  body  was  fair  to  all  and  most  decisions 
handed  down  and  executed  by  that  body  was  proven  or 
showed  more  leniency  than  is  now  practiced  of  late 
ears  by  the  courts  in  power,  as  all  cases  that  deserved 
and  required  the  attention  of  the  Vigilantes  when 
brought  to  their  notice  or  attention,  was  acted  upon  im- 
mediately and  justice  was  forthcoming  without  the  long 
drawn-out  delays  that  are  in  vogue  and  practiced  now. 
To  withhold  the  execution  of  justice  to  your  fellowman 
in  any  form  is  doing  him  a  rank  injustice. 

I  at  this  time  cannot  recall  one  incident  where  pun- 
ishment was  wrongfully  bestowed  but  do  remember 
many  acts  of  charity  performed  by  that  body. 

Arrival  of  Trains. 

After  the  Union  Pacific  Railway  established  its 
schedule  of  trains  which  that  corporation  used  its  best 
efforts  to  maintain  and  make,  the  arrival  of  those 
trains  proved  to  be  the  social  event  of  the  day  as  every 
person  would  make  an  effort  to  be  at  the  depot  and  at 
the  G.  M.  Jones  Hotel  upon  arrival  of  trains  and  remain  un- 
til their  departure,  many  pleasant  and  odd  incidents  oc- 
curred during  those  times  and  occasions  one  of  which  left 
a  very  marked  impression  on  my  mind  when  it  was  told 
me.  All  passenger  and  also  what  was  known  as  the 
emigrant  trains  remained  in  Cheyenne  long  enough  to 
permit  their  passengers  to  eat  and  you  can  rest  assured 
that  the  G.  M.  Jones  Hotel  or  what  was  commonly  re- 
ferred to  as  the  Railroad  House,  was  a  busy  place  during 
those  periods  of  time.  Now  for  the  incident  that  im- 
pressed me,  the  dining  room  at  the  Jones  Hotel  was  large 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  107 

and  the  right  number  of  tables  were  completely  set  to 
care  for  the  number  of  parties  on  train  that  stated  they 
would  eat,  there  was  in  the  employ  of  Mr.  James  as  por- 
ter and  general  utility  man  a  man  and  character  by  the 
name  of  Pat  Hanigan.  He  was  raw  boned  and  of  immense 
frame  and  strength,  one  of  his  duties  was  to  serve  the 
soup  during  train  hours  or  meals.  This  proved  to  be  such 
a  task,  necessitating  many  trips  back  and  forth  to  the 
kitchen,  that  he  conceived  the  idea  of  having  made  a 
soup  syringe  of  immense  size,  so  forthwith  he  hiked  to 
what  was  known  as  the  Schweickert  hardware  store  and 
had  made  such  a  weapon  and  immediately  after  its  com- 
pletion proceeded  to  place  same  in  execution  upon  ar- 
rival of  trains  he  would  proceed  to  load,  with  the  con- 
glomerate that  was  to  be  served,  his  annihiliator  and 
with  much  assumed  authority  proceed  into  dining  room 
and  begin  his  duty  of  soup  serving,  he  would  approach 
a  party  who  was  seated  at  a  table  and  say,  "Will  you 
have  soup,"  not  waiting  for  a  reply,  he  would  proceed 
to  use  his  soup  ejector  and  extractor  and  fill,  to  parties 
amazement,  their  plate  with  mixture  his  vessel  con- 
tained, in  case  the  party  should  say  yes,  then  Pat  would 
pass  on  to  next  person  and  go  through  same  formula,  in 
case  party  stated  they  did  not  care  for  soup  then  Pat 
proceeded  to  place  the  nozzle  of  his  ejector  and  extrac- 
tor in  their  plate  and  withdrew  the  portion  he  had  just 
served.  Shortly  after  Pat  placed  in  execution  his  novel 
money  saver,  Mr.  Jones  was  able  to  add  very  materially 
to  his  herd  of  hogs. 

There  was  expected  and  due  in  Cheyenne  in  those 
days,  each  day,  one  passenger  train  going  west  and  one 
east  also  one  train  going  same  directions,  known  as  the 
freight  or  emigrant  trains.  The  passenger  trains  were 
composed  of  one  car  of  three  compartments,  mail,  ex- 
press and  baggage  and  two  or  three  coaches  and  were 
pulled  from  Cheyenne  to  Sidney,  Nebraska,  by  two  four 
wheel  drive  Rodger  make  engines  and  their  numbers 
were  68  and  72  and  their  engineers  were  Fred  Post  and 
"Red  Pat,"  or  better  known  as  the  "Wild  Irishman."  The 
emigrant  trains  was  composed  of  a  string  of  freight  cars 
and  on  rear  end  of  train  there  would  be  four  or  five 
would-be  passenger  coaches,  in  same  the  people  were 
packed  like  sardines  in  a  can. 

From  the  patronage  of  those  passengers  "Prairie 
Dog  Arnold"  laid  the  foundation  of  a  snug  fortune  from 
the  sale  of  that  tireless  little  rodent  "the  prairie  dog," 


108  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

which  thrived  so  prolifically  in  region  surrounding  Chey- 
enne. The  custom  or  way  then  used  to  capture  that 
small  pest  was  to  pour  water  in  their  holes  and  make 
them  come  out  ahead  of  the  water  to  the  door  or  opening 
of  their  residence,  then  they  were  placed  in  captivity  and 
disposed  of  to  the  highest  bidder  by  Mr.  Arnold.  At 
present  date  we  pay  money  to  have  destroyed  "the 
prairie  dog," — such  a  transformation. 

I  cannot  leave  this  subject  without  paying  due  re- 
spect to  one  of  the  principle  performers  of  the  Union 
Pacific  Railway.  It  was  known  as  the  only  switch  en- 
gine used  in  those  yards  for  an  indefinite  number  of 
years  and  the  faithful  manner  in  which  it  performed  its 
duty  proved  a  marvel  to  all  who  watched  it  during  its 
long  stay  in  those  yards.  This  engine  should  hold  a 
place  in  history  or  records  of  that  corporation  and  if 
any  parts  of  that  wonder  remains  it  should  be  placed 
in  one  of  the  most  conspicuous  places  in  any  exhibit  that 
corporation  has,  as  it  certainly  did  its  part  in  helping  to 
make  the  greatest  railroad  system  on  this  globe  today. 
Let's  all  of  us  treasure  the  memories  of  old  No.  1,  and 
profit  by  the  example  set  by  that  piece  of  machinery,  do 
our  work'  well  and  faithfully. 

Before  closing  this  chapter  I  cannot  resist  making 
a  comparison  between  the  present  day  equipment  used 
and  employed  by  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad  and  what 
was  then  in  use  and  vogue  in  those  days,  such  strides 
are  almost  beyond  a  man's  imagination,  but  it  is  here 
and  will  be  improved  on. 

During  the  days  referred  to  in  this  chapter,  the 
trains  at  different  times  were  halted  and  sometimes  com- 
pletely stopped  by  large  herds  of  buffalo  passing  across 
railroad  tracks  between  Cheyenne  and  Ogallalla,  Ne- 
braska. 

Indians. 

In  the  early  seventies  residents  of  eastern  and 
northern  Wyoming  was  kept  on  edge  by  the  sudden  ap- 
pearance at  different  times  of  small  bands  of  hostile 
Cheyenne  and  Sioux  Indians  and  loss  of  lives,  stock, 
homes  were  of  frequent  occurrence  and  those  who  com- 
mitted those  atrocities,  some  of  those  acts  proved  to  be 
so  fiendish  that  we  at  present  stage  of  civilization  can- 
not believe  that  such  fiends  could  have  existed,  in  cases 
where  the  bodies  of  their  victims  was  not  mutilated  en- 
tirely by  being  burned  to  the  stake  or  debauched  and 
mutilated  beyond  recognition,  those  fiends  to  show  their 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  109 

defiance,  leave  their  calling  card  or  mark  by  taking  a 
part  of  the  scalp  from  top  of  their  victim's  head. 

The  weapons  used  in  those  days  by  the  Indians  was 
the  bow  and  arrow  and  tomahawk,  the  proficiency  they 
acquired  in  the  use  of  those  weapons  can  hardly  be  be- 
lieved at  this  time  as  it  does  not  seem  possible  to  acquire 
such  efficiency  in  marksmanship.  The  time  devoted  and 
required  to  make  some  of  those  weapons  must  have  cov- 
ered a  long  period,  the  wood,  steel  and  gut  string  had 
to  be  of  very  best  material,  shaped  to  the  minutest  de- 
tail so  as  to  do  work  required  of  it,  seasoned  by  some 
process  known  only  to  the  Indians,  in  fact,  I  now  often 
wonder,  in  what  direction  will  all  of  that  talent  be  turned 
and  used  at  present  day,  it  certainly  would  accomplish 
some  pronounced  end  and  good  results  if  turned  in  that 
direction  as  the  persistency  shown  and  used  by  the  Amer- 
ican Indians,  especially  the  tribes  herein  referred  to, 
could  not  fail  in  attaining  anything  legitimate  they  would 
start  to  attain  or  accomplish. 

During  the  summer  months,  Crow  Creek  in  vicinity 
of  Cheyenne  would  go  nearly  dry,  next  to  high  bluff, 
close  to  where  formerly  stood  the  Hammond  Packing 
Company  plant,  there  was  a  dam  built  across  Crow  Creek 
and  a  house  erected  to  hold  ice  to  supply  wants  of  city  of 
Cheyenne,  ice  was  gathered  from  pond  formed  by  said 
dam.  This  pond  was  also  used  as  a  swimming  pool  by 
the  Cheyenne  children.  A  bunch  of  these  arabs  was 
down  there  one  summer  day  performing  their  usual 
stunts,  during  the  time  they  were  there,  two  Indians 
were  waiting  on  bluff  just  above  them  until  they  had 
gone  home  then  they  proceeded  to  execute  the  errand 
they  came  on,  they  killed  the  keeper  of  the  ice  house, 
I  remember  distinctly  the  bringing  of  his  remains  to  town 
and  to  the  L.  F.  Iliff  home  which  was  used  at  that  time 
as  the  only  hospital  in  Cheyenne,  the  remains  had  an 
arrow  sticking  straight  out  of  his  body,  he  had  been  shot 
through  the  heart. 

About  that  time,  through  the  efforts  of  my  father 
and  others  who  were  aroused  by  reports  they  heard  of 
the  untold  riches  of  the  Miners  Delight  region  and  coun- 
try farther  north  and  west,  organized  a  company  of  sev- 
eral hundred  men  who  met  at  Cheyenne  with  the  view  of 
exploring  that  region,  the  expedition  formed  on  Seven- 
teenth street  and  it  had  an  air  of  strength  and  excite- 
ment, all  persons  who  participated  in  this  venture  were 
afoot  excepting  my  father  who  rode  a  small  white  pony 


110  ANNALS   OF  WYOMING 

as  he  was  captain.  All  luggage  and  provisions  were 
hauled  by  several  strings  of  oxen  composed  of  eight  yoke 
steers  and  four  wagons  to  the  string.  Attached  to  last 
wagon  of  this  train  was  a  small  brass  canon. 

With  unforseen  trouble  from  Indians  en  route  they 
reached  as  far  northwest  as  the  Big  Horn  river  country, 
they  were  met  there  by  a  company  of  the  United  States 
Cavalry  and  was  informed  that,  orders  had  been  received 
at  Fort  Washakie  to  bring  that  expedition  back  as  its 
presence  was  causing  unrest  with  the  Shoshoni  and  other 
tribes  of  Indians  and  those  tribes  were  congregating  for 
a  massacre,  since  that  date  there  has  been  but  little  done 
to  develop  that  region  from  mineral  standpoint  owing  to 
its  having  been  and  is  now  in  an  Indian  reservation. 

Much  has  been  written  about  Custer,  Thornburgh 
and  other  massacres  executed  by  different  tribes  of  In- 
dians, their  mode  of  warfare  was  mostly  from  ambush 
and  complete  surprises  as  they  would  seldom  come  out 
in  the  open  and  attack  and  they  usually  outnumbered 
their  opponents  many  times  as  they  usually  had  a  good 
check  on  numbers  who  would  oppose  them. 

Early  Seventies. 

Cheyenne  in  the  later  sixties  and  early  seventies 
was  composed  of  mostly  saloon,  dance  halls  and  houses 
of  ill  repute  and  killings  were  of  frequent  occurences. 

The  principle  hotels  then  were  Tim  Dyers,  Ford  Ho- 
tel, which  was  built  and  run  by  a  colored  man  who  after- 
wards built  what  was  known  as  the  Inter-Ocean  which 
stood  on  corner  now  occupied  by  the  Harry  Hynds  build- 
ing, Simmons  House  and  Ames  Hotel.  A  multitude  of 
saloons,  one  of  the  most  famous  was  "Red  Pats."  This 
saloon  had  the  patronage  or  was  the  haunt  of  the  soldiers 
stationed  at  Ft.  Russell  and  <Camp  Carlin.  It  took  a  man 
of  untold  nerve  and  fighting  ability  to  conduct  that  place 
in  anything  like  an  orderl  ymanner  but  fortunately  it 
had  the  right  man  in  the  right  place  as  Pat  Hannifan 
knew  no  fear  and  was  a  nonpareil  at  the  rough  and  tum- 
ble game. 

One  of  the  most  noted  dance  halls  and  variety  the- 
atres that  ever  existed  in  America  was  located  in  Chey- 
enne and  did  a  most  thriving  business.  It  was  known 
as  McDaniels  Theatre  and  was  owned  and  conducted 
by  one  of  the  most  eccentric  and  erratic  individuals  I 
have  ever  seen.  Every  evening,  Sunday  not  excepted, 
about  eight  o'clock  a  band  of  about  twenty  pieces  would 
form  a  circle  on  the  street  in  front  of  this  theatre  and 


ANNALS   OF   WYOMING  111 

play  many  of  the  then  latest  popular  selections,  from  all 
parts  of  the  town  the  male  faction  would  come  to  listen 
to  the  beautiful  melodies  poured  forth  by  the  members 
of  that  congregation,  the  leader  of  that  sympathy  organi- 
zation was  termed  "Smitty  with  the  Coffee  Pot,"  the  lat- 
ter part  of  his  cognomen  referred  to  the  cornet  he  played. 
When  the  band  finished  its  evening  outdoor  performance 
on  the  street,  its  members  would  disband  and  most  of 
them  begin  doing  certain  duties  on  inside  of  theatre  and 
as  would  be  kept  busy  until  the  break  of  day  and  oft- 
times  later. 

Along  about  this  time  the  Black  Hills  excitement 
broke  out  and  daily  six-horse  Concord  stages  were  run 
to  Custer  City  first,  then  Deadwood.  I  remember  one 
of  the  flashy  drivers  who  had  the  run  out  of  Cheyenne, 
his  name  was  Johnnie  Denny. 

During  that  excitement  the  Road  Agents  became 
plentiful,  their  raids  necessitated  the  running,  once  a 
week  or  thereabouts  of  what  was  known  as  the  Treasure 
Coach;  this  was  a  smaller  coach  than  those  used  on  the 
regular  runs  and  was  lined  with  sheet  steel  to  above 
height  of  a  man's  head  sitting  on  the  inside,  in  center 
and  fastened  to  its  floor  was  a  trreasure  chest,  in  addition 
to  the  driver  there  accompanied  this  coach  two  or  more 
guards  who  were  looked  upon  as  men  of  iron  nerve  and 
quick  on  the  trigger.  Even  with  this  precaution  this  coach 
was  robbed  and  treasure  stolen. 

On  one  occasion  as  this  coach  was  making  its  run 
Between  Custer  City  and  Deadwood,  a  man  jumped  out 
in  the  road  in  front  of  the  horses  and  commanded  the 
driver  to  hault.  The  team  became  frightened  and  start- 
ed to  run.  The  man  in  the  road  shot  and  killed  the  driver, 
named  Johnnie  Slaughter.  The  latter's  remains  were 
brought  to  Cheyenne  and  buried  and  the  six  horses  he 
drove  when  killed  hauled  his  remains  to  his  last  resting 
ground. 

My  Uncle,  Samuel  Montgomery,  passed  most  of  his 
time  on  a  ranch  taken  up  by  my  father  and  located  one 
and  one-half  miles  east  of  Cheyenne  on  Crow  Creek,  af- 
terwards owned  by  Organ  and  Hammond.  My  uncle 
being  an  old  bachelor  and  on  ranch  alone  most  of  the 
time  decided  to  let  stop  with  him  during  the  winter  of 
1874  two  parties  named  Duke  Blackburn  and  Fonce 
Ryan.  When  green  grass  started  they  suddenly  disap- 
peared with  four  of  our  best  horses,  Winchester  rifles 
and  bedding.     Duke   Blackburn  turned  out  to    be    the 


112  ANNALS   OF   WYOMING 

leader  of  the  road  agents  that  infested  the  Black  Hills 
region  and  as  a  commander  he  proved  a  success  but  like 
the  majority  of  such  characters,  he  died  with  his  boots 
on,  finally  run  down  and  killed  by  the  officers  of  the 
law. 

(Signed)     H.  L.  KUYKENDALL. 

REMINISCENCES   OF    AN     INDIAN    WAR    SOLDIER 

WHO  SERVED   IN   DAKOTAH  TERRITORY, 

NOW  WYOMING,  FROM  1865-1868. 

To  All  Whom  It  May  Concern: 

Late  in  December,  1865,  two  companies  of  the  first 
battalion  18th  U.  S.  Infantry  arrived  at  Fort  Dodge, 
Kansas,  after  marching  on  foot  in  about  two  feet  of 
snow  from  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas,  about  four  hun- 
dred miles,  taking  in  about  twenty-five  days  march,  when 
before  we  arrived  at  Fort  Dodge,  Kansas,  one  of  our 
men  lagged  behind  the  command  from  sore  feet  also  blis- 
tered feet,  and  as  we  were  passing  through  a  ravine,  the 
Indians  in  the  brush  cut  him  off  from  the  command,  and 
shot  him  and  then  took  his  scalp  on  the  top  of  his  head, 
size  about  four  inches  long,  and  three  inches  wide.  That 
was  the  first  Indian  warfare  I  saw  commencing  my  three 
years  service.  So  it  thrilled  the  blood  in  my  veins,  being 
only  eighteen  years  of  age,  so  that  made  me  a  daring 
soldier  to  show  no  quarter  to  the  hostile  Indians  when 
at  war  with  the  whites.  When  we  arrived  at  Fort 
Dodge,  Kansas,  there  was  no  barracks  built  there,  noth- 
ing but  a  haystack,  which  grass  was  mowed  and  saved 
and  put  up  by  the  48th  Wisconsin  Volunteer  Infantry, 
for  to  sleep  in  the  hay  stack,  in  size  about  one  hundred 
feet  long,  twenty  feet  wide  and  about  ten  feet  high,  so  it 
was  a  warm  place  for  them  to  sleep  in  while  on  duty. 

The  barracks  they  had  to  sleep  in  at  night  was  holes 
in  the  ground  on  the  bank  of  the  Arkansas  River,  about 
four  feet,  above  high  water  mark  size,  about  six  feet  in 
length,  eight  feet  wide  and  three  feet  high,  the  bunks  or 
beds  cut  at  each  side  out  of  the  dirt  and  floor  in  center 
about  two  feet  wide  between  the  two  bunks  or  beds  cov- 
ered over  by  brush  and  gunny  sacks  and  dirt,  on  a  level 
with  the  top  of  the  ground.  We  had  a  fine  door  on  our 
c&bin  instead  of  a  wooden  door,  an  old  gunny  sack, 
fronting  the  river,  sidewalk  about  three  feet  wide  to 
protect  us  from  walking  into  the  river  which  was  frozen 
to  a  depth  of  about  four  feet.  So  you  see  the  fine  man- 
sions of  sleeping  quarters  we  had  at  Fort  Dodge,  Kan- 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  113 

sas,  in  the  pioneer  days  of  trial  and  hardship  for  the 
Indian  war  soldier.  Had  to  go  for  wood  for  fuel  about 
twenty-five  miles  to  keep  us  warm  and  for  cooking  and 
making  coffee  and  bean  soup.  Wood  was  poor,  water 
seeping  out  of  it.  The  boys  called  it  Pussy  Elm,  so  you 
can  imagine  the  hardships  we  endured  in  the  commence- 
ment of  our  military  service  for  (Uncle  Sam)  even  the 
few  months  in  Kansas  before  reaching  Dakotah  Terri- 
tory, now  called  State  of  Wyoming,  where  the  Sioux  In- 
dian warriors  controlled  the  prairies  of  Dakotah  with 
their  brother  Indian  (Arapahoe)  Commanches  and 
Cheyenne  tribes  (all  in  arms). 

Early  in  the  spring  of  1866,  our  captain  got  orders 
to  pull  up  stakes  and  report  to  the  commanding  officer 
at  Fort  Caspar,  Dakotah  territory,  now  Wyoming,  for 
duty,  with  two  companions.  We  had  a  long  and  tedious 
march  to  undertake  through  a  country  where  the  wild 
Indians  roamed  at  pleasure  seeking  to  exterminate  the 
whi+e  man  who  encroached  on  their  hunting  grounds. 
We  passed  through  Denver,  Colorado  and  camped  for 
a  few  days  on  the  north  side  of  the  South  Platte  River 
for  recuperation  and  intermission  so  as  our  sore  and 
blistered  feet  would  then  receive  some  medical  treat- 
ment, but  we  had  not  much  time  to  get  it,  as  all  the  In- 
dian tribes  in  that  country  were  on  the  warpath,  mas- 
sacreing  all  the  white  settlers  who  were  traveling  in 
wagon  trains,  so  we  pulled  up  stakes  again  and  passed 
through  Fort  Collins,  then  to  Fort  Laramie,  Dakotah 
Territory,  where  we  rested  for  a  few  days  in  order  to 
wash  our  clothes  and  get  ready  for  another  March,  so 
we  pulled  up  stakes  again,  for  the  march  passed  through 
Horseshoe  Creek  and  passed  in  sight  of  Fort  Fetterman 
but  did  not  stop  there.  This  fort  was  called  after  Col- 
onel Fetterman,  the  daring  Indian  fighter  who  was 
killed  with  all  his  men,  seventy-three  all  told,  at  Piney 
Creek,  three  miles  east  of  Fort  Phillip  Kearney,  in  De- 
cember, 1866.  Finally  we  reached  Fort  Casper,  Dako- 
tah Territory,  on  the  banks  of  the  south  side  of  the 
North  Platte  River,  early  in  the  spring  of  1866,  and  re- 
mained there   fifteen   months. 

We  had  to  fight  the  Indians  on  our  march  all  along 
the  south  for  every  foot  of  ground  from  Horse  Shoe  creek 
to  Fort  Casper,  Dakotah  Territory,  all  along  the  wagon 
route  which  had  to  be  close  to  the  North  Platte  River  in 
older  to  get  water  for  their  stock  and  also  for  cooking. 
There  is  near  by  an  Indian  war  soldier  buried  along  the 


114  ANNALS   OF   WYOMING 

route  on  every  foot  of  ground,  with  a  piece  of  wood 
at  his  head  marking  his  grave,  company  regiment  in- 
scribed in  it,  and  will  remain  there  until  the  day  of  final 
retribution,  to  give  an  account  of  his  good  services  which 
he  performed  for  his  country,  even  giving  his  life,  if  nec- 
essary, in  clearing  off  the  Indians  who  controlled  at  that 
time  all  Dakotah,  now  three  states,  of  which  Wyoming 
is  one  of  the  most  prosperous  states  in  the  Union,  which 
about  fifty-eight  years  ago  was  a  territory  mostly  inhab- 
ited by  the  Red  men.  We  gave  our  lives,  if  necessary, 
for  one  purpose,  in  order  that  the  white  settlers,  or  the 
pale  face,  as  the  Indians  called  us,  might  settle  down  and 
take  up  homesteads  for  themselves  and  their  families, 
and  generations  yet  unborn  might  live  in  peace  and  pros- 
perity and  be  protected  from  Indian  warfare  in  their 
old  and  declining  years,  in  a  territory  which  was  once 
the  home  of  the  Indian  and  his  hunting  ground.  Nothing 
to  see  but  the  wild  buffalo,  mountain  lion,  wolves,  deer 
and  antelope.  What  a  change  in  about  fifty  odd  years, 
turned  into  one  of  the  most  wealthy  and  prosperous 
states  in  the  union,  now  called  Wyoming. 

When  our  command  arrived  at  Fort  Casper,  Dako- 
tah, on  the  North  Platte  River,  we  had  to  build  log  bar- 
racks and  haul  the  wood  from  the  Black  Hills,  about 
eighteen  miles,  in  the  fall  of  1868.  Nothing  to  be  seen 
but  wolves  and  mountain  lions,  howling  all  night,  also 
Sioux  Indians  on  the  war  path,  seeking  to  get  a  chance  to 
attack  a  small  squad  of  soldiers  guarding  wagon  trains 
or  carrying  the  U.  S.  mail  from  one  fort  to  another,  from 
sixty-five  miles  to  ninety  miles  apart.  While  on  these 
duties,  not  more  than  eight  or  ten  soldiers,  and  a  non- 
commissioned officer  could  be  spared  from  the  small 
garrisons  at  that  time,  as  some  forts  had  only  two  com- 
panies, and  then  not  filled  up  to  the  regular  standard, 
some  on  detail  duty  and  some  in  hospital,  some  on  secret 
duty;  had  to  carry  forty  rounds  of  ammunition  in  our 
belt,  carry  a  knapsack  for  hardtack  and  bacon,  also  a 
canteen  can  and  a  loaded  musket;  sleep  in  our  clothes 
and  shoes,  our  rifle  by  our  side,  one  blanket  to  wrap 
around  us  and  a  stone  or  a  piece  of  dirt  for  a  pillow 
sham ;  nothing  to  eat  but  hardtack  and  rusty  bacon  and 
coffee,  not  knowing  the  moment  you  would  be  scalped, 
and,  if  taken  prisoner,  burned  to  the  stake.  I  think  our 
Company  was  stationed  at  Fort  Reno,  Dakotah  Territory, 
at  the  time  of  the  massacre  at  Piney  Creek.  Colonel 
Fetterman  and  seventy-three  of  his  men  were  all  killed 


ANNALS   OF   WYOMING  115 

hand  to  hand  fight,  overpowered  by  Indian  warriors, 
one  hundred  Indians  to  one  soldier,  but  I  think  our  Com- 
pany was  escorting  wagon  trains  to  Fort  Reno  and  hap- 
pened to  be  there  at  that  time  after  the  massacre,  so 
you  see  what  the  soldiers  who  won  the  West  endured. 
So  I  remember  once  what  my  good  old  mother  used  to 
tell  us  at  the  fireside  when  kids,  that  the  hare,  an  ani- 
mal similar  to  the  rabbit,  always  sleeps  with  his  eyes 
open,  so  that  was  the  way  we  Indian  war  fighters  had 
to  do  in  Dakotah  Territory  at  that  time,  always  on  the 
alert.  If  I  recollect  good,  I  think  I  stood  guard  one 
night  over  the  remains  of  Colonel  Fetterman,  when  his 
relatives  were  taking  his  body  to  the  East  for  burial. 
He  was  captain  of  A  Co.,  2nd  Battalion  18th  U.  S.  In- 
fantry but  brevetted,  his  body  all  cut  up  in  pieces  and 
the  drummer  boy  staked  to  the  ground  with  a  piece  of 
wood  driven  through  his  mouth ;  nobody  left  to  tell  the 
tale.  The  battle  was  fought  in  the  ravine  at  Piney 
Creek,  three  miles  East  of  Phillip  Kearney,  under  the 
bluff,  or  as  we  call  it,  the  hill.  The  boulders  in  the 
creek  were  red  with  blood  as  it  is  supposed  that  there 
were  about  six  thousand  Sioux  Indian  warriors  in  that 
fight.  It  is  not  known  how  many  Indians  were  killed,  as 
they  carried  off  their  dead  after  the  battle,  but  I  pre- 
sume there  were  at  least  two  thousand  dead  Indians 
slaughtered,  as  it  was  a  hand  to  hand  fighting  at  the 
end.  So  our  government  built  a  monument  of  the  boul- 
ders in  commemoration  of  the  soldiers  who  lost  their 
lives,  called  Devil's  Tower,  on  the  top  of  the  bluff.  You 
can  see  by  the  naked  eye  several  miles  Big  Horn  and 
Little  Horn  Rivers,  also  the  Rosebud  reservation,  when 
General  Custer  and  Major  Reno  lost  their  lives  in  1876. 
The  boys  always  called  it  Reno  Creek  on  account  of  him 
being  killed  there.  I  was  once  on  an  escort  carrying 
U.  S.  mail  along  Powder  River.  We  camped  late  in 
the  evening  to  rest  for  the  night.  It  was  a  stormy  night 
in  the  fall  of  1866.  We  heard  a  great  noise  a  few  miles 
down  the  river  bank,  so  a  few  of  us  took  our  guns  to  see 
what  it  was,  as  we  thought  some  Indians  might  be  craw- 
ling upon  us  and  scalp  us,  so  it  turned  out  to  be  the  re- 
verse, it  happened  to  be  a  dead  Indian  hanging  on  a 
limb  of  a  tree  and  all  his  fighting  arms  hanging  with 
him,  also  the  head  of  his  pony  hanging.  This  was  the 
custom  of  some  Indians  to  bury  their  dead.  So  we  were 
glad  it  turned  out  so,  as  the  Powder  River  Country  at 


116  ANNALS   OF   WYOMING 

that  time  was  the  fighting  ground  for  the  Sioux  Indian 
warriors. 

Our  company  was  recruited  up  in  full  three  times 
during  our  service  in  Dakotah  Territory,  so  a  great  many 
of  my  comrades  lie  buried  along  the  banks  of  Powder 
River  and  North  Platte  River,  to  sleep  the  sleep  of  peace. 
I  was  always  to  the  front  in  defense  of  my  country  for 
civilization,  but  I  was  one  of  the  lucky  ones  who  was  not 
scalped  or  burned  to  the  stake,  as  that  was  the  death 
of  an  Indian  war  soldier,  if  he  was  taken  prisoner  by 
the  Indians  from  1865-1868  in  Dakotah  Territory.  So 
in  the  summer  of  1868  we  came  back  southward,  down 
the  Big  Horn  and  Reno  valleys,  close  to  the  mountains, 
had  to  fight  Indians  all  the  time  through  the  Rosebud 
country,  and  finally  our  company  arrived  at  Fort  D.  A. 
Russell  in  the  fall  of  1868  to  guard  the  Union  Pacific 
Railroad  which  was  being  built  at  that  time  a  little  west 
of  Cheyenne,  the  Indians  setting  fire  to  the  wooden 
bridges  and  destroying  property  all  along  the  road  from 
Cheyenne  to  Omaha  City,  so  I  was  doing  duty  at  Fort 
D.  A.  Russell  for  about  three  or  four  months  before  ex- 
piration of  my  services  in  the  Indian  war  country. 

So,  after  three  year's  service  in  the  Indian  war  coun- 
try, Dakotah  Territory,  on  Powder  River,  North  Platte 
River,  also  the  Black  Hills,  carrying  U.  S.  mails  from 
one  fort  to  another,  guarding  emigrant  trains,  and  build- 
ing log  barracks,  sleeping  out  in  the  snow,  and  wading 
creeks,  you  can  imagine  what  we  soldiers,  who  won  the 
West,  went  through,  when  all  Dakotah  Territory  was  a 
wilderness  with  the  exception  of  a  few  places,  and  there 
are  not  many  of  us  alive  now  who  cleared  the  Dakotah 
Territory  of  the  savage  Indians,  in  order  that  white  set- 
tlers might  take  up  homesteads  for  themselves  and  their 
families  and  for  generations  yet  unborn,  that  they  might 
live  in  peace  and  prosperity  in  their  old  and  declining 
years. 

After  three  years  Indian  warfare  in  Dakotah  Ter- 
ritory, now  the  State  of  Wyoming,  from  1863-1868,  got 
honorably  discharged  at  Fort  D.  A.  Russell,  Wyoming, 
November  14,   1868. 

FRANCIS  CARRE, 
National  Military  Home, 

Danville,  Illinois. 

Co.  D. 

Late  Corporal  A  Co.,  1st  Battalion,  18th  U.  S.  Infantry. 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  117 


REMINISCENES  OF  AL  WHITE 

Dictated  by  Mr.  Al  White  of  Cheyenne,  May,  1919 

I  came  to  Cheyenne  in  1869,  when  but  15  years  of 
age,  and  with  John  Underwood  and  Abe  Underwood 
became  a  waiter  in  the  Ford  Hotel  which  was  located 
on  16th  street,  between  what  was  then  Eddy  and  Fergu- 
son Streets,  now  Pioneer  and  Carey  Avenue,  respective- 
ly, just  east  of  where  Fred  RoedePs  hardware  store  is 
now  situated.  I  received  $75.00  per  month  as  waiter, 
and  received  tips  of  from  one  to  five  dollars  from  each 
traveler.  It  was  the  usual  custom  to  give  tips  of  not 
less  than  a  dollar  at  that  time.  I  attended  Sunday 
School  where  the  Methodist  Church  now  stands  and 
there  was  nothing  but  prairie  between  the  Ford  Hotel 
and  this  school  house.  Each  morning  a  stage  drawn  by 
six  horses  left  the  Ford  Hotel  for  Denver,  and  a  simi- 
lar one  would  arrive  from  Denver  each  evening.  After 
working  at  this  hotel  for  six  or  seven  months  I  returned 
to  Omaha,  and  remained  there  for  about  six  years.  At 
the  end  of  that  time  I  again  returned  to  Cheyenne,  and 
became  a  clerk  in  the  grocery  store  owned  by  Erasmus 
Nagel  which  was  located  at  the  corner  of  17th  and  Ferg- 
uson streets,  now  Carey  Avenue,  where  the  Palace  Phar- 
macy now  stands.  It  was  at  this  time  that  the  Black 
Hills  excitement  was  on,  and  I  saw  the  first  "Bull  Train" 
composed  of  three  wagons  and  drawn  by  16  to  20  oxen, 
all  driven  by  one  man,  leave  the  Ford  Hotel  for  the  Black 
Hills.  During  these  times  we  often  sold  as  much  as  $5,- 
000  worth  of  supplies  per  day  from  the  store  of  Eras- 
mus Nagel. 

B.  L.  Ford,  a  colored  man,  was  proprietor  of  the 
Ford  Hotel,  and  later  built  the  Inter-Ocean  Hotel  which 
he  afterwards  sold  to  Chase  Bros. 

Cheyenne  was  called  the  "Tent  City"  in  1869,  two 
years  after  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad  came  through. 
McDaniels  Variety  Theater  was  situated  where  Dineen's 
Garage  "now  stands. 

In  1880  I  married  Mary  Hutt  of  Moline,  Illinois, 
and  later  we  came  to  live  in  our  home  which  was  situated 
on  two  of  the  lots  where  the  Capitol  Building  now  stands. 
These  two  lots  I  purchased  for  $300  and  three  years 
later  sold  them  to  the  Capitol  Building  Commission  for 
$1,000.  They  measured  66x132.  Hi  Kelly  and  Mrs. 
Argensheimer  owned  the  other  lots  on  which  the  Capitol 
is  now  situated.  One  summer  Mrs.  White  and  I  picked 


118  ANNALS   OF   WYOMING 

30  quarts  of  strawberries  of  just  the  common  variety, 
not  ever-bearing  as  we  have  now,  from  our  garden  on 
this  site. 

The  Union  Pacific  deeded  the  ground  to  the  city 
which  is  now  used  as  a  park,  for  this  express  purpose, 
and  Henry  Altman  and  Major  Talbot  donated  some  of 
the  trees  which  were  set  out  at  that  time.  I  believe  the 
first  trees  planted  in  Cheyenne  were  set  out  in  front  of 
where  the  Cheyenne  Fire  House  now  stands. 

I  purchased  the  circulation  of  "The  Sun"  from 
George  Jennings  in  September  of  1887.  E.  A.  Slack 
was  the  owner  of  this  paper  whose  office  was  located 
on  Eddy,  now  Pioneer  Avenue  and  17th  Streets  where 
the  I.  O.  O.  F.  or  Woodmen's  Building  is  now  located. 
In  those  days  we  received  $1.00  per  month  for  the  paper 
which  was  a  daily  of  eight  pages.  "The  Sun"  was  the 
Republican  paper,  and  the  "Leader"  then  owned  by 
John  Carroll  and  (Tom)  Breckons  was  the  Democratic 
paper.  Judge  Carey  established  the  "Tribune"  in  the 
Old  Opera  House  Block,  after  purchasing  the  John  Shin- 
gle Tribune  and  another  paper. 

F.  E.  Warren  and  Converse  had  a  little  furniture 
store  just  west  of  the  present  Hynds  Building  in  the 
early  70's. 

Hellman  had  a  clothing  store  where  Washington 
Market  is  now  located. 

When  we  lived  on  the  site  where  the  capitol  now 
stands  there  was  one  night  that  we  could  not  sleep  be- 
cause of  the  noise  caused  by  men  beating  on  the  doors 
of  the  county  jail  in  order  to  have  Mosher  turned  over 
to  them  because  he  had  murdered  two  men  in  order  to 
rob  them,  who  were  occupying  a  camp  wagon  on  the 
edge  of  town,  so  about  five  o'clock  in  the  A.  M.  we  start- 
ed down  to  the  Court  House  and  were  met  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Thomas  Durbin  who  said  the  masked  mob  had  just 
hanged  Mosher  to  a  telegraph  pole  on  the  corner  of  19th 
and  Eddy  Streets,  now  Pioneer  Avenue.  Mr.  Ed  Smalley 
is  able  to  give  a  detailed  history  of  the  Mosher  hanging. 

The  Kirkendall  and  Code  families  lived  in  the  house 
where  Myers  Dry  Goods  Store  and  Niveth's  Jewelry 
Store  now  stand. 


NOTICE 

Owing  to  conditions  which  could  not  be  controlled,  the  October 
1926  Annals  was  not  issued  but  we  are  now  issuing  a  double  number 
containing  the  same  amount  of  history  which  would  have  been 
published  in  two  numbers. 


ANNALS   OF  WYOMING  119 

ACCESSIONS    FROM   JULY    1,    1927   TO   JANUARY    1,    1928 

PEASE,  MRS.  VERA  JANE  EDWARDS — Collection  of  215  post- 
card views  of  scenes  in  France;  18  unmounted  photographs  of 
pageants  directed  by  Mrs.  Pease;  9  mounted  photographs  of 
scenes  in  Japan;  two  photographs  of  Mrs.  Pease;  framed  photo- 
graph of  Mrs.  Pease;  16  programs  of  pageants  directed  by 
Mrs.  Pease;  15  unmounted  photographs  of  war  zone;  29  un- 
mounted kodak  views  of  scenes  in  France;  16  shells;  12  pieces 
of  French  paper  money;  samples  of  soft  white  stone  from 
French  trenches;  American  Red  Cross  Disk  No.  4352;  pano- 
ramic view  of  Shakespeare  Pageant  in  Seattle  directed  by  Mrs. 
Pease;  German  wooden  shoe  found  in  dugout  of  Germans; 
large  knife  found  in  dugout  of  Germans;  veil  worn  on  head  of 
American  Red  Cross  workers  in  France;  Red  Cross  flag  used 
on  Red  Cross  hut  in  France;  United  States  flag  which  was  used 
at  funeral  to  cover  the  bodies  of  dead  soldiers  in  France,  A. 
E.  F. ;  candles  used  on  altar  at  funerals  of  Catholic  soldiers; 
silver  bowl  of  artificial  flowers  used  on  the  altar  of  funerals 
of  soldiers  in  France;  two  large  shells  and  cover  for  shell;  col- 
lection of  letters,  official  papers,  clippings,  etc.;  seven  publi- 
cations issued  in  France  during  World  War;  five  booklets  of 
postal  cards,  views  of  France;  roll  of  crepe  paper  decorations 
used  in  Red  Cross  hut  in  France;  five  booklets  of  songs  and 
prayers  used  in  France;  sign  used  on  Red  Cross  huts  in  France 
and  two  insignia;  large  poster  with  picture  of  Mrs.  Pease  which 
was  on  door  of  hut  in  France;  three  post  cards  received  by  Mrs. 
Pease  from  delegates  to  American  Legion  convention  in  Paris 
in  September,  1927;  kodak  picture  of  neglected  graves  of  pio- 
neers in  Thermopolis,  Wyoming;  kodak  pictures  of  Wilbur 
Cornwall,  overseas  veteran,  who  is  doing  fine  Americanization 
work  among  the  settlers  on  the  Frannie  project. 

WATTS,  A.  E. — Cap  and  ball  pistol  carried  by  Captain  Jenks 
(father  of  Mrs.  Luke  Voorhees),  in  the  fifties  to  California 
via  the  Isthmus  of  Panama;  framed  picture  of  Cheyenne,  45 
years  ago — shows  office  of  Denver  Home  Brewing  Co.,  and 
loaded  wagon  with  drivers  and  spectators  in  front;  framed  pic- 
ture of  Algers  Light  Artillery,  Spanish  War  Veterans,  taken 
on  porch  of  home  of  Captain  Palmer,  1711  Warren  avenue, 
in  1898;  book  "The  Volunteer  Quartermaster"  governing  the 
quartermaster's  department  of  the  United  States  Army  and 
in  force  May  9,  1865.  Has  signature  of  Col.  C.  A.  Reynolds, 
who  was  quartermaster  at  Camp  Carling,  one  and  a  half  miles 
west  of  Cheyenne  in  1871  in  front  of  book;  book  "A  Treatise  on 
Surveying"  containing  signature  of  J.  O.  Mill,  one  of  the  Sur- 
veyors of  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad. 

LOGAN,  E.  A. — Old  hatchet  found  buried  in  basement  of  the  Dyer 
Hotel,  the  first  hotel  erected  in  Cheyenne.  Its  appearance 
would  indicate  that  it  was  very  old. 

HALE,  MISS  DOROTHY — Two  applications  for  money  orders, 
dated  December,  1880,  two  applications  for  money  orders 
dated  January,  1881;  two  registry  bills,  1881  and  1888,  all 
found  at  old  Fort  Laramie;  letter  from  Thos.  J.  Haynes  to 
John   Hunton. 


120  ANNALS    OF    WYOMING 

MILLS,  MRS.  S.  L. — The  Wyoming  Farmer,  Vol.  1,  No.  1,  July 
4,  1888,  the  Sundance  Gazette,  Vol.  1,  No.  1,  October  25,  1884. 
Both  papers  published  in  Sundance,  Wyoming;  picture  of 
George  W.  Laney  located  ten  miles  from  the  Devil's  Tower, 
where  he  lived  for  29  years. 

SCHILLING,  ADAM  J. — Tinted  photograph  of  President  Roose- 
velt and  escort  on  occasion  of  his  visit  to  Wyoming  in  1903; 
photograph  of  Battery  "A"  Volunteers,  Wyoming  Light  Artil- 
lery, taken  August  24,  1898. 

HERRON,  RALPH — Two  kodak  views  of  the  opening  of  the  Cody 
entrance  to   Yellowstone   Park. 

CRAWFORD,  L.  C— Book  "Rekindling  Camp  Fires,"  by  L.  C. 
Crawford,  superintendent  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
North  Dakota;  pamphlet  "Sakakawea,"  by  Helen  Crawford, 
daughter   of   Mr.    Crawford. 

RIETZ,  MRS.  C.  F. — Piece  of  Linsey  Woolsey  made  by  Mrs. 
Amanda  Cox  in  Salem,  Dent  County,  Missouri,  in  1884.  Mrs. 
Cox  sheared  the  sheep,  carded  the  wool,  spun  and  wove  the- 
yarn.  She  colored  the  brown  in  the  material  with  walnut 
bark,  the  green  with  sumac  berries  and  the  red  with  the  old 
red  aniline  dye.  Mrs.  Cox,  who  is  an  aunt  of  Mrs.  Reitz,  was 
born  in  1833  in  Tennessee.  She  came  overland  with  her  par- 
ents to  Missouri  in   1836. 

PERKINS,  ADAM  C. — Song-sheet  music  designed  and  published  by 
Mr.  Perkins,  "United  States  Flag  Hymn."  A  tone  for  each  flag 
in  the  order  of  their  admission  to  the  Union. 

FAVILLE,  A.  D. — Two  views  of  Fort  Laramie  taken  in  September, 
1927. 

GRAND  TEMPLE  OF  ORDER  OF  PYTHIAN  SISTERS  OF  WYO- 
MING— Book  History  of  the  Order  of  Pythian  Sisters. 

ADAMSKY,  MRS.  RALPH— Pamphlet,  "The  Boseman  Trail,"  by 
Lillian   Van    Burgh. 

FRYXELL,  F.  M. — Eight  views  taken  by  Dr.  Fryxell  and  party  while 
making  an  ascension  of  the  Grand  Teton;  five  views  of  Old 
Fort  Bridger;  ten  views  of  Independence  Rock;  four  views  of 
Old  Fort  Laramie;  view  of  the  mysterious  grave  on  Jim  Imeson 
homestead  above  the  mouth  of  the  Hoback  on  Camp  Creek; 
view  of  the  Gros  Ventre  Slide  after  the  flood  "August,  1927; 
three  views  of  the  historic  Goose  Egg  Ranch,  twelve  miles  up 
from  the  North  Platte;  picture  of  W.  0.  Owen  taken  in  Aug- 
ust, 1927;  pamphlet,  "The  Medicine  Bow  Mountains  of  Wyo- 
ming," by  Mr.  Fryxell;  manuscript,  "The  Green  Tree,"  by  Dr. 
Fryxell. 

GARRETSON,  M.  S.— Pamphlet,  "The  American  Bison,"  for  use  in 
the  schools,  by  Mr.   Garretson. 

LUSK,  FRANK— Certificate  No.  23,  "Monitor,  Wyoming,"  Silver 
Service  Fund,  showing  that  Mrs.  C.  M.  Lusk,  Lusk,  Wyoming, 
was  a  subscriber  to  the  fund  for  the  purchase  of  a  Silver  Serv- 
ice to  be  presented  to  the  Monitor  named  in  honor  of  the  State 
of  Wyoming.  Certificate  signed  by  DeF.  Richards,  Governor 
of  Wyoming,  and  Vivia  B.  Henderson,  secretary  of  the  fund. 


ANNALS   OF   WYOMING  121 

CARROLL,  MAJOR  C.  G. — "The  Citizen  Soldier,"  Volume  2,  num- 
ber 1,  for  August,  1927,  giving  history  of  the  148th  Field  Ar- 
tillery. Five  volumes  of  the  "Official  Roster  of  Ohio  Soldiers, 
Sailors  and  Marines."  This  makes  ten  volumes  received  by  the 
department.  When  the  set  is  completed  there  will  be  27  vol- 
umes. 

WHEELER,  EVA  FLOY — Original  manuscript.  "Wyoming  writers; 
a  Preliminary  Survey."  This  is  a  thesis  in  partial  fulfillment 
of  the  requirements  for  an  M.  A.  degree  from  the  University 
of  Wyoming. 

HOLDEN,  MISS  ELLA  M. — Original  manuscript  "In  the  Valley  of 
the  Fontenelle." 

BEACH,  MRS.  CORA  M. — Address  on  Hat  Creek,  given  by  Mrs. 
Beach  at  the  dedication  of  the  marker  at  that  place  by  the  D. 
A.  R. 

SAMPLE,  MRS.  HAZEL  HARPER— "Why  the  Meadow  Lark  was 
Chosen   State   Bird   of   Wyoming,"   by  Mrs.    Sample. 

MRS.  SCOTT  DAVIS — Hobbles  used  by  Scott  Davis  at  time  he  led 
defense  of  the  Treasure  Coach  from  the  Black  Hills  in  1878, 
when  five  bandits  attacked  it  at  Cold  Springs.  One  of  the 
guards  was  killed  and  several  others,  including  Mr.  Davis,  were 
injured.  It  was  after  this  episode  that  the  Wyoming  Terri- 
torial Legislature  passed  a  resolution  citing  Mr.  Davis  for,  brav- 
ery; handcuffs  used  by  Mr.  Davis  when  he  was  deputy  sheriff 
at  Deadwood,  South  Dakota;  hunting  pipe  given  Mr.  Davis 
about  45  years  ago  by  Hunter,  a  man  who  came  west  from 
New  York  and  posed  as  a  mining  expert,  forging  a  check  for 
$10,000.00.  Mr.  Davis  captured  him  at  Pierre,  South  Dakota, 
before  he  had  a  chance  to  dispose  of  the  money;  shotgun  and 
rifle  used  by  Mr.  Davis  while  guarding  the  Treasure  Coach; 
cartridge  vest  and  belt  used  at  the  same  time;  pair  of  field 
glasses  used  by  Mr.  Davis  when  he  was  freighting  to  Custer; 
lash  of  whip  used  by  Mr.  Davis  when  at  "the  age  of  14 
he  drove  a  bull  team  from  Fremont,  Nebraska,  to  the  Black 
Hills;  old  hand-made  Mexican  spurs;  two  old  hand-made 
bridles;  one  bridle  with  engraved  bit  used  by  Mr.  Davis;  old 
skinning  knife;  Indian  war  club  picked  up  near  Custer  battle- 
field shortly  after  the  battle;  tomahawk;  pair  of  martingales. 

RAY,  MR.  CARL — Complete  film  of  the  arrival  by  air  of  Colonel 
Lmdburgh  in  Cheyenne  on  September  2,  1927.  Presented  to  the 
Governor  of  Wyoming,  Governor  Emerson,  by  Carl  Ray,  to  be 
placed  in  the  archieves  of  the  State.  This  film  is  between  200 
and  210  feet  long. 

BUFFALO  BILL  MUSEUM  ASSOCIATION— Book,  "Anecdotes  of 
'Buffalo  Bill'  "  by  Dan  Wingert.  Wingert  was  a  boyhood  chum 
of  W.   F.   Cody. 

EDWARDS,  MRS.  ELSA  SPEAR — Kodak  picture  of  what  is  pre- 
sumably a  community  dance  floor  in  Medicine  Wheel. 

BICKFORD,  CHARLES — Penny  dated  1864  bearing  United  States 
shield   and   words    "Union    Forever." 

The  following  collection  of  war  trophies  is  part  of  the  allotment 
made  by  the  United  States  Government  to  the  State  of  Wyoming. 
Through  the  activity  of  the  Francis  E.  Self  Post  No.  6,  this  collec- 


122  ANNALS   OF   WYOMING 

tion   was   obtained   for   the    State   Historical   Department: 

1  box  belt  for  German  machine  gun,  6  "Got  Mit  Uns"  buckles, 
1  container  for  coffee  and  tea,  1  fuse-timer,  1  lantern,  French;  1 
machine,  belt  loading;  2  ornaments,  eagle;  1  saw,  flexible;  1  shell, 
150  M.M.;  1  shell,  170  M.M.;  1  armour  body,  3  bayonets,  plain;  2 
bayonets,  sawtooth;  1  grenade  thrower;  3  canteens,  infantry;  1 
sword;  1  canteen,  medical;  3  sabers;  1  case  cartridge  brass,  77  M. 
M.;  6  assorted  rifles;  1  case  cartridge  brass,  150  M.M.;  1  rifle  anti- 
tank, 13  M.M. ;  1  case  cartridge  brass,  210  M.M. ;  1  gas  mask;  2 
helmets,  steel;  2  (assorted)  machine  guns,  M.  1908;  1  helmet,  Uh- 
lan. 

CARROLL,  MAJOR  C.  G. — Original  manuscript — "History  of  Wyo- 
ming National  Guard." 
BANKS,  MRS.  E.  M. — Commission  issued  by  Thomas  Moonlight, 
Governor  of  the  Territory  of  Wyoming  to  M.  F.  Knadler,  as 
Captain  Company  "A"  First  Regiment  Infantry,  Wyoming 
National  Guard  or  "Laramie  Greys."  Dated  the  28th  day  of 
May,  1888.  This  was  the  beginning  of  the  Wyoming  National 
Guard  and  the  first  commission  issued  for  captain.  Mr.  Knad- 
ler lived  in  Laramie,  coming  there  in  1869  as  a  soldier  at  Fort 
Sanders.  He  was  afterwards  a  first  lieutenant  in  the  Span- 
ish-American War.  He  died  in  Laramie  in  1921. 
EDWARDS,  MRS.  ELSA  SPEAR — Original  manuscript  by  J.  T. 
Williamson,  entitled,  "An  Outing  in  the  Big  Horn  Mountains 
of  Wyoming." 
MILLS,  MR.  H.  E. — Collection  of  relics  from  Old  Fort  Stambaugh, 
including  the  following  articles:  Burro  hoof  and  shoe;  hand- 
made martingale  decoration;  stable  hook  from  old  fort;  sol- 
dier's cap  strap;  Indian  stone  hatchet;  army  wagon  endgate 
rod  holder;  officer's  epaulette;  burro  shoe;  ox  shoe;  part  of  old 
Sharp's  carbine;  hand-made  nails;  collection  of  broken  arrow- 
heads; old  Sharp's  50-cal.  shells.  Bullets  picked  up  on  prairie 
south  of  Stambaugh;  collection  of  four  Indian  hide  scrapers 
from  Sweetwater. 
ACKLEY,  MR.  C.  S. — Gun  owned  by  Fred  Habig  or  "Winchester 
Pete,"  who  lived  on  London  Flat  for  the  last  forty  years  or  so. 
At  one  time  he  held  the  state  engineer  off,  not  allowing  him 
to  make  a  survey  across  his  place.  At  another  time  he  defied 
the  U.  S.  R.  S.  (United  States  Railway  Surveyors)  and  kept 
them  from  running  their  lines  through  his  land.  At  one  time 
he  had  a  fight  with  Joe  Wilde  at  Fort  Laramie  in  which  he 
shot  Mr.  Wilde  with  this  gun. 
CALVERLY,  J.  A. — Panoramic  picture  of  Machine  Gun  Company, 

Third  Wyoming  Infantrv,  Fort  Russell,  Wyoming. 
MARCYES,  C.  O. — Historian's  Annual  Report  of  the  Society  of  Mon- 
tana Pioneers.   Clark  Edition,  1927. 
MORSE,  MR.  C.  H.— Book  "Frontier  Days,"  by  Judge  W.  L.  Kuy- 

kendall. 
VON  BLESSING,  C.  A. — Ox  shoe  found  in  the  mountains  of  north- 
ern Wvoming. 
CASPER   CHAMBER   OF   COMMERCE— Pamphlet      "The      Casper 

Pathfinder,"  an  Industrial  survey. 
SLOAN,  MRS.  AUSTIN — Autobiography  of  W.  K.  Sloan.  This  is  the 
original  manuscript  contained  in  an  old  day  book;  reprint  of 
"The  Declaration  of  Independence" — the  reprint  printed  on 
the  Old  Ephrata  Press  at  the  Continental  Exposition,  1876.  The 
original  Declaration  of  Independence  was  printed  on  this  press 


ANNUALS  OF   WYOMING  123 

in  1776.  The  press  was  loaned  by  the  Historical  Society  of  Penn- 
sylvania to  Messrs.  Rex  and  Bockkus,  inventor  of  printing 
presses  and  exhibited  by  them  in  contrast  with  modern  ma- 
chinery at  the  Centennial  Exposition,  Philadelphia,  May  10th 
to  November  10,  1876,  at  which  exhibition  this  sheet  was  print- 
ed upon  it.  The  sheet  gives  a  list  of  the  notable  works  which 
have  been  printed  on  this  old  press. 

HALE,  MRS.  J.  R. — Typed  copy  of  original  manuscript  diary  of 
Charles  Wickliff  Hale,  kept  during  his  residence  near  Fort 
Laramie  from  February   22,   to   December   31,   1884. 

OWEN,  MR.  W.  O. — Original  manuscript  "The  Naming  of  Mount 
Owen,"  written  by  Mr.  Owen  describing  how  his  name  had 
been  selected  for  one  of  the  peaks  of  the  Teton  range.  The  fol- 
lowing articles  which  were  used  by  Mr.  Owen  and  his  party, 
which  included  Frank  L.  Spaulding,  Frank  L.  Peterson  and 
John  Shive,  upon  the  occasion  of  their  making  the  first  ascent 
of  the  Grand  Teton  on  August  11,  1898:  Original  metal  ban- 
ner which  was  planted  upon  the  summit;  staff  to  which  ban- 
ner was  attached,  the  small  cylindrical  metal  box  attached  to 
the  rod  contained  a  slip  of  paper  bearing  names  of  party,  date 
of  ascent,  etc.  The  record  was  intact  when  found  by  Black- 
burn and  his  two  companions  when  they  made  their  ascent  in 
August,  1923  (the  first  ascent  after  that  of  August  11,  1898)  ; 
aneroid  in  leather  case  which  was  carried  by  Mr.  Owen  and  the 
ice  axe  used  in  chopping  their  way  through.  Five  large  photo- 
graphs of  the  Tetons  as  follows:  No.l — The  Grand  Teton, 
looking  west  from  an  altitude  of  10,800  feet.  Peak  is  only  one- 
half  mile  from  the  camera.  This  photo  was  taken  in  1923;  No. 
2 — The  Grand  Teton  from  "near  Deadman's  Bar,  on  Snake  Riv- 
er. Looking  West.  Snake  river  in  the  foreground.  The  peak 
is  about  12  miles  distant  from  the  camera;  No.  3 — Grand  Te- 
ton and  Mount  Owen  from  the  old  Jimmy  Mangus  ranch.  Look- 
ing westerly.  About  six  miles  distant.  Mount  Owen  is  the  sharp 
pinnacle  just  to  the  right  of  the  Grand  Teton;  No.  4 — The  Te- 
tons from  near  Struthers  Burt's  ranch  on  Snake  River.  Look- 
ing west,  about  six  miles  distant.  The  Grand  Teton  is  in  the 
middle.  The  snowy  summit  to  the  right  of  the  Grand  Teton 
is  Mount  Owen,  12,910  feet,  and  the  first  peak  to  the  left  of 
the  Grand  Teton  is  the  Middle  Teton — one  of  the  renowned 
"Trois  Tetons"  of  the  old  French  trappers.  The  south  Teton 
of  this  noted  group  is  hidden  by  nearer  summits.  Snake  River 
is  in  the  foreground.  No.  5 — Group  of  Tetons  from  point  on 
the  Yellowstone  highway  looking  southwest,  about  six  miles 
away.  The  Grand  Teton  is  the  middle  peak,  and  the  one  next 
to  the  right  is  Mount  Owen.  The  point  to  the  left  of  the 
Grand  Teton  has  no  name.  It  is  a  rough  old  crag  and  seem- 
ingly as  high  as  the  other  two,  but  is  fully  3,000  feet  lower 
than  the  Grand  Teton.  This  photo  was  taken  in  September, 
1927.  Copyright  on  this  photo  has  been  applied  for.  All  other 
pictures  are  fully  copyrighted. 

MILLER,  MR.  LESLIE  A. — Framed  certificate  of  naturalization 
of  George  Bauman  (Bowman),  Great-great-great  grandfather 
of  Mr.   Miller,  dated  October   16th,   1765. 

AULTMAN,  ALMA  H. — Newspaper  clippings:  Frontier  week  rodeo 
held  at  Cheyenne,  Wyoming,  July,  1927;  Airport,  Cheyenne; 
Beautification  of  Fort  D.  A.  Russell.  These  articles  were  writ- 
ten  by   Alma   H.    Aultman   and   published   in   the   Indianapolis 


124  ANNUALS  OF  WYOMING 

Star.  Mrs.  Aultman  is  the  wife  of  General  Aultman,  com- 
manding officer  on  station  at  Fort  D.  A.  Russell. 
WORKING,  MR.  D.  W. — Letter  from  L.  L.  Bedell  of  the  firm  of 
L.  L.  Bedell  &  Co.,  proprietors  of  The  Cheyenne  Daily  Argus, 
addressed  to  "Friend  Stanton"  and  dated  September  5th,  1868. 
Mr.  Working  writes:  "The  Stanton  referred  to  (addressed) 
was  a  civil  engineer  and  rather  prolific  writer  in  the  early 
days  in  Denver.  Much  of  his  writing  was  for  a  paper  which  he 
published  for  a  time  in  Denver.  He  also  wrote  many  letters 
for  the  Rocky  Mountain  News,  he  being  one  of  the  earliest 
advocates  of  controlling  the  floods  of  Cherry  Creek,  which 
stream,  as  you  may  know,  has  been  one  of  Denver's  real  pro- 
blems since  the  disastrous  flood  of  1864."  The  letterhead  shows 
that  the  office  of  the  Cheyenne  Daily  Argus  was  located  at  the 
corner  of  Ferguson  and  17th  Streets  and  says  "Plain  and 
Fancy  Printing,  In  All  Its  Varieties,  Neatly  Executed,  on  the 
Shortest  Notice." 

PURCHASED  BY  THE  DEPARTMENT 

"What  I  Saw  in  California,"  by  Edwin  Bryant.  Published  in 
1849.  Being  a  journal  of  a  Tour  by  the  Emigrant  Route  and  South 
Pass  of  the   Rocky  Mountains  in  the  year   1846. 

''Over  the  Range  to  the  Golden  Gate."  A  complete  tourist's 
guide.   By   Stanley   Wood,   published  in   1901. 

"The  Great  West,"  by  Henry  Howe,  published  in  1857.  Con- 
tains narratives  of  the  most  important  and  interesting  events  in 
western  history,  sketches  of  frontier  life,  etc. 

Good  Housekeeping  Hagazine  for  August,  September  and  Oc- 
tober, 1927,  containing  article  by  Ex-Governor  Nellie  Tayloe  Ross, 
"The  Governor  Lady." 

"Women  of  Wyoming,"  compiled  by  Mrs.  Cora  M.  Beach. 

"Autobiography  of  John  Ball,"  by  Lucy  M.  Ball.  Mr.  Ball  was 
a  member  of  Captain  N.  Wyeth's  party  which  crossed  the  plains  in 
1832. 

"Report  of  a  Reconnaisance  of  the  Black  Hills  of  Dakota  made 
in  the  summer  of  1874,"  by  William  Ludlow. 

"The  Outlaws  of  Cave-In  Rock,"  by  Otto  A.  Rothert. 

"Narrative  of  a  Journey  Across  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  the 
Columbia  River,"  by  John  K.  Townsend,  published  in  1839. 

"Oregon  Territory."  by  the  Rev.  C.  G.  Nicolay,  published  in 
1846. 

"The  Narrative  of  Samuel  Hancock  of  His  Overland  Journey 
to  Oregon  in  1845."  Includes  map  of  Oregon  Trail.  Published  in 
1927. 

"Sport  and  Life  in  Western  America  and  British  Columbia," 
by  Baillie-Grohman.  Contains  an  account  of  hunting  big  game  in 
Wyoming. 

■"Caspar  Collins,"  by  Agnes  Wright  Spring.  Mrs.  Spring  was 
at  one  time  the  state  librarian  of  Wyoming. 

"Riata  and  Spurs,"  by  Charles  A.  Siringo.  Contains  much  Wyo- 
ming history. 

Wylie's  map  of  the  Western  Hemisphere,   1832. 

Universal  Indian  Sign  Language,  by  William  Tomkins. 

From  the  West  to  the  West,  by  Abigail  Scott  Duniway. 

Fremont's  Life,  Explorations  and  Public  Service,  by  Charles 
Wentworth  Epham.  Published  in  1856. 


JVtmals  of  pigommg 


Vol.  5  JUNE,  1929  No.  4 


Grace  Raymond  Met 
s«.  loth  strait 


CONTENTS 

The  Story  of  Deadman's  Bar F.  M.  Fryxell 

Reminiscences Edward    Ordway 


Published  Quarterly 

by  the 

STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  HISTORY 

Mrs.  Cyrus  Beard,  Historian 

CHEYENNE,  WYOMING 


JVtmals  of  Jfflgamhtg 


Vol.  5  JUNE,  1929  No.  4 


^  Raymond  Rebard 

31S  So.   10th  Street 


CONTENTS 

The  Story  of  Deadman's  Bar F.  M.  Fryxell 

Reminiscences Edward    Ordway 


Published  Quarterly 

by  the 

STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  HISTORY 

Mrs.  Cyrus  Beard,  Historian 

CHEYENNE,  WYOMING 


STATE  HISTORICAL  BOARD 

Governor Frank  C.  Emerson 

Secretary  of  State A.  M.  Clark 

State  Librarian Mrs.  Clare  E.  Ausherman 

Secretary  of  Board Mrs.  Cyrus  Beard 


ADVISORY  BOARD 

Judge  E.  H.  Fourt Lander 

Dr.  Grace  R.  Hebard Laramie 

Mrs.  C.  L.  Vandevender Basin 

Mr.  C.  F.  Maurer Douglas 

Mr.  Phillip  E.  Winter Casper 

Mxs.  R.  A.  Ferguson Wheatland 

Mrs.  Willis  M.  Spear Sheridan 

Miss  Spaeth   Gillette 

Mr.  P.  W.  Jenkins Cora 


Neither  the  State  Historical  Board,  the  State  Historical  Advisory  Board  nor  the 
State  Historian  is  responsible  for  any  statements  made  or  opinions  expressed  by 
contributors   to  the  Annals   of  Wyoming. 


(Copyright,  1929) 


CHAPTER  96 
STATE  HISTORICAL  BOARD 

Session  Laws  1921 

DUTIES  OF  HISTORIAN 

Section  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  State  His- 
torian : 

(a)  To  collect  books,  maps,  charts,  documents,  man- 
uscripts, other  papers  and  any  obtainable  material  illus- 
trative of  the  history  of  the  State. 

(b)  To  procure  from  pioneers  narratives  of  any  ex- 
ploits, perils  and  adventures. 

(c)  To  collect  and  compile  data  of  the  events  which 
mark  the  progress  of  Wyoming  from  its  earliest  day  to 
the  present  time,  including  the  records  of  all  of  the 
Wyoming  men  and  women,  who  served  in  the  World  War 
and  the  history  of  all  war  activities  in  the  State. 

(d)  To  procure  facts  and  statements  relative  to  the 
history,  progress  and  decay  of  the  Indian  tribes  and  other 
early  inhabitants  within  the  State. 

(e)  To  collect  by  solicitation  or  purchase  fossils, 
specimens,  of  ores  and  minerals,  objects  of  curiosity  con- 
nected with  the  history  of  the  State  and  all  such  books, 
maps,  writings,  charts  and  other  material  as  will  tend  to 
facilitate  historical,  scientific  and  antiquarian  research. 

(f)  To  file  and  carefully  preserve  in  his  office  in 
the  Capitol  at  Cheyenne,  all  of  the  historical  data  col- 
lected or  obtained  by  him,  so  arranged  and  classified  as 
to  be  not  only  available  for  the  purpose  of  compiling  and 
publishing  a  History  of  Wyoming,  but  also  that  it  may  be 
readily  accessible  for  the  purpose  of  disseminating  such 
historical  or  biographical  information  as  may  be  reason- 
ably requested  by  the  public.  He  shall  also  bind,  cata- 
logue and  carefully  preserve  all  unbound  books,  manu- 
scripts, pamphlets,  and  especially  newspaper  files  contain- 
ing legal  notices  which  may  be  donated  to  the  State  His- 
torical Board. 

(g)  To  prepare  for  publication  a  biennial  report  of 
the  collections  and  other  matters  relating  to  the  transac- 
tion of  the  Board  as  may  be  useful  to  the  public. 

(h)  To  travel  from  place  to  place,  as  the  require- 
ments of  the  work  may  dictate,  and  to  take  such  steps, 
not  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  as  may  be 
required  to  obtain  the  data  necessary  to  the  carrying  out 
of  the  purpose  and  objects  herein  set  forth. 


Annals  trf  pigflmtng 


Vol.  5  JUNE,  1929  No.  4 

THE  STORY  OF  DEADMAN'S  BAR 

By  F.  M.  Fryxell 

INTRODUCTION 

Jackson  Hole,  widely  reputed  to  have  been  the  favored 
retreat  and  rendezvous  of  cattle  thieves,  outlaws,  and  "bad 
men"  in  the  early  days,  has  long  enjoyed  the  glamour  which 
goes  with  a  dark  and  sinful  past,  and  this  reputation  has  by 
no  means  been  lost  sight  of  by  those  who  have  been  active 
in  advertising  the  assets  of  this  fascinating  region.  But 
when  the  dispassionate  historian  critically  investigates  the 
basis  for  this  reputation  he  is  surprised  to  find  so  little 
evidence  wherewith  to  justify  it,  or  to  indicate  that  pioneer 
times  in  Jackson  Hole  were  much  different  from  those  in 
other  nearby  frontier  communities ;  and  he  is  forced  to  con- 
clude that  the  notoriety  of  Jackson  Hole,  like  the  rumor  of 
Mark  Twain's  death,  has  been  slightly  exaggerated.  Doubt- 
less the  geographic  features  of  the  valley  have  encouraged 
the  popular  belief  for  from  the  standpoint  of  isolation  and 
inaccessibility  Jackson  Hole  might  well  have  been  a  para- 
dise for  the  fugitive  and  lawless. 

But,  in  fairness  to  the  old  idea,  which  one  is  reluctant 
to  abandon,  it  must  be  conceded  that  among  the  authentic 
narratives,  that  have  come  down  to  us  from  pioneer  times, 
there  are  one  or  two  which  hold  their  own  with  the  choicest 
that  wild  west  fiction  has  dared  to  offer,  and  these  bolster 
up  to  some  extent  the  rather  faltering  case  for  Jackson 
Hole's  former  exceptional  badness.  Such  a  narrative  is  the 
story  of  Deadman's  Bar. 

There  are  few  residents  of  the  Jackson  Hole  country 
who  have  not  heard  of  the  Deadman's  Bar  affair,  a  triple 
killing  which  took  place  in  the  summer  of  1886  along  the 
Snake  River  and  which  gave  this  section  of  the  river  the 
name  of  Deadman's  Bar.1    It  is  the  most  grim  narrative  and 

1.  I  have  never  seen  Deadman's  Bar  marked  on  any  map,  nor  previously  re- 
ferred to  in  the  literature  of  the  region,  so  with  reference  to  the  spelling  of  the  name 
there  appears  to  be  no  definite  precedent  to  follow.  In  keeping  with  the  practice  of  the 
United  States  Geographic  Board,  "Deadman's"  is  here  spelled  as  a  single  word.  The 
plural  form  "Deadmen's",  is  the  logical  one,  but  it  has  never  come  into  use  in 
Jackson  Hole  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  and  therefore  the  singular  form  is  retained  in 
this  paper. 


130  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

the  most  celebrated  in  the  pioneer  history  of  the  valley,  and 
its  details  are  sufficiently  bloody  to  satisfy  the  most  san- 
guinary tourist,  thirsty  for  western  thrills.  In  comparison 
with  this  true  tragedy  the  movie  tragedies  that  have  in 
recent  years  been  filmed  in  Wyoming  (one  of  them  in  Jack- 
son Hole,  on  the  very  ground  of  Deadman's  Bar!)  strike 
one  as  pale  and  commonplace. 

It  is  but  natural  that  contradictory  and  garbled  ver- 
sions of  this  incident  should  have  gained  local  currency :  the 
story  lends  itself  well,  too  well — to  the  fireside,  and  conse- 
quently it  has  been  retold  innumerable  times  during  the  last 
four  decades,  without  ever  being  recorded  as  a  matter  of  his- 
tory. While  probably  the  details  lost  nothing  of  their  vivid- 
ness in  the  telling  (story-telling  being  a  fine  art  here  in  the 
heart  of  the  dude  ranch  country),  it  is  to  be  feared  that  they 
suffered  somewhat  with  respect  to  accuracy,  there  being  no 
written  account  at  hand  to  inconvenience  the  scald  or  curb 
his  imagination. 

Impressed  with  the  desirability  of  getting  at  the  facts 
of  the  Deadman's  Bar  affair,  Colonel  H.  C.  Ericsson,  Mr. 
W.  O.  Owen,  and  the  writer,  while  associated  in  Jackson 
Hole  during  the  month  of  August,  1928,  determined  to  make 
an  investigation  and  preserve  such  scraps  of  information 
as  remained  after  the  lapse  of  42  years.  It  was  still  possible 
to  obtain  a  first-hand  and  reliable  account  from  the  late 
Emile  Wolff,  one  of  the  first  settlers  in  Jackson  Hole  and 
the  only  individual  alive  who  was  directly  involved  in  the 
matter. 

By  good  fortune  Mr.  William  Crawford,  veteran  trap- 
per of  Jackson  Hole,  who  for  many  years  has  been  living  in 
retirement  in  Los  Angeles,  California,  chanced  to  be  visit- 
ing in  the  valley  and  was  able  to  add  some  facts  of  great  in- 
terest, and  to  assist  materially  in  unraveling  the  story. 
Two  visits  were  made  to  Deadman's  Bar,  and  the  setting  of 
the  event  reconstructed.  Some  months  later,  the  writer 
enlisted  the  interest  and  co-operation  of  the  Court  officials 
at  Evanston,  Wyoming,  and  of  Mrs.  Cyrus  Beard,  State  His- 
torian of  Wyoming,  with  the  result  that  unexpected  in- 
formation was  discovered. 

The  story  of  the  affair  at  Deadman's  Bar,  as  secured 
from  these  sources,  is  set  forth  in  successive  chapters.  It 
will  be  seen  that  the  several  versions  are  in  substantial 
agreement.  No  attempt  will  be  made  to  reconcile  the  minor 
discrepancies  which  the  reader  will  doubtless  discover  from 
time  to  time. 

The  writer  expresses  his  great  obligation  to  Colonel 
H.  C.  Ericsson,  Mr.  W.  0.  Owen,  Emile  Wolff,  Mr.  William 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  131 

Crawford,  Mrs.  Cyrus  Beard,  Judge  John  R.  Arnold,  Mr. 
Clarence  Cook  and  Mr.  James  Brown  whose  assistance  made 
possible  this  rescurrection  of  the  true  story  of  Deadman's 
Bar. 


Emile  Wolff's  Narrative 

When  Colonel  Ericsson,  Mr.  Owen,  and  the  writer  vis- 
ited Emile  Wolff  on  August  9,  1928,  we  found  him  stricken 
with  the  infirmities  of  old  age  and  confined  to  what  proved 
to  be  his  deathbed.2  Nevertheless  his  senses  were  alert  and 
his  memory  concerning  the  period  in  question  keen  and  ac- 
curate. The  account  he  gave  checked  in  every  detail  with 
one  he  had  given  Colonel  Ericsson  a  year  earlier,  and  his 
recollection  of  names  and  dates  agreed  in  most  cases  with 
evidence  obtained  later  from  other  sources.  In  his  en- 
feebled condition,  however,  Wolff  was  so  weakened  by  the 
telling  of  his  story  that  the  interview  had  perforce  to  be 
cut  short  and  certain  questions  left  unanswered.  A  few 
questions  Wolff  declined  to  answer  with  the  statement  that 
there  were  features  of  the  affair  he  would  like  to  forget  if 
he  could,  and  there  were  others  he  had  never  told  anyone 
and  never  would.  What  he  had  told  other  men,  he  said,  he 
would  tell  us. 

Concerning  himself3  Mr.  Wolff  stated  that  he  was  76 
years  old  and  a  German  by  blood  and  birth,  having  been 
born  in  1854  in  Luxembourg.  He  received  an  education 
along  medical  lines  in  the  old  country ;  and  when  still  a  very 
young  man,  only  16,  emigrated  to  America,  where  he  served 
for  some  years  in  the  United  States  Army  in  the  far  West, 
part  of  the  time  as  volunteer  doctor.  His  first  visit  to  the 
Jackson  Hole  region  was  in  1872  when  he  came  to  Teton 
Basin  (Pierre's  Hole)  for  a  brief  period.  In  1878  while  serv- 

2.  Word  of  Mr.  Wolffs  passing  on  November  7,  1928,  was  received  on  the  day 
this   chapter  was  written    (November   17 1. 

3.  To  this  brief  account  of  Emile  Wolff's  life  may  be  added  the  following 
obituary  notice  which  appeared  in  the  issue  of  the  Jackson  Hole  Courier  for  No- 
vember 15,   1928  : 

"Emile  Wolff  was  born  in  Luxemburg  in  the  year  of  1854  and  came  to  this 
country  at  the  age  of  16  and  enlisted  in  the  U.  S.  Army.  He  served  for  years,  act- 
ing as  hospital  steward  for  a  time.  He  served  his  last  enlistment  at  old  Fort  Hall, 
Idaho. 

"After  being  mustered  out  of  the  army  he  located  on  a  ranch  on  Moody  Creek 
about  six  miles  from  Rexburg,  Idaho,  where  he  lived  several  years.  Selling  that 
property,  he  moved  into  Teton  Basin,  where  he  located  another  ranch  and  went  into 
the  cattle  business,  finally  coming  to  Jackson  Hole  in  the  summer  of  1888.  He  lo- 
cated on  what  is  now  known  as  part  of  the  Government  Game  Refuge  on  Flat  Creek 
near  the  present   Jackson   town   site. 

"In  1891  Mr.  Wolff  returned  to  his  old  home  in  Luxemburg  and  in  the  following 
year  returned  with  a  wife.  The  couple  located  on  Spread  Creek,  the  present  family 
home.  To  the  union  four  children  were  born,  two  boys  and  two  girls,  who  with  their 
mother  survive. 

"For  several  years  Mr.  Wolff  held  the  position  of  Forest  Ranger.  He  was  honest 
and  upright  in  his  dealings,  a  good  citizen  and  neighbor,  and  highly  respected  by  all." 


132  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

ing  under  Lientenant  Hall  he  came  into  Jackson  Hole,  his 
detachment  being  sent  to  carry  food  to  Lieutenant  Doane's 
outfit,  which  had  lost  its  supplies  in  the  Snake  River  while 
engaged  in  a  geological  survey  of  the  Jackson  Hole  area. 

In  1886,  Wolff  stated,  he  came  to  the  region  to  stay, 
settling  first  in  Teton  Basin.  It  was  in  this  year  that  the 
Deadman's  Bar  incident  took  place.  The  account  of  this 
affair  which  follows  is  pieced  together  from  the  facts  given 
by  Wolff;  no  information  gained  from  other  sources  has 
been  introduced,  and  there  have  been  no  changes  made  in 
the  story  other  than  the  rearrangement  of  its  details  into 
historical  order.  The  account  as  set  forth  has  been  verified 
by  both  Colonel  Ericsson  and  Mr.  Owen,  who  were  present 
at  its  telling. 

In  the  spring  of  1886  four  strangers  came  into  Jackson 
Hole  to  take  up  placer  mining  along  Snake  River,  whose 
gravels  were  then  reputed  to  be  rich  in  gold.  The  new  out- 
fit had  been  organized  in  Montana,  and  originally  had  con- 
sisted of  three  partners,  Henry  Welter,  (T.  H.)  Tigerman, 
and  (August)  Kellenberger — "the  Germans"  as  they  came 
to  be  called.  Henry  Welter,  who  had  previously  been  a 
brewer  in  Montana,  proved  to  be  an  old  friend  and  school- 
mate of  Emile  Wolff's  from  Luxembourg.  Tiggerman  was 
a  gigantic  fellow  who  had  served  on  the  King's  Guard  in 
Germany ;  he  seemed  to  be  something  of  a  leader  in  the 
project,  claiming — apparently  on  insecure  grounds — that 
he  knew  where  placer  gold  was  to  be  obtained.  August  Kel- 
lenberger, also  a  brewer  by  trade,  was  a  small  man  who  had 
two  fingers  missing  from  his  right  hand.  The  trio  of  pros- 
pective miners  had  added  a  fourth  man  to  the  outfit,  one 
John  Tonnar  by  name,  also  a  German,  under  promise  of  grub 
and  a  split  in  the  cleanup. 

The  miners  located  near  the  center  of  Jackson  Hole  on 
the  north  bank  of  the  Snake  where  that  river  flows  west  for 
for  a  short  distance.  They  erected  no  cabins,  according  to 
Wolff,  but  lived  in  tents  pitched  in  a  clearing  among  the 
trees  on  the  bar,  within  a  few  hundred  yards  or  so  of  the 
river.  Occasional  visits  to  the  few  ranchers  then  in  this 
portion  of  the  Territory  brought  them  a  few  acquaintances. 
Once  they  ran  out  of  grub  and  crossed  Teton  Pass  to  Wolff's 
place  to  get  supplies.  Wolff  recalled  that  they  paid  for  their 
purchases  with  a  $20  gold  piece.  They  wanted  a  saw,  and 
Wolff  directed  them  to  a  neighbor  who  had  one ;  this  they 
borrowed,  leaving  $10  as  security. 

On  the  occasion  of  this  visit  they  spoke  of  building  a 
raft  to  use  in  crossing  the  Snake  at  their  workings,  and 
Wolff  tried  to  dissuade  them  from  the  project,  assuring 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  133 

them  that  they  did  not  appreciate  how  dangerous  the  Snake 
could  be  when  on  the  rise ;  but  they  laughed  off  his  warn- 
ings with  the  statement  that  they  had  built  and  handled 
rafts  before,  and  knew  their  business. 

Wolff  learned  little,  until  later,  concerning  the  mutual 
relations  of  the  four  men  on  the  bar,  nor  concerning  what 
success,  if  any,  they  had  in  finding  gold. 

Late  that  summer  when  haying  time  was  at  hand  in 
Teton  Basin,  Wolff  was  surprised  to  see  a  man  approaching 
his  cabin  on  foot.  "Seeing  any  man,  and  especially  one 
afoot,  was  a  rare  sight  in  those  days,"  commented  Wolff. 
It  proved  to  be  the  miner,  Tonnar,  and  he  asked  to  be  given 
work.  Curious  as  to  what  was  up  between  Tonnar  and  his 
partners,  Wolff  quizzed  him  but  received  only  the  rather  un- 
satisfactory statement  that  Tonnar  had  left  the  three  min- 
ers while  they  were  making  plans  to  raft  the  Snake  in  order 
to  fetch  a  supply  of  meat  for  the  camp. 

With  hay  ready  for  cutting,  Wolff  was  glad  to  hire 
Tonnar  for  work  in  the  fields.  For  a  month  the  two  men 
slept  together,  and  during  this  time  Wolff  noticed  that  Ton- 
nar invariably  wore  his  gun  or  had  it  within  reach,  but 
while  he  suspected  that  all  was  not  right  he  made  no  further 
investigation.  Wolff  retained  a  mental  picture  of  Tonnar 
as  being  a  small,  dark-complexioned  man  of  rather  untrust- 
worthy appearance  and  manner. 

Once  Tonnar  instructed  Wolff  to  investigate  a  certain 
hiding  place  in  the  cabin,  and  he  would  find  some  valuables 
which  he  asked  him  to  take  charge  of.  Wolff  did  so  and 
claims  that  he  found  a  silver  watch  and  a  purse  containing 
$28. 

Then  one  day  late  in  August  a  sheriff  and  posse  came 
to  the  cabin  and  asked  Wolff  if  he  could  furnish  informa- 
tion concerning  the  whereabouts  of  the  miner,  Jack  Tonnar 
(at  the  time  Tonnar  was  absent,  working  in  the  fields). 
Briefly  the  posse  explained  that  Tonnar's  three  partners  had 
been  found  dead,  that  Tonnar  was  believed  guilty  of  their 
murder,  and  that  the  posse  was  commissioned  to  take  him. 
Horrified  to  think  that  for  a  month  he  had  sheltered  and 
slept  with  such  a  desperate  character,  Wolff  could  only  re- 
ply, "My  God!  Grab  him  while  you  can!"  Tonnar  was 
found  on  a  haystack  and  captured  before  he  could  bring  his 
gun  into  play. 

From  the  posse  Wolff  learned  that  a  party  boating 
from  Yellowstone  Park  down  the  Lewis  and  Snake  rivers, 
under  the  leadership  of  one  Frye,1  had  stopped  at  the  work- 

4.  Wolff  seems  to  have  been  in  error  with  respect  to  the  spelling  of  this  name, 
as  this  man  is  doubtless  the  Frank  Free  referred  to  in  Chapters  III  and  IV,  a 
witness  at  Tonnar's  trial. 


134  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

ings  of  the  miners  but  had  found  them  unoccupied.  Just 
below  the  encampment,  at  the  foot  of  a  bluff  where  the 
Snake  had  cut  into  a  gravel  bank,  they  had  come  upon  three 
bodies  lying  in  the  edge  of  the  water,  weighted  down  with 
stones.  They  had  reported  the  gruesome  find,  and  the  ar- 
rest of  Tonnar  on  Wolff's  place  resulted. 

Wolff,  Dr.  W.  A.  Hocker  (a  surgeon  from  Evanston), 
and  a  couple  of  Wolff's  neighbors  from  Teton  Basin  hurried 
to  the  scene  of  the  killings,  a  place  which  has  ever  since 
been  known  as  Deadman's  Bar.  They  readily  identified  the 
bodies,  Tiggerman  by  his  size,  and  Kellenberger  from  the 
absence  of  two  fingers  on  his  right  hand.  They  found  that^ 
Kellenberger  had  been  shot  twice  in  the  back,  that  Welter 
had  an  axe  cut  in  the  head,  and  that  Tiggerman's  head  was 
crushed,  presumably  also  with  an  axe.  Wolff  gave  it  as 
their  conclusion  that  the  three  men  must  have  been  killed 
while  asleep ;  and  that  their  bodies  had  been  hauled  up  onto 
the  "rim"  and  rolled  down  the  gravel  bluff  into  the  river, 
where  they  had  lodged  in  shallow  water  and  subsequently 
been  covered  with  rocks.  Probably  the  water  had  later 
fallen,  more  fully  exposing  the  bodies  so  that  they  had  been 
discovered  by  Frye's  men. 

Wolff  and  Hocker  removed  the  heads  of  Welter  and 
Tiggerman  and  cleaned  the  skulls,  preserving  them  as  evi- 
dence. Wolff  denied  that  they  buried  the  bodies,  but 
claimed  that  they  threw  them  back  in  the  edge  of  the  water 
and  covered  them  again  with  rocks. 

Tonnar  pleaded  not  guilty  and  was  taken  to  Evanston, 
the  county  seat  of  Uinta  County  (which  then  embraced  the 
westernmost  strip  of  Wyoming  Territory),  and  here  he  was 
tried  the  following  spring  before  Judge  Samuel  Corn.  Wolff 
was  called  on  to  testify  at  the  trial,  mentioning,  among 
other  things,  the  incident  of  the  watch  and  the  purse,  both 
of  which  he  was  positive  Tonnar  had  stolen  from  his  mur- 
dered partners. 

To  the  general  surprise  of  Wolff,  Judge  Corn,  and  oth- 
ers present  at  the  trial,  Tonnar  was  acquitted  by  the  jury, 
despite  the  certainty  of  his  guilt.  What  subsequently  be- 
came of  him  is  not  clear.  Wolff  was  questioned  on  this 
point,  and  at  first  declined  to  speak,  later,  however,  ex- 
pressing the  belief  that  Tonnar  probably  went  back  to  the 
old  country  for  fear  that  friends  of  Welter,  Tiggerman,  and 
Kellerman  might  take  the  law  into  their  own  hands  since 
the  jury  had  failed  to  convict  him. 

Concerning  the  question  of  motive  for  the  killing, 
Wolff  stated  that  he  knew  Tonnar  and  the  three  men  quar- 
reled.   The  original  partners  planned  to  turn  Tonnar  loose 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  135 

when  his  services  were  no  longer  needed  in  sluice  digging, 
etc.,  minus  his  share  in  the  cleanup.  To  discourage  his  per- 
sisting with  their  outfit  they  had  beaten  him  up  badly  a  few 
days  prior  to  the  murders;  but  instead  of  leaving  Tonnar 
had  stayed  at  camp,  nursing  his  bruises  and  plans  for  re- 
venge, finally  carrying  out  the  latter  to  the  consummation 
already  described.  Wolff  did  not  believe  that  robbery  was  a 
factor  of  much  importance  in  instigating  the  crime. 

II 
William  Crawford's  Narrative 

William  Crawford's  story  constitutes  a  brief  sequel  to 
the  foregoing  account.  Crawford  was  one  of  the  first  trap- 
pers in  Jackson  Hole,  spending  several  trapping  seasons  in 
the  region  during  the  '80's  when  its  vast  fur  resources  were 
yet  scarcely  touched. 

Crawford  relates  that  late  in  the  summer  of  1886  he 
set  out  on  a  journey  northward  through  Jackson  Hole,  with 
Jackson  Lake  as  a  destination,  following  the  Snake  River  in 
order  to  locate  favorable  beaver  signs  preliminary  to  the 
fall  trapping.  His  route  brought  him  to  the  stretch  along 
the  Snake  now  called  Deadman's  Bar,  and  just  below  the 
great  Huff  eroded  from  the  east  banks  of  the  river  his  at- 
tention was  arrested  by  the  remains  of  a  camp  which  gave 
evidence  of  having  been  very  recently  abandoned.  Hanging 
from  the  limb  of  a  cottonwood  about  ten  yards  from  the 
river  he  discovered  a  large  cast-iron  kettle.  This  interested 
him  because,  as  the  old  trapper  naively  put  it,  'Thinks  I  to 
myself,  here's  where  I  gets  me  a  nice  cooking  kettle !"  But 
when  he  unhooked  it  he  found  that  it  contained  a  mass  of 
putrid  flesh  and  tangled  hair  that  smelled  so  horribly  he  was 
glad  to  make  his  escape,  leaving  kettle  behind.  Obviously 
he  made  no  further  investigation  as  to  the  nature  or  origin 
of  the  offensive  contents. 

About  ten  yards  farther  in  from  the  river  and  imme- 
diately at  the  foot  of  the  bluff  Crawford  noticed  a  large 
mound  of  boulders,  recently  heaped  together.  He  was  posi- 
tive that  burials  had  recently  occurred  here,  on  the  out- 
skirts of  the  camp  before  the  latter  had  been  abandoned; 
but  whether  the  interment  was  of  human  or  animal  remains 
he  could  not  be  sure,  although  he  suspected  the  former  since 
burying  animals  was  in  those  days  regarded  as  needless 
bother. 

But  his  quest  was  for  beaver  signs,  so  without  troubling 
himself  further  about  the  mystery  Crawford  continued  up 
the  Snake ;  and  it  was  not  until  several  months  later,  in  No- 


13(5  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

vember,  that  he  got  back  to  the  settlement  and  learned 
what  had  happened  on  the  bar  that  summer.  The  camp  he 
had  stumbled  on  was  that  of  Hocker  and  Wolff,  and  the 
kettle  he  had  coveted  was  the  one  they  had  abandoned  at  the 
conclusion  of  their  ghastly  task  of  preparing  the  skulls  of 
— \ Welter  and  Tiggerman  for  court  exhibition.  • 

Despite  the  statement  of  Wolff  that  he  and  Hocked  did 
not  bury  the  bodies  but  put  them  back  in  the  edge  of  the 
river  and  covered  them  with  stones,  Crawford  is  emphatic 
in  his  belief  that  the  fresh  mound  he  found  near  the  camp, 
about  20  yards  from  the  edge  of  the  river,  represents  the 
burial  place  of  at  least  Welter  and  Tiggerman,  and  very 
likely  all  three  of  the  victims.5 


On  August  12,  1928,  Crawford  went  with  Colonel  Erics- 
son and  the  writer  to  the  scene  of  the  above  incident,  which 
he  felt  sure  he  could  readily  locate  because  of  its  position 
at  the  lower  tip  of  the  great  eroding  bluff.  We  had  had 
previous  occasion  to  test  the  veteran  trapper's  phenomenal 
memory  and  keenness  of  observation,  so  were  well  prepared 
to  have  him  lead  the  way  unhesitatingly  to  an  old  forked 
Cottonwood  which  in  appearance  and  location  answered  to 
the  description  he  had  previously  given  us.  Hanging  from 
the  lower  limb  of  this  tree,  he  informed  us,  he  had  found 
the  iron  kettle.  There  was,  of  course,  no  vestige  of  the 
camp,  and  the  loose  gravel  from  the  bluff  had  slid  down  to 
such  an  extent  that  the  grave  mound  could  no  longer  be  dis- 
tinguished. Nevertheless,  if  Crawford  is  correct  in  his  in- 
terpretation of  what  he  found — and  after  considering  all  the 
evidence,  Colonel  Ericsson  and  the  writer  are  inclined  to  be- 
lieve he  is  correct — the  resting  place  of  the  ill-fated  placer 
miners  of  Deadman's  Bar  was  determined  within  a  possible 
error  of  not  more  than  a  few  yards.  Cairns  were  erected  at 
the  base  of  the  tree  and  at  the  bottom  of  the  bluff  for  future 
reference. 


5.  The  contradiction  between  the  accounts  of  Wolff  and  Crawford  with  regard 
to  the  disposition  of  the  bodies  may  be  only  apparent.  Possibly  Wolff's  words  "in  the 
edge  of  the  river"  should  not  be  taken  too  literally :  we  could  not  get  an  exact 
definition  from  him.  It  may  be  that  Wolff  did  not  care  to  reveal  the  exact  spot. 
It  is  possible,  too.  that  Wolff's  recollection  on  this  point  may  have  been  somewhat 
hazy,  or  that  the  shifting  of  the  shoreline  between  high  and  low  stages  of  the  river 
may  help  to  explain  the  discrepancy.  Certainly  Crawford's  discovery  seems  highly 
significant,  and  its  evidence  cannot  be  summarily  rejected  because  contradicted  by 
Wolff's   story. 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  137 

III 
Account  Published  in  the  Cheyenne  Daily  Sun 

Our  files  of  the  few  newspapers  published  in  Wyoming 
Territory  and  adjacent  regions  during  the  middle  '80's  are 
very  incomplete,  and  consequently  the  search  of  the  State 
Historical  Department  for  evidence  bearing  on  the  Dead- 
man's  Bar  affair  resulted  in  the  discovery  of  only  one  refer- 
ence. This  account,  which  follows,  appeared  in  the  Chey- 
enne Daily  Sun  for  April  17,  1887,  and"  is,  fortunately,  quite 
complete. 

"Evanston,  Wyoming,  April  15.  The  trial  of  John  Ton- 
nar,  a  German,  charged  with  the  murder  of  three  of  his 
countrymen,  was  concluded  here  today,  the  jury  bringing 
in  a  verdict  of  'Not  Guilty.'  Intense  interest  has  been  mani- 
fested during  the  trial,  and  the  result  is  looked  upon  very 
much  as  in  the  case  of  the  Mcintosh  brothers,  tried  in  Chey- 
enne a  few  months  ago.  The  case  was  very  ably  prosecuted 
by  C.  D.  Clark  of  Evanston,  and  H.  B.  Head,  the  County  At- 
torney; but  Messrs.  J.  W.  Blake  of  Laramie,  and  C.  M. 
White  and  J.  H.  Ryckman  of  Evanston,  succeeded  in  obtain- 
ing an  acquittal  on  the  ground  of  self-defense,  no  living  eye 
having  witnessed  the  killing  except  the  prisoner  at  the  bar. 

"It  will  be  remembered  that  John  Tonnar  was  arrested 
at  Lapham,  Idaho,  and  brought  here  last  September  charged 
with  having  murdered  three  companions  with  whom  he  was 
engaged  in  placer  mining  on  Snake  Rivei ,  in  Jackson's  Hole, 
a  few  miles  south  of  the  Yellowstone  National  Park.  The 
evidence  showed  that  in  the  month  of  May,  1886,  four  Ger- 
mans,AHenry  Welter,  August  Kellenberger^T.  H.  Tiggerman 
and  the  defendant,  John  Tonnar,  were  residing  in  Butte 
City,  Montana,  and  that  they  entered  into  a  sort  of  partner- 
ship to  prospect  the  country  for  gold  in  the  neighborhood  of 
the  Teton  mounains,  Uinta  County,  Wyoming. 

"Tiggerman  was  the  leader  of  the  party,  having  pros- 
pected in  that  locality  before.  After  buying  the  necessary 
outfit,  they  hired  a  teamster,  leaving  Butte  City  on  the  12th 
day  of  May,  1886,  and  arriving  at  Lapham,  Idaho,  in  about 
three  weeks.  Here  they  dispensed  with  the  services  of  the 
teamster  and  made  preparation  to  cross  a  range  of  the  Teton 
mountains.  They  spent  several  days  at  the  ranch  of  Emile 
Wolff,  who  was  an  old  schoolmate  of  Welter's,  and  who  as- 
sisted them  in  purchasing  a  couple  of  pack  horses.  He  also 
accompanied  them  to  the  base  of  the  mountains,  when  he 
returned  to  his  ranch.  This  was  in  the  latter  part  of  May, 
and  the  party,  after  traveling  several  days  over  the  moun- 
tains, a  distance  of  sixty  miles,  located  a  permanent  camp  on 


138  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

Snake  river,  building  a  little  shanty  and  engaging  in  sluice 
mining.  As  soon  as  they  were  settled  Tonnar  and  Kellen- 
berger  went  back  for  a  part  of  their  supplies,  which  they 
had  left  with  Mr.  Wolff.  They  informed  him  that  they  had 
found  good  prospects  and  returned  immediately  to  the  camp. 
Mr.  Wolff  heard  no  more  of  the  party  until  the  19th  day  of 
July,  or  about  six  weeks,  when  Tonnar  returned  to^the 
ranch,  stating  thaTwVelter,  Tiggerman  and  Kellenberger  had 
gone  out  hunting,  and  as  he  was  feeling  lonesome  he  thought 
he  would  come  over  and  visit  him.  Tonnar  remained  here 
three  weeks,  during  which  time  Mr.  Wolff  noticed  that  his 
conduct  was  somewhat  peculiar,  but  in  no  way  did  he  reveal 
the  terrible  crime  which  had  been  committed. 

"Frank  Free,  one  of  the  principal  witnesses  of  the 
prosecution,  testified  that  he  lives  in  lone,  California,  and 
is  a  conductor  on  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad.  That  while 
in  company  with  several  other  gentlemen  hunting  and  fish- 
ing in  the  Teton  mountains  in  August  last,  he  discovered 
evidences  of  a  camp  having  been  suddenly  deserted.  He 
says :  T  was  fishing,  in  the  river  and  noticed  some  lumber 
which  led  me  to  believe  it  was  a  mining  camp.  I  looked 
around  a  little  and  it  seemed  the  parties  had  left  rather 
hastily.  I  went  back  to  the  river  and  followed  down  the 
stream  for  nearly  a  mile  when  I  noticed  a  stench  come  up 
the  stream.  I  followed  down  with  the  current  to  a  high 
bluff  where  I  noticed  the  stench  was  much  stronger.  I 
looked  around  and  noticed  where  there  was  a  little  mound 
from  ten  to  fifteen  inches  high  made  of  stone  boulders.  On 
examining  it  a  little  closer  I  could  see  clothing  between  the 
rocks  and  a  man's  hand.  I  was  satisfied  that  some  one  was 
buried  there,  but  did  not  disturb  the  grave.  I  went  back  to 
camp  and  reported  what  I  had  seen.'  A  party  of  four  went 
back  that  evening  and  made  a  further  examination  of  the 
mounds,  and  were  satisfied  that  a  murder  had  been  com- 
mitted. The  next  morning  they  took  a  complete  inventory 
of  everything  in  the  deserted  camp,  including  papers  be- 
longing to^Henry  Welter  and  T.  H.  Tiggerman  and  a  lot  of 
clothing  and  tools.  On  opening  the  mound  farthest  up  the 
stream  they  discovered  a  man  about  five  feet  eight  inches 
tall  with  the  top  of  his  skull  broken  in.  He  had  on  a  pair  of 
blue  overalls,  dark  brown  hair  and  was  in  his  bare  feet.  The 
same  grave  contained  a  large  man  over  six  feet  high  with 
brown  whiskers.  His  head  appeared  to  be  smashed  to 
pieces  and  was  tied  up  in  a  grain  sack.  This  man  had  on  a 
pair  of  shoes  and  was  afterward  identified  as  Tiggerman. 
The  other  grave  was  about  twenty  feet  further  down  the 
bank  of  the  stream,  near  the  water's  edge.    It  contained  a 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  139 

man  about  five  feet  five.  He  had  on  old  government^hoes 
and  a  white  shirt  similar  to  the  ones  found  in  Welter's  valise 
at  the  camp.  There  appeared  to  be  a  bruise  on  his  head,  but 
the  bodies  were  too  far  decomposed  to  make  any  examin- 
tion  of  the  flesh.  This  was  on  the  9th  day  of  August,  and 
notices  were  posted  up  in  several  places  with  the  intention 
of  notifying  the  authorities  as  soon  as  possible.  When  they 
arrived  atlLapham  several  days  afterwards  they  told  their 
story,  and  Tonnar,  who  was  known  to  be  one  of  the  party 
of  miners,  was  immediately  arrested  at  Wolff's  ranch.  He 
had  a  preliminary  examination  before  a  justice  of  the  peace, 
after  which  he  was  brought  to  Evanston. 

"The  testimony  given  by  Tonnar  before  the  jury  yes- 
terday and  day  before  was  substantially  as  follows:  He 
swore  that  the  was  a  native  of  Luxemberg  and  came  to  the 
United  States  in  1876.  That  he  knew  Henry  Welter  when 
he  came  to  Butte  in  1884,  but  made  the  acquaintance  of 
Kellenberger  and  Tiggerman  only  a  few  days  before  they 
started  out  on  a  prospecting  tour.  In  regard'  to  the  quarrel 
and  subsequent  killing  he  says:  'We  were  building  a  dam, 
and  had  a  quarrel  on  the  15th  of  July  about  dumping  the 
dirt  high  enough  on  the  willows.  I  and  Henry  Welter  car- 
ried dirt  with  a  hand  barrel.  The  other  boys,  Tiggerman 
and  Kellenberger,'/were  throwing  rock  with  their  hands  on 
the  willows.  In  some  way  the  barrow  tipped  over,  Tigger- 
man struck  me,  and  held  me  under  the  water  a  long  time. 
He  told  me  that  I  couldn't  be  a  partner  any  longer;  that  I 
was  a  lazy  and  a  bossing  cuss  or  dog,  or  something  like  that. 
When  Welter  and  I  started  to  load  again  he  told  me  he 
didn't  want  me  any  more  as  a  partner.  He  rushed  up  and 
took  the  shovel  away  from  me,  jerked  it  out  of  my  hand  and 
raised  it  up  to  strike  me  over  the  head.  I  warded  it  off 
with  my  hand,  and  got  hold  of  his  legs,  and  shoved  him  on 
his  back  so  that  he  could  not  strike  me.  As  he  fell  over  I 
got  my  hand  in  his  mouth,  and  the  mark  is  there  on  my 
finger.  He  got  his  two  arms  around  me  and  shook  me  for 
a  long  while  choking  me.  I  felt  my  face  swelling,  and  my 
eyes  getting  all  black,  and  I  could  see  nothing.  Something 
struck  me  on  the  head.  I  don't  know  what  it  was  but  think 
it  was  a  rock.  Then  he  let  me  up.  I  struggled  away  but  I 
felt  in  my  throat  as  if  something  was  broke.  I  then  went 
down  home  and  changed  my  clothes  which  were  all  wet,  and 
laid  down  in  bed.  I  was  feeling  sick.  It  was  between  3  and 
5  o'clock  when  I  got  up  to  fix  the  fire  for  supper.  I  thought 
to  make  friends  with  them  and  do  the  same  as  before.  We 
had  supper  all  together  but  there  was  not  a  word  said  to 
me  that  night.    Henry  Welter  cooked  the  breakast  the  next 


140  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

morning.  Tiggerman  went  to  a  box  outside  the  tent  and 
took  out  some  tools  that  belonged  to  me.  Kellenberger  went 
to  water  the  horses.  A  little  after  breakfast  we  all  got 
ready  to  go  to  work.  Tiggerman  told  me  that  I  was  not  to 
be  a  partner^  Kellenbegrer  and  Welter  were  there.  I  asked 
them,  "Boys,  can  I  go  along  to  work  this  morning?"  I 
asked  them  to  forget  about  the  quarrel  the  day  before.  They 
told  me  they  didn't  want  me  any  more  in  partnership,  and 
Tiggerman  didn't  want  me  any  more  as  a  partner.  Henry 
Welter  was  putting  on  his  boots  and  I  told  him,  if  I  couldn't 
work  in  partnership  any  more  them  boots  belonged  to  me; 
that  he  could  not  have  the  boots  any  more.  I  got  hold  of 
them  and  told  him  I  paid  for  those  boots,  they  belong  to  me. 
He  came  up  to  me  and  tried  to  get  hold  of  me  and  called  me 
a  s —  of  a  b — .  I  backed  up  and  says  you  can't  have  them. 
He  got  hold  of  my  shoulder  and  tried  to  throw  me  down.  I 
threw  the  boots  away,  got  hold  of  him  and  we  clinched.  He 
tried  to  strike  me  on  the  head,  but  I  guarded  the  blows  off. 
Then  Kellenberger  kicked  me  in  the  rear,  and  he  swore  he 
would  kill  me  if  I  touched  anything  in  the  camp,  break  my 
neck.  We  were  clinched  together  about  two  minutes  when 
I  heard  Tiggerman  cry,  "Kill  the  s —  of  a  b — ."  He  had  just 
come  up  from  the  river.  As  soon  as  he  hollered  out  "Kill 
the  s —  of  a  b — ,"  he  ran  to  a  shovel  lying  there  in  camp  and 
tried  to  come  up  to  us.  I  jerked  loose,  rushed  away  and  ran 
for  the  gun  to  hold  him  off.  The  gun  was  lying  at  the  foot 
of  the  bed  in  the  tent.  When  I  got  the  gun  he  was  up  to 
me  within  five  or  six  steps.  I  turned  around  quick  to  hold 
him  off  so  that  nobody  could  get  hold  of  me.  Tiggerman 
was  up  close  to  me  with  the  shovel  raised  to  strike  me,  when 
I  raised  the  gun  and  shot  him  in  the  head.  Kellenberger 
came  towards  me  with  an  axe  in  his  hand,  and  when  he  was 
seven  or  eight  steps  from  me  I  fired  and  shot  him  in  the 
neck.  Henry  Welter  was  a  little  ways  behind  and  tried  to 
get  hold  of  me  and  knock  me  down.  I  shot  at  him  to  stop 
him  and  hit  him  in  the  breast.  I  fired  four  shots,  one  going 
off  accidentally. 

"  'I  ran  away  as  soon  as  the  last  shot  was  fired  in  the 
brush  and  stayed  there  about  an  hour  and  a  half  or  two 
hours.  I  was  thinking  about  killing  myself,  but  came  back 
and  threw  a  gunny  sack  over  Tiggerman's  face.  I  didn't 
want  to  see  the  flies  in  his  mouth,  and  I  didn't  like  to  look 
at  him.  I  didn't  like  to  bury  them  there,  or  let  them  be 
there,  as  somebody  might  find  them  out  before  I  got  to  an 
officer.  I  took  Kellenberger  first  and  loaded  him  on  the 
horse.  When  I  got  him  on  the  horse  I  went  upon  a  high 
bluff  about  a  mile  down  the  river  and  threw  him  over.     I 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  141 

thought  that  was  the  easiest  place  to  put  them  and  nobody 
would  find  the  bodies  until  I  got  to  an  officer.'  The  defend- 
ant stated  that  he  loaded  the  other  bodies  in  the  same 
way  and  threw  them  head  foremost  over  a  steep  rocky 
precipice  twenty-five  or  thirty  feet  high,  when  they  rolled 
down  to  the  river,  a  distance  of  nearly  two  hundred  feet. 
This  is  the  way  he  accounts  for  the  injuries  on  the  skulls  of 
the  two  men,  but  it  seems  very  strange  that  Doctor  Hocker 
at  the  coroner's  inquest  discovered  no  other  bones  broken 
in  their  bodies.  Tonnar  then  came  down  and  covered  the 
bodies  up  with  boulders,  burying  two  in  the  same  grave. 
On  returning  to  the  camp  he  says  he  stowed  away  most  of 
their  things  in  the  cabin,  burned  up  some  of  his  clothing, 
which  was  covered  with  blood  stains,  and  built  several  fires 
to  obliterate  the  stains  of  blood  on  the  premises.  After 
hiding  the  bodies,  Tonnar  says  he  felt  better,  having  them 
out  of  his  sight,  and  if  somebody  came  he  would  tell  them 
that  they  had  gone  out  hunting.  He  said  at  this  time  he 
was  not  in  his  right  senses,  and  if  somebody  had  come  he 
intended  to  make  that  excuse.  He  remained  there  until  the 
next  day,  when  he  desired  to  go  to  Emil  Wolff's  ranch  and 
tell  him  all  about  the  affair.  Mr.  Wolff  he  found  busy  put- 
ting up  hay,  and  when  Wolff  asked  him  about  the  boys  he 
told  him  about  the  shooting  and  remained  there  three  weeks, 
until  he  was  arrested.  After  his  arrest  he  told  Wolff  about 
the  killing,  substantially  as  narrated  above,  only  that  he 
confessed  that  he  had  hidden  a  purse  containing  $8.50  and 
a  watch  belonging  to>Kellenberger  in  Mr.  Wolff's  cabin. 
He  told  Wolff  that  he  could  have  the  money,  but  to  destroy 
the  watch  by  hammering  it  to  pieces.  Mr.  Wolff's  state- 
ment about  the  money  and  destroying  the  watch  was  flatly 
contradicted  by  Tonnar.6  The  prisoner  also  contradicted 
several  other  witnesses  in  minor  matters,  but  in  the  main 
his  testimony  was  remarkably  clear.  Where  he  lied  about 
killing  the  partners  he  says  it  was  to  protect  him  from  the 
wrath  of  the  people  in  that  country,  and  until  he  could  get 
the  protection  of  the  officers  of  the  law. 

"Tonnar  is  a  small,  wiry  man,  about  40  years  of  age, 
a  little  over  five  feet  in  height,  and  weighing  135  or  140 
pounds.  He  has  a  rather  abnormally  developed  forehead, 
with  small,  dark,  restless  eyes,  a  corrugated  brow  and  small 
features.  In  general  appearance  he  would  make  a  picture  of 
an  ideal  anarchist. 


6.     Wolff  mentioned  finding  this  watch,   when  we  interviewed  him,  but  made  no 
reference  to  its  being  destroyed. 


142  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

"The  coroner's  jury  sent  from  Evanston  to  examine 
into  the  killing  of  the  three  men,  in  the  Teton  country,  by 
Tonnar,  returned  a  report  prejudical  to  the  prisoner. 

"This  case  will  also  be  continued  in  Cheyenne  Demo- 
cratic Leader,  September  23,  1886." 

IV 

Court  Records  of  Tonnar's  Trial  at  Evanston. 

After  an  investigation  of  the  Uinta  County  court  rec- 
ords at  Evanston  for  the  years  1886  and  1887  with  refer- 
ence to  the  John  Tonnar  case,  Judge  John  R.  Arnold,  Mr. 
Clarence  Cook  (Court  Reporter),  and  Mr.  James  Brown 
(Clerk  of  the  District  Court)  submitted  the  following  re- 
port of  their  findings: 

Territory  of  Wyoming,!  In  the  District  Court 

Us. 
County  of  Uinta  J  Third  Judicial  District 

Territory  of  Wyoming! 
vs.  \ 

John  Tonnar  J  No.  256  Memorandum 

Defendant. 

At  a  term  of  the  District  Court  begun  and  held  at 
Evanston,  within  the  County  of  Uinta,  on  the  6th  day  of 
September,  1886,  the  Jurors  of  the  Grand  Jury  of  the  County 
of  Uinta,  "good  and  lawful  men,  then  and  there  returned, 
tried,  empaneled  and  sworn  and  charged  according  to  law" 
to  inquire  into  and  for  the  body  of  the  County  of  Uinta,  at 
the  term  aforesaid,  upon  their  oaths  aforesaid,  in  the  name 
and  by  the  authority  of  the  Territory  of  Wyoming,  did  pre- 
sent and  find  that :  "John  Tonnar,  late  of  the  county  afore- 
said, on  the  16th  day  of  July,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  eighty-six,  with  malice,  force 
and  arms,  at  the  county  and  territory  aforesaid,  did  feloni- 
ously, wilfully,  deliberately  and  of  his  malice  aforethought, 
premeditatedly  kill  and  murder  one  August^ellenberger, 
Henry  Welter  and\lT.  H.  Tiggerman,  whose  real  and  full 
given  name  is  to  these  jurors  unknown;  then  and  there  be- 
ing found  contrary  to  the  form,  force  and  effect  of  the 
statute  in  such  case  made  and  provided,  and  against  the 
peace  and  dignity  of  the  Territory  of  Wyoming." 

The  above  indictment  is  signed  by  H.  B.  Head,  County 
and  Prosecuting  Attorney  and  filed  in  said  court  Septem- 
ber 15,  1886,  by  Jesse  Knight,  Clerk.    Indorsed  on  said  in- 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  143 

dictment  is  the  following:  "Defendant  pleads  not  guilty." 
"Witnesses  examined:  Frank  Free,  William  Mobery,  D.  C. 
Radcliff." 

Attorneys  C.  M.  White  and  J.  W.  Blake  appeared  for 
the  defendant,  Samuel  T.  Corn  being  Presiding  Judge. 

September  15,  1886,  a  bench  warrant  was  issued  addressed 
to  any  Sheriff  in  the  Territory  of  Wyoming,  reciting 
that  an  indictment  had  been  found  on  the  15th  day  of 
September,  1886,  charging  John  Tonnar  with  the  crime 
of  murder  and  commanding  the  arrest  of  said  defend- 
ant and  the  bringing  him  before  said  court  to  answer 
the  indictment.  The  return  made  by  the  Sheriff,  J.  J. 
LeCain,  Sheriff  of  said  County,  by  J.  H.  Newell,  Deputy 
Sheriff,  recites  that  the  said  defendant  was  under  ar- 
rest and  in  custody  within  the  jail  of  said  county  sub- 
ject to  the  order  of  said  court. 

March  14,  1887,  the  defendant  filed  an  affidavit  for  wit- 
nesses, averring  that  Charley  Stoffer  and  Colonel  Taun- 
ton were  material  witnesses  for  said  defendant  and  that 
said  witnesses  reside  at  or  near  the  city  of  Butte,  in  the 
Territory  of  Montana,  and  that  said  affiant  is  without 
means  to  procure  the  attendance  of  said  witnesses, 
whereupon  the  said  Judge  issued  an  order  that  a  writ 
of  subpoena  issue  for  said  witnesses. 

March  17,  1887,  subpoena  was  issued  for  H.  Heider  to  ap- 
pear as  witness  on  April  11,  1887.  The  return  was 
made  by  W.  W.  Turney  as  Deputy  Sheriff,  Territory  of 
Montana,  County  of  Deer  Lodge,  reciting  that  he  had 
served  a  copy  of  the  said  subpoena  upon  the  said  Henry 
Heider,  March  28,  1887. 

April  12,  1887,  subpoena  was  issued  for  Dr.  W.  A.  Hocker, 
Frank  Free,  Emil  Wolf,  A.  H.  Bisbing,  and  Charles 
Stoffel  to  appear  as  witnesses.  Same  date  subpoena 
issued  to  Judge  C.  E.  Castle  to  appear  forthwith  as  a 
witness.  At  this  time  J.  H.  Ward  was  Sheriff  of  Uinta 
County. 

April  13,  1887,  subpoena  issued  for  Bill  Davis  to  appear 
forthwith  as  a  witness. 

April  15,  1887,  the  jury  found  as  follows:  "We  the  jury 
find  the  defendant  not  guilty.  Signed  Ernest  C.  White, 
Foreman." 

Among  the  papers  is  also  found  a  commission  to  take 
depositions  addressed  to  James  W.  Forbis  under  date  of 
March  26,  1887,  to  take  the  depositions  of  John  T.  C.  Taun- 
ton, Dr.  J.  C.  B.  Whitford,  Charles  Beekner  and  other  wit- 
nesses in  such  cause  on  interrogatories  thereto  attached; 


144  ANNALS  «0F  WYOMING 

that  said  witnesses  reside  in  Silver  Bow  County,  Montana 
Territory,  and  they  cannot  attend  at  the  trial  of  said  cause 
and  are  material.  The  interrogatories  all  relate  to  the  de- 
fendant's reputation  for  peace  and  quiet.  The  return  shows 
that  O'Dillon  B.  Whitford  testified  that  he  was  52  years  of 
age,  residing  in  Butte  City,  Silver  Bow  County,  Montana 
Territory,  and  engaged  in  practicing  medicine  and  surgery, 
and  also  interested  in  mines;  that  he  was  veiy  well  ac- 
quainted with  John  Tonnar;  that  he  first  became  acquainted 
with  John  Tonnar  in  the  spring  of  1885  while  he  was  em- 
ployed as  engineer-machinist  at  one  of  the  smelters,  and 
further  that  "at  that  time  I  was  repairing  the  Clipper 
Quartz  Mill,  with  a  view  to  operating  the  same  myself.  John 
Tonnar  was  so  highly  recommended  to  me  by  many  that  I 
employed  him.  He  worked  for  me  during  the  spring  and 
summer  of  1885  and  about  three  months  as  manager  of  the 
engineering  department  of  the  Slipper  Mill ;  he  always 
bore  the  very  best  reputation  for  peace  and  quiet  here  while 
I  knew  him."  John  C.  C.  Thornton,  age  52,  of  Butte  City, 
also  testified  that  "the  defendant's  reputation  in  that  com- 
munity while  I  knew  him  was  simply  unimpeachable  both 
for  peace  and  quiet  and  every  other  quality  which  goes  to 
make  up  a  good  citizen." 

The  trial  was  held  for  three  days,  April  12-13-14,  1886. 
The  jurors  were  as  follows:  Ernest  C.  White,  Foreman; 
0.  D.  Marx,  J.  B.  Moore,  Joseph  Krousee,  James  Clark,  Ste- 
phen Harmon,  Alma  Peterson,  Windom  Thomas,  George 
Guild,  Joseph  Guild,  John  W.  Caldwell,  and  James  Foote. 

A  verdict  of  "not  guilty"  being  found  by  the  jury,  the 
testimony  taken  at  the  trial  was  not  transcribed  by  the 
court  reporter.  The  foregoing  is  about  all  that  can  be 
found  in  the  files. 


From  parties  who  heard  the  trial  it  appears  that  there 
were  no  eye  witnesses  to  the  tragedy,  save  the  defendant. 
Therefore  the  prosecution  was  compelled  to  rely  solely  on 
circumstantial  evidence.  The  theory  of  the  attorneys  for 
defendant  was  that  the  three  deceased  persons  were  pros- 
pectors, without  funds,  and  that  they  represented  to  the  de- 
fendant that  they  had  discovered  a  valuable  mining  claim 
and  induced  him  to  put  up  considerable  money  to  grub-stake 
and  furnish  necessary  funds  to  work  the  claim ;  that  soon 
after  these  men  were  on  their  way  to  the  Jackson  Hole  coun- 
try they  began  to  pick  quarrels  with  the  defendant ;  that  on 
the  day  of  the  shooting  one  of  the  prospectors  remained  in 
camp  with  the  defendant,  and  the  other  two  went  away  to 
do  some  prospecting;  that  the  one  who  remained  in  camp 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 


145 


picked  a  quarrel  with  the  defendant  and  the  defendant  was 
compelled  to  kill  him  in  self-defense;  that  towards  evening 
the  other  two  were  returning  to  the  camp  and  while  they 
were  coming  up  an  incline  some  distance  apart  the  defend- 
ant shot  them  in  self-defense.  It  was  recalled  that  after 
the  verdict  was  rendered  the  defendant  got  out  of  town 
in  a  hurry,  taking  the  first  freight  train ;  that  Attorney 
Blake  was  the  principal  trial  attorney  for  the  defendant, 
and  that  he  afterwards  stated  he  never  got  a  cent  for  sav- 
ing the  neck  of  the  defendant,  who  had  promised  to  send 
him  some  money  as  soon  as  he  could  earn  it,  and  that  he 
had  never  heard  from  him. 


146  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

V 

Deadman's  Bar 

There  has  been  some  uncertainty  as  to  the  exact  loca- 
tion of  the  historic  spot  which  is  the  subject  of  this  investi- 
gation, the  name  "Deadman's  Bar"  having  been  loosely  as- 
signed to  various  places  on  both  sides  of  the  river  between 
the  mouth  of  Buffalo  Fork  and  Menor's  Ferry.  Following 
our  interview  with  Emile  Wolff  on  August  9  and  with  his 
descriptions  fresh  in  mind,  Colonel  Ericsson  and  the  writer 
explored  the  portion  of  the  Snake  River  banks  believed  to 
be  the  correct  one.  All  doubts  were  immediately  set  at 
rest  for  we  at  once  found  traces  of  the  diggings,  camp,  and 
road  constructed  42  years  ago  by  the  luckless  company  of 
miners. 

Below  the  mouth  of  Buffalo  Fork,  the  Snake  River 
flows  in  a  general  southwesterly  direction  for  seven  miles, 
then  turns  due  west  for  a  mile  and  one-half,  after  which  it 
flows  south  for  a  mile  before  resuming  its  general  south- 
westerly direction.  Deadman's  Bar,  strictly  speaking,  lies 
on  the  northern  banks  of  the  east-west  portion  of  the  river, 
along  the  western  third  of  this  one  and  one-half  mile 
stretch.7  The  so-called  "bar"  consists  of  a  narrow  flat 
(really  a  series  of  low  river  terraces)  that  lies  between  the 
river  on  the  south  and  the  steep  front  of  the  gravel  plain  on 
the  north.  Its  width  nowhere  exceeds  a  quarter  of  a  mile, 
and  its  length  is  about  half  a  mile.  The  western  end  of  the 
bar  has  been  cut  off  where  the  Snake,  as  it  turns  south,  eats 
into  the  gravel  plain;  and  here  a  conspicuous  bluff,  the 
"eroding  bluff"  repeatedly  referred  to  in  this  account,  rises 
sheer  from  the  brink  of  the  river  to  a  height  of  over  125 
feet.  The  bluff  receives  head-on  the  full  current  of  the 
Snake  and  before  this  attack  crumbles  away  steadily,  re- 
treating noticeably  year  by  year. 

The  sluice  ditch  of  the  miners  is  not  hard  to  find, 
though  now  overgrown  with  brush  and  partly  filled  with 
gravel.  Originally  it  tapped  a  beaver  dam  located  a  short 
distance  above  the  bar,  and  from  this  source  it  conveyed 
water  downstream,  hugging  the  bluff  as  it  rounded  the 
bend,  traversing  the  full  length  of  the  bar  and  discharging 
into  the  Snake  where  the  eroding  bluff  begins.  Thus  its 
total  length  was  over  half  a  mile.  At  present  it  is  dry. 
Where  well  preserved  it  is  seen  to  be  four  or  five  feet  wide 
and  two  or  three  feet  deep.    The  gravel  removed  in  its  ex- 

7.  On  the  map  of  the  Teton  National  Forest  and  on  the  Grand  Teton  Quadrangle 
of  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Deadman's  Bar  is  seen  to  lie  on  the  north  side  of  the 
Snake,  in  the  SWVi  of  Sec.  23,  T.  44  N,  R.  115  W. 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  147 

cavation  is  heaped  along  side  in  ridges,  so  serving  to  in- 
crease the  depth  of  the  sluice.  In  several  places  trees  which 
obstructed  the  course  of  the  ditch  had  been  sawed  off,  the 
stumps  still  standing. 

Additional  workings  are  to  be  found  above  the  beaver 
dam  in  the  shape  of  ditches,  a  dam,  and  gravel  ridges,  all 
imperfectly  preserved  but  clearly  enough  the  work  of  hu- 
man hands.  They  once  directed  a  continuous  stream  of 
water  from  a  side-channel  of  the  Snake  into  the  beaver  dam, 
thus  insuring  a  constant  flow  of  water  into  the  sluice. 

Prospect  pits  are  numerous  on  the  bar,  but  at  least 
some  of  these  appear  to  be  more  recent  affairs  than  the 
sluice  ditch,  and  are  believed  to  have  been  dug  by  some  of 
the  prospectors  who,  we  know,  worked  up  and  down  the 
Snake  in  later  years. 

All  the  working  now  observable  speak  graphically  of 
the  expenditure  of  much  hard  labor  from  which  returns 
were  never  forthcoming. 

The  camp  of  the  miners,  according  to  Wolff,  had  been 
located  in  an  open  clump  of  pines  and  cottonwoods  at  the 
western  end  of  Deadman's  Bar,  that  is,  near  the  lower  end 
of  the  sluice  ditch.  We  found  this  portion  of  the  bar  to  be 
covered  with  a  rather  close  stand  of  trees,  mostly  half- 
grown  ones  but  including  a  few  belonging  to  an  older  gen- 
eration. The  trunks  of  some  of  these  larger  trees  were 
scarred  by  axe  cuts  and  initials,"  now  mostly  illegible,  and  it 
seems  likely  that  the  camp  must  have  been  pitched  here. 
An  opportunity  was  later  afforded  us  to  compare  these  axe 
wounds  with  some  which  William  Crawford  had  made  in 
1886  in  trees  outside  his  cabin,  two  miles  east  of  Moran, 
and  the  extent  of  healing  over  was  found  to  be  about  the 
same,  indicating  that  the  old  cuts  found  on  the  trees  of 
Deadman's  Bar  were  in  all  likelihood  made  by  "the  Ger- 
mans" and  not  by  campers  of  a  later  period. 

Wolff  had  stated  that  years  ago  he  found  Welter's 
name  carved  on  one  of  the  trees  in  this  group,  and  in  our 
examination  of  the  many  faded  records  on  the  trees,  we 
came  upon  one  work,  presumably  a  name,  which  began  with 
an  indistinct  letter  most  closely  resembling  an  "H"  but 
which  may  have  been  a  "W",  followed  by  "E"  and  "L"  and 
other  letters  not  legible.  This  may  have  been  Welter's 
name. 

The  old  wagon  road,  still  clearly  defined,  runs  east- 
ward from  the  camp  site  and  can  be  followed  up  stream  for 
perhaps  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  where  it  turns  up  the  bluff 
and,  by  means  of  terraces  and  low  places  on  the  "rim", 
makes  its  way  up  to  the  level  of  the  bench.     The  road  is 


148 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 


well  planned,  and  if  a  new  one  were  to  be  built  down  to  the 
bar  it  could  hardly  improve  upon  this  old  route. 

One  cannot  but  admire  the  excellent  judgment  which 
the  miners  showed  in  their  selection  of  a  camp  site.  No 
more  attractive  or  protected  spot  for  the  purpose  is  known 
to  the  writer  along  the  Snake  River  anywhere  in  Jackson 
Hole.  The  view  of  the  Teton  peaks  from  Deadman's  Bar  is 
superb,  nothing  short  of  spectacular.  Hunting  and  fishing 
are  still  excellent  here  and  must  have  been  better  then; 
water  and  shade  are  present  on  the  bar  in  abundance, 
though  absent  on  the  gravel  plain  above  it;  and  the  great 
bluffs  which  encircle  the  bar  shelter  it  from  the  strong 
blasts  that  come  out  of  the  west  and  north. 

The  tranquility  and  beauty  which  one  now  finds  on 
Deadman's  Bar  are  difficult  to  associate  with  an  event  so 
grim  in  its  past.  F.  M.  FRYXELL. 

Augustana  College,   Rock   Island,   Illinois,   November   21,    1928. 


Col.   H.   C.   Ericsson    I  left  l    and   William   Crawford    (right  l    at  Deadman's  Bar. 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  149 

REMINISCENCES 

Edward  Ordway 

Near  the  close  of  a  bright  spring  day  of  the  year  1866 
I  jumped  down  from  the  stage  amidst  a  hustling  throng 
gathered  about  the  Wells  Fargo  office  in  Denver,  Colorado, 
the  first  town  out  from  the  Missouri  River,  six  hundred 
miles  away.  At  that  day  Denver  could  hardly  be  called  a 
metropolis  reckoned  on  a  basis  of  a  numerous  population; 
but  it  was  cosmopolitan  in  the  broadest  sense  of  the  word. 
A  jolly,  surging  crowd  of  very  human  beings  welcomed  the 
incomers  with  a  heartiness  that  could  not  be  mistaken, 
whether  coming  from  the  prospector  rich  in  expectation, 
or  the  possessor  of  the  last  big  strike.  All  were  imbued 
with  the  same  brand  of  friendliness  from  the  Governor  of 
the  Territory  down  to  the  little  boot-black  who  had  crossed 
the  plains  with  a  freight  outfit  and  whose  highest  ambi- 
tion was  to  be  able  to  swing  a  long  whip  and  make  it  pop 
with  the  easy  grace  of  his  patron  saint,  the  big  Missouri 
bull-whacker,  who  with  the  stage  driver,  were  the  heroes 
that  all  looked  up  to. 

At  that  time  a  large  amount  of  travel  came  through 
from  Nebraska  City,  though  most  of  the  staging  was  done 
over  th$  Smoky  Hill  Route.  Many  work  cattle  used  in 
freighting  were  wintered  in  the  nearby  sheltered  valleys 
along  the  foot  of  the  mountains,  and  were  in  good  working 
order  for  moving  the  westbound  freight,  held  by  the  for- 
warding houses  for  early  shipment  to  points  in  Utah  and 
Nevada. 

Before  the  railroad  came  one  could  look  backward  over 
the  plains  and  across  the  wide  valleys  and  see  a  long  line  of 
approaching  trains,  the  far  end  hidden  in  a  cloud  of  dust, 
and  at  times  where  the  wheeling  was  hard,  the  crack  of  bull 
whips,  to  the  uninitiated,  sounding  like  a  battle. 

I  had  made  the  acquaintance  of  a  young  man  named 
Riley.  I  do  not  now  remember  his  given  name,  and  perhaps  I 
never  knew,  as  in  those  long  ago  and  somewhat  forgotten 
days  one  name  was  considered  enough  for  any  man  who 
was  propelled  along  the  busy  walks  of  life  unaided  by  the 
shouters  and  kneelers  that  assist  the  great;  and  no  matter 
what  name  a  man  answered  to,  no  one  asked  if  it  was  his 
right  name,  or  by  what  name  he  went  back  in  the  States. 
All  such  ungentlemanly  curiosity  was  thought  to  be  un- 
called for. 

One  morning  I  met  Riley  in  Groves'  Gunshop.  We  met 
there  for  the  same  purpose — gun  cleaning.    He  had  a  Henry 


150  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

and  I  a  Spencer  carbine.  As  there  were  some  other  men 
there,  who  were  engaged  in  trying  to  make  themselves  be- 
live  the  stories  they  were  telling,  conversation  turned  to  a 
discussion  of  the  merits  and  defects  of  firearms  in  general. 
The  majority  were  of  the  opinion  that  they  would  not  lay 
down  a  muzzle-loader  for  any  machine  gun.  One  man  in- 
sisted that  given  a  hundred  and  fifty  yards  start  he  could 
outrun  all  the  sixteen  shots  in  a  Henry.  Another  fellow 
would  not  take  the  gift  of  a  Spencer  carbme  for  the  good 
reason  that  the  luckiest  man  on  the  earth  was  never  known 
to  hit  anything  he  shot  at.  Others  offering  their  testi- 
mony along  the  same  line,  caused  us  to  adjourn  to  a  corral 
outside  of  town  that  was  built  of  pine  lumber  with  plenty 
of  knots  in  the  boards.  I  offered  to  bet  a  ten  dollar  hat 
that  I  could  knock  out  seven  knots  that  I  would  mark  at 
thirty  yards  off  hand,  and  do  the  trick  in  less  than  twenty 
seconds  with  the  seven  shots  in  my  gun.  One  skeptic  in  the 
crowd  gleefully  accepted  the  bet  and  sorrowfully  paid  it. 

Riley  asked  me  if  I  could  do  that  every  time,  and  I 
told  him  that  with  a  fair  amount  of  luck  I  could.  Then  he 
told  me  that  he  was  part  owner  of  a  bull  train  and  boss  of 
the  same,  and  that  it  was  on  the  way  to  the  northern  forts, 
and  he  was  to  meet  it  at  Fort  Laramie,  and  if  I  was  game 
enough  to  take  the  chances  he  would  take  me  on  as  an 
extra,  naming  a  remuneration  that  struck  me  as  so  very 
liberal  that  I  did  not  hesitate  to  accept  it,  although  he  ex- 
plained that  on  account  of  the  Government  not  keeping  its 
agreement  with  the  Indians  to  remove  Forts  Reno,  Phil 
Kearney,  and  C.  F.  Smith,  there  was  liable  to  be  plenty  of 
trouble. 

Three  days  later  we  took  the  stage  for  La  Porte,  Colo- 
rado, where  he  had  left  some  saddle  horses  the  fall  before 
to  be  cared  for  by  Ben  Clagmore.  Finding  the  horses  in 
fine  shape  for  travel,  the  next  morning  found  us  on  the  old 
Fort  Bent  and  Fort  Laramie  trail,  arriving  at  the  last  named 
place  the  evening  of  the  third  day.  There  was  a  mule  outfit 
of  twelve  teams  camped  near  by  and  some  horse  teams  be- 
longing to  parties  going  to  Montana  that  had  come  across 
from  Omaha  under  escort  of  two  companies  of  Infantry,  but 
the  Post  Commander  would  not  allow  them  to  proceed  until 
reinforced  by  some  outfit  that  would  promise  a  fair  pros- 
pect of  safety. 

Riley's  train  had  not  arrived  and  no  trustworthy  news 
from  it  since  it  left  Fort  Kearney,  Nebraska,  but  as  there 
were  two  trains  traveling  together  making  a  company  of 
over  sixty  men,  there  was  not  much  to  worry  about. 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  151 

The  Indians  never  started  out  on  an  expedition  in  force 
enough  to  attack  an  outfit  of  that  size  until  their  ponies 
had  begun  to  recover  from  the  effects  of  the  winter  and  had 
exchanged  their  long  haired  coats  for  the  sleek  shiny  skins 
that  come  with  the  warm  luxuriant  days  of  early  June.  It 
is  then  that  their  cavorting  steeds,  with  heads  and  tails  in 
air,  are  in  harmony  with  the  high  and  warlike  pose  of  their 
gaily  dressed  and  painted  riders.  Then,  when  conditions 
are  right  and  they  know  of  some  desirable  plunder  that 
requires  a  large  force  to  capture,  they  send  out  a  small  party 
of  scouts — the  war  party  following  later  in  small  bands  by 
different  trails,  all  planned  to  meet  at  a  rendezvous  some- 
where near  the  object  of  attack.  By  that  method  they  pass 
through  a  sparsely  inhabited  country  generally  unnoticed, 
never  disturbing  any  small  object  that  they  can  avoid,  al- 
ways preparing  to  spring  upon  their  prey  with  all  the  silent 
stealth  of  a  cat  after  a  bird. 

There  was  an  aphorism  often  used,  "You  are  never  safe 
from  Indians  except  when  they  are  in  sight." 

We  waited  two  days  to  give  our  horses  a  rest  and  then 
started  down  the  river  and  had  the  good  luck  to  meet  the 
train  opposite  what  was  then  called  Mitchel  Bottom,  where 
three  or  four  years  later  Red  Cloud's  Agency  was  estab- 
lished. 

Everything  about  the  train  was  in  as  good  order  as 
could  be  expected.  They  had  only  met  with  the  usual  delays 
and  difficulties  that  heavily  loaded  teams  always  encoun- 
ter, and  three  days  later  camp  was  made  near  Fort  Lara- 
wie  where  there  was  a  ten  days  delay  as  there  were  yoke 
chains  and  parts  of  wagons  to  be  repaired.  Four  wagons 
were  loaded  with  government  goods  for  the  Fort  that  had 
to  be  unloaded  and  all  the  loads  on  the  other  wagons  light- 
ened and  the  surplus  transferred  to  the  empties. 

After  everything  had  been  put  in  good  order  we  rolled 
out,  crossed  the  river  and  proceeded  on  our  way  rejoicing, 
made  doubly  happy  by  the  genial  sun  above  our  heads  and 
the  kindly  breeze  that  met  our  every  breath.  Young,  strong, 
glowing  with  health,  was  it  a  wonder  that  we  were  careless 
of  what  fate  might  be  before  us  ?  The  present  was  our  day, 
let  tomorrow  take  care  of  itself. 

The  mule  train  and  horse  teams  were  ordered  to  ac- 
company us,  which  did  not  please  us,  as  the  reinforcement 
of  twenty  men  was  an  asset  that  would  not  balance  the 
liability  of  the  mules  and  horses. 

Cattle,  the  Indians  had  no  use  for,  but  anything  in 
the  horse  line  they  were  bound  to  have  if  they  could  get  it ; 
but  we  had  to  make  the  best  of  it  as  the  Commander  of  a 


152  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

frontier  post  was  monarch  of  all  he  surveyed  as  well  as  of 
things  invisible. 

The  Indian  always  coveted  horses  and  would  take  as 
many  chances  to  obtain  them  as  would  the  prospector  in 
quest  of  free  gold  on  the  bed  rock. 

The  white  man  has  no  corner  on  greed — the  savage  has 
his  share  of  it  and  it  takes*  horses  and  then  more  horses  to 
satisfy  it. 

All  went  along  smoothly  until  we  were  within  a  day's 
drive  of  where  the  road  leaves  the  vicinity  of  the  river  and 
turns  northward. 

The  morning  of  that  day,  when  daylight  was  beginning 
to  show  objects  at  a  short  distance  fairly  well,  the  stock  was 
all  in  a  corral  except  a  fine  blooded  race  horse  belonging  to 
one  of  the  owners  of  the  horse  outfit.  He  had  staked  it  out 
about  a  hundred  and  fifty  yards  away  from  the  corral,  had 
slept  by  it  all  night,  but  had  it  the  length  of  the  stake  rope 
on  the  fresh  grass,  thinking  it  would  be  safe  there  while 
everyone  was  moving  around  on  the  alert.  Advised  that  he 
had  better  bring  it  in  close  by,  he  replied  that  he  would  take 
a  chance.  The  grass  nearby  is  always  somewhat  trampled 
by  the  work  stock,  in  this  case  numbering  over  eight  hun- 
dred head,  so  that  any  animal  not  out  with  the  night  herd, 
if  the  camp  happens  to  be  where  the  grass  is  not  very  good, 
sometimes  has  a  poor  chance  outside  for  rough  feed. 
^Especially  is  this  true  if  it  is  considered  too  valuable  to  be 
driven  in  what  the  bull-whackers  call  their  cabellero  which 
included  extra  cattle  as  well  as  horses. 

The  men  were  all  busy  hitching  up,  when  like  a  streak 
of  light  a  young  brave  dashed  out  from  nowhere  and  cut  the 
racer's  rope  and  was  gone  with  it  and  doubled  the  distance 
before  anyone  could  comprehend  the  trick.  Several  shots 
were  fired  at  him  but  they  all  missed. 

I  had  been  out  helping  the  night  herders  bring  in  the 
stock  and  we  were  busily  eating  breakfast  when  it  hap- 
pened, but  before  we  could  get  around  the  end  of.  the  corral 
he  had  disappeared  behind  a  little  hill.  The  owner  of  the 
horse  went  wild  over  his  loss  and  called  for  men  to  follow 
and  try  to  recover  it,  but  Riley  said  "No." 

The  man,  however,  insisted  until  a  Pawnee  scout,  who 
was  with  us  said  to  him,  "All  you  find  over  the  hill  is  a 
trap.     You  never  come  back." 

It  seems  to  be  a  law  of  nature  that  there  shall  be  at 
least  one  croaker  in  every  gathering  of  human  beings  and 
right  here  he  bobbed  up  and  consoled  the  man  with  the 
assertion  that  he  was  out  of  luck  anyhow  because  if  the 
Indian  had  not  taken  the  horse,  he  would  have  lost  him  in 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  153 

the  races;  and  that  it  would  bring  us  all  bad  luck  from 
then  on. 

Afterward  we  scouted  the  hills  and  creek  but  no  signs 
of  Indians  did  we  see,  not  even  the  wave  of  a  feather  or 
glitter  of  a  mirror  on  distant  hills.  But  that  was  not  con- 
sidered a  favorable  sign,  for  as  the  old  timers  put  it  all  in 
one  terse  sentence,  "You  are  never  safe  from  Indians  until 
you  can  see  them." 

After  crossing  the  divide  between  Cheyenne  and  Pow- 
der Rivers,  one  morning  pony  tracks  were  seen  near  a  small 
creek  some  distance  above  where  the  road  crossed.  The 
sign  proved  that  a  small  party  of  Indians  had  been  there  the 
day  before. 

The  road  was  then  near  the  hills  and  it  was  several 
hours  travel  before  the  train  reached  an  open  plain  where 
camp  could  be  made  where  extra  good  grazing  near  by  was 
found.  An  expected  attack  usually  came  just  before  day- 
light. That  time  passed,  it  was  usually  considered  safe  for 
a  train  to  roll  out,  for  if  anything  of  the  kind  had  been 
planned  the  enemies'  plans  had  miscarried  and  no  trouble 
need  be  looked  for  that  day. 

However,  as  all  know,  no  one  really  knows  what  the 
other  fellow  is  going  to  do  next,  and  especially  so  if  he  hap- 
pens to  be  out  of  sight.  It  is  not  a  good  plan  to  trust  alto- 
gether to  luck,  and  Riley  was  too  old  a  hand  in  the  game  to 
take  a  needless  chance.  One  of  his  wagons  had  for  a  part 
of  its  load,  arms  and  ammunition,  and  among  the  lot  were 
some  cases  of  Henry  rifles. 

I  do  not  suppose  at  this  late  day  that  there  are  now 
living  many  who  remember  anything  about  that  long  ago 
discarded  firearm,  nor  that  it  was  the  legitimate  parent  of 
all  the  magazine  guns  in  use  now.  It  was  short  ranged  and 
could  do  but  little  damage  beyond  two  hundred  yards,  but  it 
was  as  near  mechanically  perfect  as  any  machine  gun  could 
be  made,  and  in  the  hands  of  men  of  that  day  sixteen  shots 
could  be  fired  with  astonishing  rapidity. 

Riley  broke  open  some  boxes  and  dealt  out  two  rifles 
and  ammunition  to  each  man  in  the  outfit.  Every  one  real- 
ized that  the  horses  and  mules  were  an  irresistible  tempta- 
tion to  our  enemies.  Therefore,  it  was  as  one  old  bull- 
whacker  expressed  it,  "Them  Indians  hain't  been  keepin' 
cases  on  us  for  the  fun  they  are  gittin'  out  of  it,  and  they 
hain't  agoin'  to  give  it  up,  til  they  hev  had  a  smell  of  our 
powder,  and  by  the  looks  of  these  patent  guns  they  are 
likely  to  git  aplenty  of  it." 

There  was  a  moon  that  night  until  about  one  o'clock, 
which  required  half  of  the  men  on  guard  with  the  stock 


154  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

until  it  went  down,  then  the  danger  was  over  until  daylight 
began  to  show  in  the  east ;  but  at  that  time  all  of  the  stock 
was  in  the  corral,  and  every  man  at  his  post  ready  for  what- 
ever might  happen. 

The  sun  came  up  and  everything  seemed  as  peaceful 
as  a  Sunday  morning  back  in  God's  country,  when  three 
companions  and  myself  got  in  from  off  picket  duty. 

By  the  time  the  sun  was  fairly  up  the  train  was  roll- 
ing along,  the  whips  popping  like  firecrackers  on  a  Chinese 
New  Year. 

Of  the  scouts  sent  out  that  morning,  the  Pawnee  made 
one  on  the  payroll,  but  in  what  he  knew  about  the  tricks  of 
the  ancient  enemies  of  his  tribe  amounted  to  a  good  many, 
and  the  long  remembered  wrongs  that  he  harbored  in  his 
bosom  amounted  to  very  much  more. 

Many  years  before  the  Sioux  Indians  corralled  a  party 
of  his  tribe  on  one  of  what  has  since  been  known  as  the 
Pawnee  Buttes.  They  stand  not  far  south  of  the  corner 
monument  that  marks  the  place  where  the  east  and  west 
line  of  Wyoming  and  Nebraska  join  on  the  north  line  of 
Colorado.  The  butte  they  climbed  is  about  five  hundred 
feet  high.  The  north  side,  though  not  an  easy  task,  can 
be  climbed  by  any  active  person,  but  others  less  gifted  must 
be  assisted,  which  made  a  safe  place  for  defense  except 
from  their  worst  enemies — hunger  and  thirst,  which  they 
stood  off  for  three  days,  then  they  cut  up  their  clothing 
and  made  a  frail  rope  and  went  down  the  opposite  side, 
which  was  perpendicular  and  not  guarded,  and  escaped, 
taking  with  them  all  of  the  ponies  belonging  to  the  Sioux. 
A  white  man  would  not  forget  an  experience  of  that  sort. 

About  ten  o'clock  they  discovered  a  war  party  of 
seventy-five  or  eighty  quietly  waiting  in  a  small  valley  and 
the  Pawnees'  telescopic  eyes  soon  made  out  another  party 
coming  to  join  the  others. 

The  Pawnees  knew  that  they  were  planning  to  make 
a  surprise  attack  and  they  lost  no  time  in  getting  back  to 
the  train.  A  few  words  from  them  to  Riley  and  the  order 
was  given,  "Corral!" 

The  bull  teams  swung  around  into  place  with  the  mules 
and  horse  teams  in  the  center.  The  wagons  chained  to- 
gether, wheels  locked  and  everything  made  fast,  with  but 
a  short  space  of  time  to  spare  until  the  Indians  came  in 
sight  and  but  few  seconds  elapsed  until  the  men  were  under 
the  wagons,  each  with  his  rifle  at  rest  through  a  wheel. 

They  did  not  come  on  in  a  bunch,  but  scattered  out  over 
a  wide  space.  When  they  saw  that  everything  was  ar- 
ranged for  their  reception  they  all  rounded  up  and  appeared 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  155 

to  be  holding  a  council  of  war.  They  had  evidently  planned 
to  make  the  attack  while  the  train  was  strung  out  on  the 
road,  and  perhaps,  but  for  the  daring  of  our  scouts,  it  might 
have  happened  that  way.  As  the  case  then  stood  they  had 
to  change  their  tactics,  which  they  did  in  short  order  and 
began  the  offense  in  the  old  way  by  circling  around,  making 
feints  at  charging,  and  all  the  tricks  wherein  they  were 
devilishly  proficient,  for  the  purpose  of  drawing  our  fire  at 
a  long  range,  and  then  charging  in  on  empty  guns. 

That  they  got  no  reply  from  the  old  muzzle-loaders  and 
not  knowing  the  rod  we  had  in  pickle  for  them  was  posi- 
tively a  puzzle  they  could  not  solve,  but  kept  drawing  a  little 
nearer  until  perhaps  their  patience  became  exhausted  and 
no  resistance  against  their  maneuvers,  they  made  a  simul- 
taneous dash  on  all  sides  and  coming  within  the  limits  of 
the  rifle  range  the  Henrys  began  to  play  a  tattoo  the  like 
of  which  they  had  never  heard  before.  The  Pawnee  had 
thrown  the  sheet  back  and  was  standing  on  top  of  a  wagon 
that  was  loaded  to  the  top  of  the  bows  with  light  goods, 
making  all  manner  of  insulting  gestures  to  let  them  know 
that  there  was  a  Pawnee  on  the  job. 

I  think  that  the  pleasure  he  got  out  of  the  reception 
his  hated  enemies  received,  though  the  attack  lasted  but  a 
short  time,  reckoned  by  moments  of  enjoyment,  would  have 
equaled  a  lifetime  of  ordinary  existence. 

To  say  that  the  Indians  were  astonished  at  the  storm 
of  lead  that  met  them  would  be  but  a  weak  expression.  A 
gatling  gun  would  not  have  surprised  them  more.  It  was 
but  a  very  few  minutes  after  we  began  to  fire  until  they 
were  gathering  up  their  dead  and  wounded  and  nothing 
short  of  total  anihilation  would  have  stopped  them  from 
doing  that — and  they  were  scurrying  away  toward  the 
shelter  of  the  hills,  wiser  if  not  happier  Indians. 

The  magic  of  the  white  man's  guns  was  a  long  way 
past  their  understanding.  They  let  us  alone  while  in  their 
territory.  In  less  than  an  hour  after  the  last  shot  was 
fired  the  train  was  rolling  along  as  merrily  as  though 
nothing  had  happened. 

All  that  season  and  the  year  follwing  there  was  fight- 
ing until  a  new  treaty  was  made  and  the  forts  were  re- 
moved. 

I  went  on  with  the  train  to  its  destination,  remaining 
in  Montana  and  Utah  till  the  fall  of  '67,  and  about  the  mid- 
dle of  November  got  back  east  as  far  as  Cheyenne.  At  that 
time  Dakota  and  Wyoming  had  not  been  organized,  and  I 
do  not  remember  of  hearing  anyone  speaking  of  a  new 
territory  that  was  to  be  made  until  the  following  winter. 


156  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

Cheyenne  was  the  end  of  the  railroad  and  was  a  busy 
town.  The  survey  of  the  railroad  had  been  completed  and 
there  were  many  points  where  the  locations  were  known. 
Two  places  in  particular,  one  seven  or  eight  miles  east 
of  old  Fort  Halleck  that  stood  at  the  base  of  Elk  Mountain, 
and  the  other  about  thirty  miles  north  where  a  bridge  over 
the  North  Platte  would  be  built.  A  young  man,  Frank 
McCurdy,  who  came  down  from  the  west  with  me — we  had 
crossed  the  Plains  in  '65  with  Col.  Sawyer's  expedition  sent 
out  by  the  Government  to  locate  a  shorter  route  from  Fort 
Yankton  to  Bozeman — and  another  young  lad  from  Missouri 
whom  for  short  we  called  Quantrell,  after  much  summing 
up  of  probabilities,  we  concluded  that  Halleck  was  the  place 
to  go  to  for  a  good  chance  to  make  a  stake.  We  had  camped 
there  over  night  on  our  way  down  from  Utah.  That  win- 
ter ended  with  a  storm  that  filled  the  town  with  snow  up 
to  near  the  second  story  windows.  The  snow  remaining  on 
the  ground  several  days  caused  us  to  wait  for  it  to  go  off 
and  the  ground  to  dry  up. 

But  we  got  our  baggage  on  the  first  team  that  left  for 
Denver  and  worked  our  passage  by  walking  behind  it  to 
Whitcomb  ranch  on  the  Box  Elder.  Finding  our  horses 
that  we  had  left  there  for  the  winter  in  good  condition,  we 
were  saddled  and  packed  the  next  day  after  arrival. 

But  as  our  horses  were  soft,  we  only  got  to  Virginia 
Dale  the  first  day,  and  the  next  camped  on  the  Little  Lara- 
mie. At  Rock  Creek  we  found  a  lot  of  men,  most  of  whom 
had  been  camping  there  all  winter.  Some  were  prospectors, 
but  the  larger  part  were  timber  men,  all  of  whom  were 
waiting  for  the  snow  to  go  off  from  the  lower  slopes  and 
flats  where  the  timber  was  easy  to  get  at. 

The  next  day  we  were  at  our  journey's  end.  The  old 
deserted  fort  was  in  a  very  dilipidated  condition.  The  ware- 
houses and  soldiers'  quarters  had  been  built,  not  in  the  usual 
way,  but  with  the  logs  set  endwise  in  a  trench  with  a  very 
heavy  pole  and  dirt  roof,  and  many  of  the  logs  were  balsams 
and  had  rotted  near  the  ground  and  by  the  added  weight  of 
snow  to  their  over  burden  of  roof,  had  fallen  down,  but  we 
chose  one  that  appeared  to  have  been  built  for  a  warehouse 
and  seemed  to  be  all  right  and  made  our  camp  in  the  front 
end  of  it.  There  was  yet  much  snow  on  the  mountain,  and 
the  fort  being  located  near  it,  though  the  days  were  warm, 
the  nights  were  cold.    Some  shelter  at  night  was  needed. 

The  old  Sutler  store  standing  three  or  four  hundred 
feet  away  on  the  east  side  of  the  road  was  occupied  by 
Messrs.  Foot  &  Wilson,  the  same  parties  that  had  catered 
to  the  needs  of  the  garrison  before  the  troops  were  re- 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  157 

moved  to  Fort  Sanders  that  was  located  near  the  southern 
end  of  the  Laramie  Plain. 

At  that  time  travel  on  the  Overland  through  the  sea- 
son was  very  heavy,  making  it  necessary  for  the  old  store 
to  carry  a  large  stock  of  goods  consisting  of  everything 
that  could  be  found  in  a  dozen  town  stores.  Robert  Foot 
was  a  Scotchman  endowed  with  all  the  aptitude  for  con- 
ducting successful  business  that  one  would  expect  of  a  rep- 
resentative of  the  people  he  sprung  from,  and  was  also  a 
good  fellow  and  as  bonnie  a  fighter  as  ever  came  out  from 
that  land  of  heroic  people.  George  Wilson  was  born  in  Old 
Kentucky,  a  son  of  an  army  officer  and  a  gentleman  under 
all  circumstances.  A  part  of  the  business  that  he  did  not 
like  was  selling  whisky.  One  cold  winter  day  a  trapper 
came  in  with  a  big  catch  of  furs,  and  in  accordance  with  the 
customs,  a  bottle  and  glass  was  set  out  on  the  counter  for 
him  to  warm  up  on.  But  when  the  man  poured  the  golden 
fuid  into  the  glass  there  was  a  faint  clinking  sound  that 
did  not  escape  the  keen  ears  of  the  hunter,  and  he  ex- 
claimed: "Hey  George,  this  yer  whusk  is  half  ice!  What 
for  you  put  water  in  it  ?  Old  Man  Bush  down  at  Rock  Creek 
gets  it  out  to  a  feller  good  and  strong."  George  replied: 
"I  know  he  does  Jim,  but  it  is  cheap  stuff  that  he  makes 
himself,  and  you  know  if  a  man  gets  full  of  it  he  goes  right 
out  and  kills  a  tame  Indian  which  makes  the  other  Indians 
mad  and  we  all  have  to  suffer  from  the  effects  of  Bush's 
bad  liquor.  We  sell  the  best  goods  that  we  can  get  right 
pure  from  a  Kentucky  still  with  some  good  water  added, 
complying  with  a  promise  I  made  my  father  when  he  staked 
me  to  go  into  this  business,  that  I  would  sell  whisky  of  a 
quality  that  would  not  injure  any  man." 

The  foregoing  paragraph  is  to  explain  how  it  came  to 
pass  in  what  I  am  about  to  relate,  that  there  were  so  many 
casualties  and  no  capital  crimes  committed. 

Some  time  in  April  Carmichael's  railroad  grading  out- 
fit moving  west  to  work  on  a  contract  in  Echo  Canon,  Utah, 
his  force  numbering  over  50  men  who  were  natives  of  all 
the  civilized  nations  of  the  earth.  Rock  men,  pick  and  shov- 
elers  and  all  other  necessary  helpers  in  railroad  grade  mak- 
ing, at  that  time  as  a  class  known  as  Navvies.  With  sixty 
trains  loaded  with  tools,  supplies,  etc. 

The  teamsters  were  of  a  different  class,  mostly  of  the 
muleskinner  variety.  All  stout,  healthy  men,  and  as  for 
their  social  standing  or  moral  turpitude,  all  that  is  necessary 
to  say  is  that  nature  had  created  them  for  a  special  pur- 
pose that  people  more  delicately  organized  were  unfit  for. 
The  whole  crowd,  generally  speaking,  not  having  had  an 


158  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

opportunity  to  spend  their  winter's  wages,  was  bound  to 
be  a  bonanza  for  the  old  Sutler  Store,  equipped  as  it  was 
with  all  manner  of  goods  needed.  There  was  something 
doing  from  start  to  finish.  But  it  could  not  fairly  be  said 
that  pandemonium  reigned,  for  the  propelling  power  was 
not  the  old  road  ranch  stuff  of  home  made  evil  spirits,  but 
the  very  best  of  high  power  goods,  which  started  things 
going  all  the  same  as  a  falling  body  gathering  momentum 
on  its  downward  course.  Among  those  who  were  inclined 
to  be  sports  of  the  squared  circle,  disputations  about  who 
was  the  best  man  were  many  but  short.  But  clog  dancing, 
jumping  and  pitching  horse  shoes  were  among  the  amuse- 
ments of  the  greater  part  of  those  who  were  more  peace- 
ably disposed. 

But  in  the  first  watches  of  the  night,  with  the  quieting 
rays  of  the  bright  big  moon,  a  change  came  over  the  con- 
ducting power  that  ruled  the  performance.  Then  from  all 
parts  of  the  wide  spread  camp  the  low  notes  of  harps — 
jewsharps — and  harmonicas  came  floating  across  on  the  cool 
night  air.  But  later  on,  when  the  more  vigorous  actors 
came  straggling  in  hunting  for  their  beds,  a  service  of  song 
began,  including  many  of  the  popular  ones  of  that  day,  all 
rendered  regardless  of  harmony  and  most  of  it  might  be 
charged  in  contempt  of  tune.  But  every  one  seemed  to  be 
doing  his  best  according  to  his  lights — perhaps  lungs  would 
be  the  proper  word — and  if  those  in  the  audience  preferred 
something  better  than  such  gems  as  "Brinon  on  the  Moor", 
"Whoops  Along,  Luiza  Jane"  or  "Pat  Maloy"  and  many 
others  of  the  same  brand,  they  must  wait  till  their  turn 
came.  One  fellow  who  had  camped  down  near  our  quarters 
awakened  and  joined  in  with  "How  Are  You  Horace  Greeley, 
Does  Your  Mother  Know  You  Are  Out"  but  switched  off  on 
"0  Islands  there  are  on  the  face  of  the  deep,  where  the 
leaves  never  fade,  nor  the  skies  never  weep,"  but  was 
drowned  out  by  a  passing  gang  bawling  "I'm  a  rambling 
rake  of  poverty,  the  son  of  a  gambolier." 

After  a  surfeit  of  the  horrible  there  must  be  a  change 
to  something  pleasant  or  mankind  would  go  mad.  And 
suddenly  the  reverse  happened.  Inspired,  perhaps,  by  the 
myriads  of  shimmering  stars  in  the  great  dome  above,  as  if 
by  magic  sweeping  backward  the  shadow  on  Time's  old  dial 
to  a  long  ago  day,  a  quartet  of  grand  voices  broke  forth  ren- 
dering in  perfect  harmony  Hayden's  magnificent  song,  "The 
Heavens  Are  Telling."  After  the  last  enchanting  notes 
ended  silence  prevailed,  and  I  in  my  heart  repeated  the 
prayer  of  Cervantes'  simple  hero,  "God  bless  the  man  who 
invented  sleep." 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  159 

Next  morning  while  Old  Sol  was  kindly  warming  up 
the  earth,  the  revelers  were  getting  busy  renewing  and 
trying  to  improve  the  exercises  of  the  day  before,  the  east 
bound  stage  came  galloping  in  and  as  there  was  a  post  office 
in  the  store,  a  stop  had  to  be  made  there  long  enough  to 
throw  off  and  take  on  the  mail,  then  going  on  with  as  little 
delay  as  possible.  A  stage  team,  although  wild  it  may  be, 
soon  becomes  accustomed  to  swinging  up  to  the  stopping 
places  and  coming  to  a  halt  when  it  feels  the  brake  go  on. 
But  that  morning  just  as  the  usual  thing  was  about  to 
happen  a  mob  of  navvies  all  lit  up  like  a  burning  gas  well 
rushed  out  of  the  door  in  front  of  the  team.  That  un- 
expected interference  caused  it  to  jackknife  to  the  right 
and  had  not  Mac,  Quantrel  and  I  on  our  way  to  -the  store, 
been  right  there  at  that  time,  the  coach  would  have  been 
overturned,  but  we  caught  the  leaders  and  near  swing  horses 
just  in  time  to  prevent  it.  The  horses  being  fat  and  rollicky 
pitched  and  struggled,  making  it  some  job  to  quiet  them 
down,  but  we  all  being  about  the  same  quality  as  the 
bronchos  soon  had  everything  straightened  out  on  the  road, 
the  driver  letting  go  his  brake,  the  team  went  off  on  the 
jump,  the  passengers  on  the  outside  waved  a  parting  salute, 
and  a  bright,  fine  looking  girl  on  the  seat  with  the  driver 
threw  us  a  kiss  which  would  have  been  ample  reward  for  the 
small  service  rendered  had  it  not  been  ever  after  a  breeder 
of  contention  as  to  which  one  she  had  intended  to  hit. 

About  nine  o'clock  Hook  &  Moor's  mule  train  rolled  past 
consisting  of  thirty  six-mule  teams  loaded  with  government 
supplies  for  Fort  Douglas,  Utah,  and  under  an  escort  of  a 
troop  of  cavalry. 

The  driver  of  the  lead  team  was  an  athletic  young  Irish 
lad,  Fitzgerald  by  name,  who  served  as  a  Denver  policeman 
winters,  and  as  a  skilled  muleskinner  summers.  He  was 
recognized  by  a  party  of  four  navvies  that  had,  or  thought 
they  had,  a  righteous  grudge  against  him  and  being  well 
ribbed  up  with  spirits  distilled  in  an  atmosphere  of  ructions 
and  feuds  they  might  perhaps  be  pardoned  for  imagining 
themselves  in  the  condition  that  was  described  by  Robert 
Burns  as  "Wi'  two  penny  ale  we  fear  no  evil.  Wi'  Usquebaa 
we  wad  fight  the  devil."  And  being  as  they  probably  were, 
more  or  less  human  beings,  they  went  boldly  forth  to  make 
an  attempt  to  get  even  with  him.  Fitz,  not  waiting  for 
them  to  attack,  jumped  off  his  saddle  mule  and  with  four 
good  punches  put  them  all  to  sleep  in  about  that  many 
seconds,  the  train  passing  on  to  its  noon  camping  place. 
After  an  hour  had  passed  the  men  had  revived  and  rein- 
forced their  courage  with  a  few  more  drinks.    Each  with  a 


160  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

big  rock  in  his  hand  started  out  to  hunt  him  up,  not  up  to 
his  camp,  the  only  place  where  he  could  possibly  be,  but 
around  the  old  fort  building,  and  finally  got  around  to  a 
cabin  where  the  stage  company's  hunter,  Old  Man  Lea, 
lived.  He,  at  the  time  was  out  on  a  hunt,  but  his  wife  was 
very  much  at  home,  who  was  a  pleasant  enough  woman 
when  not  on  the  war  path,  but  otherwise  a  she-devil  that 
had  been  chased  back  to  earth  from  across  the  River  Styx. 
And  the  third  time  the  fellows  called  to  Fitz  to  come  out 
and  fight  they  heard  a  blood  curdling  yell  as  the  door  opened 
and  like  a  hideous  Jack  from  his  box,  the  old  girl  jumped 
out,  an  Indian  head  dress  on  her  head,  a  quiver  full  of 
arrows  on  her  back,  a  bow  in  her  hand  from  which  she  sent 
an  arrow  through  one's  coat,  then  driving  another  into  the 
ground  that  just  missed  another  fellow's  foot,  yelled:  "Git, 
you ."  Her  furious  assaults  and  most  awful  uncom- 
plimentary remarks  against  her  antagonists  were  pardoned 
by  all  who  knew  her  because  unto  the  sick  and  wounded  she 
was  an  angel  of  mercy.  They  did  not  wait  for  more,  but 
got  in  the  best  order  their  fright  permitted,  and  after  ab- 
sorbing enough  booze  to  drown  their  animosities  retired  to 
peaceful  oblivion. 

About  this  time  the  gang  bosses,  assisted  by  the  men 
that  remained  sober  were  doing  their  best  to  get  the  outfit 
started  on  the  road,  but  without  success,  till  the  captain 
brought  the  soldiers  back  from  the  Hook  &  Moore  Camp,  and 
by  a  liberal  use  of  sabers  succeeded  in  rounding  up  those 
that  were  able  to  walk.  But  the  road  was  very  wide,  caus- 
ing great  annoyance  to  those  whose  heads  were  uncomfort- 
ably light,  or  heavy,  as  the  case  might  be,  while  others 
struggled  along  with  arms  linked  or  leaning  affectionately 
on  each  other,  working  models  of  the  old  motto,  "United  we 
stand,  divided  we  fall." 

They  managed  to  keep  moving  and  when  the  tail  end 
of  the  column  disappeared  beyond  the  first  turn  of  the  road 
we  thought  the  curtain  had  gone  down  at  the  end  of  the 
performance.  But  we  soon  discovered  that  there  was  a 
side  show  left.  Five  of  the  crowd  had  retired  to  the  stable 
and  had  not  been  missed  in  the  roundup  till  a  count  had  been 
made  at  the  next  camp.  A  smoke  began  to  exude  from  the 
stable  that  smelled  not  like  the  dried  navy  or  Arkansas  long 
green,  but  like  stable  litter  and  pine  wood.  The  men  had 
crawled  out  at  the  back  door  not  badly  scorched,  but  there 
was  no  alarm  till  the  discovery  was  made  by  some  one  at 
the  store. 

(Continued  in  October  Number) 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  161 

NOTICE 

Mrs.  Cyrus  Beard 

In  January,  1928,  the  publication  of  Annals  of  Wyoming  was 
discontinued  because  the  appropriation  made  by  the  previous  Legis- 
lature was  so  meager  that  the  work  of  the  Historical  Department 
suffered  from  lack  of  funds.  There  is  an  insistent  demand  for 
Annals  from  Educators,  Institutions  of  Learning,  Historical  So- 
cieties, Research  workers  and  lovers  of  history  as  well  as  from  our 
own  State.  This  has  influenced  us  to  make  another  attempt  to  give 
out  our  own  absorbing  history  as  contributed  out  of  the  fullness  of 
personal  experiences. 

In  the  Fifth  Biennial  Report  the  Accessions  were  carried  down 
to  November  20,  1928.  A  copy  of  this  Report  was  mailed  to  every 
person  who  receives  Annals.  To  avoid  repetitions  the  Accessions  in 
this  number  begin  with  November  20,  1928,  and  are  carried  to  June 
1,  1929. 

With  this  issue  Volume  5  of  Annals  is  completed.  Volume  6, 
Numbers  1  and  2,  will  be  issued  as  a  double  number  in  October,  1929, 
and  thereafter — as  long  as  funds  are  available — Annals  will  appear 
as  a  Quarterly. 

No  responsibility  will  be  assumed  by  the  State  Historical  Board, 
the  Advisory  Board  or  the  State  Historian  for  any  statements  made 
or  opinions  expressed  in  Annals — assuming  that  an  individual  has  a 
right  to  tell  his  own  story  in  his  own  way. 


ACCESSIONS  FROM  NOVEMBER  20,  1928, 
TO  JUNE  1,  1929 

Warren,  Mrs.  Francis  E. — Oak  and  plate  glass  cabinet,  suitable  for 
a  display  case. 

Carroll,  Major  C.  G. — Synonyms  of  Organizations  in  the  Volunteer 
Service  of  the  United  States,  1860-1865.  Published  in 
1885  Volumes  16  to  19  of  the  Official  Roster  of  Ohio 
Soldiers,  Sailors  and  Marines. 

Smith,  Mr. — Saddle  buckle  and  four  shells  and  bullets  from  site  of 
old  Benton  on  the  Union  Pacific  Line.  Picture  of  the 
Oregon  Trail  marked  at  Independence  Rock  and  picture 
of  powder  house  at  Fort  Steele. 

Voorhees,  George — Gold  mounted  driving  whip  awarded  to  Mr.  Voor- 
hees,  First  Premium,  Single  Pony,  at  the  first  State 
Fair  held  in  Cheyenne  in  1885. 

McLean,  H.  E. — Paper  money  for  the  amount  of  $10.00  on  the  Bank 
of  Wilmington,  North  Carolina.  Date  of  issue  and  sig- 
nature are  worn  off. 

Patee,  Fred — The  first  asbestos  shingle  made  in  Wyoming  and  be- 
lieved to  be  first  one  made  in  the  world  without  Port- 
land cement.  It  is  made  of  rock  and  asbestos  fibre  com- 
bined, a  new  process,  and  is  more  than  90r/r  pure.  As- 
bestos is  mined  on  Casper  Mountain,  Natrona  County, 
Wyoming. 


162  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

Finfrock,  W  E. — Silver  mounted  cane  inscribed  with  the  words 
"Shiloh,  Apr.  6th  and  7th,  1862.  Captain  Finfrock,  64th, 
0.  V.  I."  Captain  J.  A.  Finfrock  came  to  Wyoming  in 
1864  and  was  one  of  the  first  trustees  of  the  University 
of  Wyoming  and  one  of  the  first  surgeons  of  the  Union 
Pacific  Railroad.     Cane  given  by  son. 

McCarthy,  Frank  C. — Collection  of  Photographs:  Four  of  Pine  Grove 
Stage  Station  on  the  Overland  Trail  in  Carbon  County; 
three  of  scenes  on  the  Oregon  Trail  in  Fremont  County; 
four  of  Sulphur  Stage  Station  on  the  Overland  Trail  in 
Carbon  County;  two  of  the  ford  of  the  North  Platte  on 
the  Overland  Trail  in  Carbon  County;  two  of  old  stone 
block  house  at  Wind  River  Agency  northwest  of  Lan- 
der; four  of  old  Rongis  Stage  Station  (Fletcher's  ranch) 
in  Carbon  County  on  the  Rawlins-Lander  Stage  line;  one 
taken  on  Brown's  Canyon  road  showing  lakes  and  Semi- 
noe  Mountains;  one  of  powder  house  at  Fort  Steele;  one 
of  Bridger's  Pass;  one  of  Soda  Lake  and  old  Rawlins- 
Casper  road,  taken  from  top  of  Independence  Rock. 

Adner,  A.  J. — Five  million  mark  note.     Dated  August  20,  1923. 

Fryxell,  F.  M. — Original  manuscripts — "Deadman's  Bar"  and  "The 
Codys'  in  LeClaire". 

Symon,  Harold — Picture  of  the  presenting  of  the  Collier  trophy.  It 
was  given  to  the  state  that  had  the  greatest  percentage 
of  registered  voters  going  to  the  polls. 
Cheyenne  Street  Railway  ticket,  given  away  by  Stone 
&  Covert  with  each  cash  purchase  of  One  Dollar.  Gives 
time  table  of  the  line  on  the  back  of  the  ticket.  (Line 
was  never  built). 

Rhodes,  Mrs.  O.  E. — Pictures  of  Indian  pieces  belonging  to  Mrs. 
Rhodes. 

Mentzer,  Frances — Letter  to  Fred  J.  Stanton,  of  Denver,  from  S. 
Sternberger,  a  dealer  in  tobaccoes,  Cheyenne,  Wyoming, 
in  reply  to  a  bill  for  newspaper  advertising.  It  is  dated 
Cheyenne,  Wyoming  Territory,  December  12,  1868. 

Hadsell,  Mrs.  Frank — Photographs  of  Judge  Homer  Merrill  and 
President  William  McKinley.  Manuscript — "Railroad- 
ing Under  Difficulties,"  by  R.  M.  Galbraith.  Two  pic- 
tures of  the  United  States  District  Court  Room  at  Chey- 
enne, Wyoming.  Group  picture  of  John  Maddin,  George 
Wright,  Ben  Northington,  John  Foot,  James  Rankin, 
Mike  Murphy,  Joe  Rankin,  Tom  Sun,  Boney  Ernest. 
Trunk  containing  letters,  books,  papers,  etc.,  which  be- 
longed to  Mr.  Frank  Hadsell. 

Gay,  Mrs.  Guy — "Wyoming  Worth  Knowing,"  a  pamphlet  issued  by 
the  State  Department  of  Commerce  and  Industry. 

Fellows,  Miss  Nelson— A  walnut  desk  used  by  Colonel  E.  B.  Carlin, 
while  stationed  at  Camp  Carlin  in  the  late  sixties.  The 
camp  was  named  for  Colonel  Carlin. 

Historical  Society  at  Montana — Two  views  of  the  Sweetwater  Dam 
and  the  first  overflow,  taken  in  March,  1889. 


ANNALS  OF  WYOMING  163 

Dana,  Mrs.  A.  G. — Original  manuscript,  "Easter  in  the  Holy  Land." 

Washington  State  Historical  Society — Publications  of  Washington 
State  Historical  Society,  Volume  II,  1907-1914. 

Reckmeyer,  Clarence — The  Latter-Day  Saints'  Emigrants  Guide, 
from  Council  Bluffs  to  the  Valley  of  the  Great  Salt 
Lake,  by  William  Clayton.  This  book  is  printed  from 
photographic  plates  of  the  original  book  which  was 
printed  in  St.  Louis  in  1848.  Photostat  map  of  the 
Mormon  Trace. 

McCahan,  Mrs.  J.  T. — Seventeen  photographs  taken  by  M.  D.  Hough- 
ton at  Rawlins  in  1882  and  1883.  Pictures  show  Rawlins 
in  early  days — Round  Up  Scenes,  Indians,  etc. 

Coe,  W.  R. — Journal  and  Letters  of  Major  John  Owen,  Pioneer  of  the 
Northwest,  1850-1870,  by  Dunbar  and  Phillips.  Auto- 
graphed by  Mr.  Coe.     Two  volumes. 

Hebard,  Dr.  Grace  R. — Photograph  of  Mrs.  Justice  Morris  (Esther 
Morris)  the  first  woman  justice  of  the  peace  in  the 
United  States. 

Wells,  Mrs.  L.  M. — Documents  concerning  removal  of  Governors  Bax- 
ter and  Moonlight. 

Lovejoy,  Fred — Land  office  certificate  of  land  purchased  by  Elias 
Bedford,  in  Tippecanoe  County,  Indiana.  Dated  April 
5,  1822. 

Carter,  Vincent— Stars  and  Stripes,  September  20,  21,  22,  23,  1927. 
Daily  Mail  Continental,  Souvenir  Edition. 

Thompson,  Mrs.  John  Charles — A  bit  of  bunting  used  to  decorate  the 
town  at  the  time  Statehood  was  declared,  July  10,  1890. 

Department  of  Missions  of  the  National  Council  of  the  Episcopal 
Church — A  silver-mounted  saddle  presented  by  General 
Grant  to  Chief  Washakie  for  valor. 

DeBarthe,  Mrs.  Harriet — Original  manuscript — "Forty-one  Years  in 
Wyoming." 

American  Legion — Gavel  and  gavel  block  made  from  the  hull  of  the 
United  States  Frigate  Constitution,  keel  laid  in  1794 
and  rebuilt  in  1927. 

Captain  Boyd  F.  Briggs,  A.  S.  A. — 15  Sols.  Printed  in  1793.  This 
was  given  to  Captain  Briggs  by  a  French  Captain. 

Trone,  J.  W. — A  ticket  to  the  Concert  given  by  Miss  Margaret  Wilson, 
daughter  of  President  Wilson,  at  Nancy,  France,  on 
May  5,  1919.  Tickets  issued  by  the  Government  in  order 
that  the  soldiers  might  purchase  bread  and  sugar. 

Johnson,  Arthur  C. — An  address  delivered  by  A.  C.  Campbell  on  De- 
cember 20,  1928,  before  the  Laramie  County  Bar  Associ- 
ation at  Cheyenne.  The  Denver  Daily  Record  Stockman 
— The  Annual  Show  Edition,  1929.  Book — "Glimpses  of 
an  Earlier  Milwaukee,"  by  Bill  Hooker. 


164  ANNALS  OF  WYOMING 

W.  T.  K.  Club  of  Wheatland,  Wyoming — Original  Manuscript  entitled 
"Adventures  of  an  Itinerant  Librarian,"  written  by 
M.  Wilkinson,  County  Organizer. 

Cody  Club — Four  ounce  sample  of  the  first  gallon  of  gasoline  from 
The  Texas  Refinery  at  Cody,  Wyoming. 

Dendinger,  John — Original  manuscript  on  the  "History  of  Cheyenne." 

Emery,  Mrs.  Maud  M. — Pictures  of  Yellowstone  Park,  Hawaiian 
Islands,  and  of  the  Chinese  Dragon  Parade  on  their  New 
Year's  Day,  February,  1898.  Scrap  book — Origin  of  the 
Trans-Continental  Highway,  later  called  The  Lincoln 
Highway,  and  the  Origin  of  the  Yellowstone  Highway 
and  the  Highway  System  of  Wyoming. 

Calverly,  J.  A. — Invitation  to  the  Ninth  Annual  Commencement  Ex- 
ercises (1899)  at  the  University  of  Wyoming. 

The  Russell  Family — General  Russell's  sword  and  sash.  Picture  of 
General  Russell.  Letters  written  by  General  Russell — 
Feb.,  1860;  Dec,  1861;  May,  1862;  April,  1863;  Nov., 
1863;  Sept.,  1864;  Dec,  1845.  Scrap  book.  Badge  worn 
by  Cornelia  Russell  Simmons  at  the  unveiling  of  a  monu- 
ment in  memory  of  General  Russell.  Ft.  D.  A.  Russell 
was  named  for  General  Russell. 

Bruce,  Robert — A  picture  of  General  Custer's  initials  cut  on  the  top 
of  a  mountain  in  the  Black  Hills  known  as  Inyankara. 

Evans,  Mrs.  D.  P. — Two  magazines — "James  Nasmyth,  Engineer." 
(An  autobiography);  The  American  Portrait  Gallery. 
The  Century  Illustrated  Monthly  Magazine,  May,  1887; 
Photographs  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  published  in  1898; 
The  Century  War  Book,  Nos.  5,  11,  12,  published  in 
1898;  Our  Country,  published  in  March,  1894. 

Heuett,  Mrs.  B.  F. — Copy  of  the  New  York  Mirror,  dated  1838. 

Kendrick,  Senator  John  B. — The  pen  with  which  President  Coolidge 
on  February  26,  1929,  signed  "S.  5543,  An  Act  to  estab- 
lish the  Grand  Teton  National  Park  in  the  State  of 
Wyoming." 

Jackson,  W.  H. — Book  entitled  "The  Pioneer  Photographer,"  written 
by  W.  H.  Jackson  and  Howard  Driggs.  Mr.  Jackson 
was  the  official  photographer  of  the  Hayden  Expeditions. 


£/ 


ard 


DATE  DUE 

. 

m~mmm  • 

JhNJ  1 

U&JW 

I 

1 

,* 





1 

— — 

"i 

, 

___^^___ 

— — — — 

. _^_i 

"~^^ 

. 

u 

GAYLORD 

1                                1 

•  .A 

3RNTED  IN  U.SA 

%^v 


UNIVERSITY  OF  WYOMING 


UlfllDD    317    352    7 


WE 


wmffl 

InSmnraffi